;;^-f

                                                                            .1 i "V"-T .
             :""  r JT'r  " ,w:"               	._ ~*'V' ;\;,-. ,'v'n..
             "-=' ,-*	,="• -   '-.'^~' V'ipwtC!^                                  '






          .,.^f^^^...	




•;i-iSfti^Sli]i^^l





'>','.'•'•'"•/ , '" v1''-',:- ,' 's'',:,'.'2-,;l.-"v';>?',y. *,.}."" •"," ")•',',•.', >' >'»'' 'i" *•; r'-';,NV''""{"-•'•'"v'.1-11/, \I"" 'i':"'>;V'.-"''M'V'""'""1'rti('""
.'-- \ , ,:,:••'  ",\' •  '.,,\', •;•,"••-,,.. ,,*• •;•i >•;? "-v ^-;t',.-,', . -  • • «'  •'".;•,' "%->V'---t- /,, .v ,-„'.,. > •,;,«./.,  -.;• '•	' > *•<
I1-"'-- '•.«',<.-; -\ '»••„•--.-la,-;. ,;'!'''t;,,V",' ."•'•• V* v'"'"-'-'.'' -1'" ''"v", '•''".••"':'   C •'•.,• "  -.y-.'',,-»,"':>,»/:;?;''",-.-»:   -"" - •"- -
\ v .'.-'('., v,-, ,  '-v \.'\''^ ;'-:,;; rf>.,;; ,C,';;.' (V-'1" -;i': ^-'-v ''vv";'-'1' •>' "l " •' '- * ,- •"'• -i  ;-, ''/;-', ,l"J"':!'; ", .,',-," '.''•.';•''*	
                                  •' !..:"k
        ,>.  '%
                  "T-,^1
            ,^f
&.V'
                        7«i^S-;-;  <*-x
                          Jnii >V^1%*hlJlv^H, Mfr   1i^"' i lf "* M ' S1|l|i^   i >•

-------
United States                                                           Office of Water
Environmental Protection                                                 Washington, DC
Agency
          NPDES  Permit Writers'  Manual
                               December 1996
 The statements in this document are intended solely as guidance.  This document is not intended, nor can it be
 relied on, to create any rights enforceable by any party in litigation with the United States. EPA and State
 officials may decide to follow the guidance provided in this document, or to act at variance with the guidance,
 based on an analysis of specific site circumstances. This guidance may be revised without public notice to
 reflect changes in EPA's policy.
                          Office of Wastewater Management
                         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                               Washington, DC  20460

-------
                            Acknowledgements
      The revisions to this manual were made possible through a cooperative team
effort led by Dan Weese, Office of Wastewater Management.  EPA gratefully
acknowledges the contributions of the team members involved in this effort (Greg
Currey and Pat Bradley) for the countless hours spent and determination in bringing
this effort to completion. Their commitment and dedication to this product  was key to
the NPDES Program's mission of providing comprehensive programmatic  guidance
and technical support to its stakeholders.  The revisions to this manual would not have
been realized without their assistance.  EPA also wishes to thank Dave Hair  and Jim
Parker of Science Applications International Corporation for their contributions and
invaluable support provided under contract 68-C4-0034.
      The primary contact regarding questions or comments to this manual is:

          Dan Weese, Environmental Engineer
          Office of Wastewater Management
          Permits Division (4203)
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
          401 M Street, SW
          Washington, DC 20460
                                                                   Cover Photo:
                                                            Lower Yellowstone Falls
                                                          Yellowstone National Park
                                                           Photograph by Dave Hait

-------
                                  Foreword
      Since its establishment in the 1972 amendments to the Federal Water Pollution
Control Act, the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Program
has achieved significant reductions in pollutant discharges, which in turn has resulted
in tremendous improvement to the quality of our Nation's water resources. As we
move into the 21st century, the objective of the national program will not only be to
develop solutions which address remaining impacts to surface waters, but to do so in
ways that continue to improve the effectiveness of the NPDES Program and allow us
to measure environmental progress and results.

      As EPA and States take steps to improve the NPDES Program and how  it is
implemented, it is essential that all parties involved understand the fundamental basts
of the NPDES Program.  The NPDES Permit Writers' Manual is principally designed to
help permit writers prepare legally defensible and enforceable NPDES permits.  Its
purpose is to serve as a useful resource in providing the technical and legal
considerations which support the development of NPDES permits. However, the
manual is also intended to serve as a resource for others, including stakeholders and
the regulated community, interested in the NPDES permitting process.  Only after
reaching some common level of understanding of the NPDES Program and the  issues
surrounding the permitting process, can EPA, State permitting authorities, and
stakeholders develop optimal solutions  to improve the quality of our surface water
resources.  To that end,  I would like to  take this opportunity to highlight some of the
changes taking place within the NPDES Program:

      •    Stakeholder Involvement and Public Participation—EPA  is committed to
          getting permittees and other interested parties  involved at an early stage of
          the permit development and  decision making process.  For example,
          several NPDES authorities involve permittees and stakeholders in the
          permit development phase before the public notice process. This early
          involvement provides an opportunity for the permitting authorities,
          permittees and stakeholders to identify errors, address questions and
          develop optimal solutions.

      •    Watershed Approach—The Watershed Approach is EPA's renewed
          emphasis to address all stressors within a hydrologically  defined drainage
          basin instead of viewing individual pollutant sources in isolation of other
          stressors. The watershed approach allows us  to recognize that the health
          of our water resources are the result of complex  interactions of various
          pollution sources, habitat conditions, flow and many other factors. EPA
          believes that these problems are best addressed through the development
          of watershed plans that integrate controls of point and nonpoint sources
          and provide decision-makers with an opportunity to consider issues such as

-------
                                                                     Foreword

          protection and restoration of habitats, drinking water sources, ground water
          protection and other environmental and social objectives.  EPA strongly
          encourages innovative approaches that implement NPDES requirements in
          ways that achieve greater environmental results at the least cost.

      •   Refining of Point Source Focus—As we place greater emphasis on
          environmental results we realize that certain sources of pollution may
          require increased national attention to achieve local watershed goals. EPA
          is actively engaged with States, environmental groups and the regulated
          community to address pollution problems from wet weather sources (CSOs,
          storm water and sanitary sewer overflows), mining operations, concentrated
          animal feeding operations and other key point sources where substantial
          pollution reduction may be possible. EPA is confident that involving
          stakeholders in the development of solutions for these remaining sources of
          pollution will provide optimal solutions.

      •   Burden Reduction—EPA is also pursuing regulatory reforms to eliminate
          unnecessary regulations and to reduce administrative burdens. For
          example, in June 1995, EPA promulgated a rule to eliminate obsolete rules.
          In 1996, EPA finalized national guidance  on ways to reduce reporting and
          monitoring for permittees that have good  historical compliance records.

      As we move forward, we will continue to explore ways to  promote watershed,
streamlining, and reinvention concepts discussed above  to facilitate the continual
evolution and success of the NPDES Program.  As such, this manual is expected to
be revised periodically to reflect improvements, regulatory changes, and policy
decisions. Thank you for using this permit writers' guide. We hope that it serves as  a
valuable resource and tool for helping to  achieve healthy water resources throughout
the Nation.
                                                     James F. Pendergj
                                                       Acting Director
                                                      Permits Division

-------
Contents
                                                                 Page

List of Acronyms	A-1

Glossary of Terms  	  G-1

Chapter 1—Introduction	   1

    1.1   History and Evolution of the NPDES Program	   2

Chapter 2 —Regulatory Framework and Scope of the NPDES Program	   7

    2.1   Regulatory Framework of the NPDES Program	   7
    2.2   Scope of the NPDES Program	   8
    2.3   NPDES Program Areas	  14
         2.3.1   NPDES Program Areas Applicable to Municipal Sources  	  14
         2.3.2   NPDES Program Areas Applicable to Industrial Sources  	  18

Chapter 3—Overview of the NPDES Permitting Process	  21

    3.1   Types of Permits	  21
    3.2   Major Components of a Permit  	  23
    3.3   Overview of the Development/Issuance Process for NPDES Individual
         Permits 	  23
    3.4   Overview of the Development/Issuance Process for NPDES General
         Permits 	  26
    3.5   Roles and Responsibilities  of the Federal and State Authorities	  27

Chapter 4—The  Permit Application Process	  29

    4.1   NPDES Permit Application Forms 	  29
         4.1.1   Municipal Application Requirements
                        (Form A and Short Form A)  	  31
         4.1.2   Non-Municipal Permit Application Requirements 	  32
         4.1.3   Application Requirements for NPDES General Permits	  36
    4.2   Application Deadlines  	  36
    4.3   Review of the Application  	  37
         4.3.1   The Complete Application 	  39
         4.3.2   Common Omissions and Errors in Applications	  39
         4.3.3   The Accurate Application	  42


                                      &EPA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - i

-------
 Contents

    4.4   Facility Information Review  	  43
          4.4.1   Background Information Review	  43
          4.4.2   Facility Site Visits  	  45
    4.5   Confidential Information	  47

Chapter 5—Technology-Based Effluent Limits	  49

    5.1   Application of Technology-Based Effluent Limitations for Non-Municipal
          Dischargers 	  50
          5.1.1   Statutory and Regulatory Foundation  	  50
          5.1.2   Development of National Effluent Limitations Guidelines and
                 Performance Standards	  53
          5.1.3   General Considerations Concerning the Use of Effluent
                 Limitation Guidelines	  56
          5.1.4   Best Professional Judgment Permit Limits	  68
    5.2   Application of Technology-Based Effluent Limitations for Municipal
          Dischargers 	  75
          5.2.1   Secondary Treatment  	  75
          5.2.2   Equivalent-to-Secondary Treatment Definition 	  79

Chapter 6—Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits	  87

    6.1   Overview of Water Quality Standards	  88
          6.1.1   Components of Water Quality Standards	  89
          6.1.2   Establishing Water Quality Criteria  	  91
          6.1.3   Future Directions for Water Quality Standards	  93
    6.2   Approaches to Implementing Water Quality Standards  	  94
          6.2.1   Chemical-Specific Approach	  94
          6.2.2   Whole Effluent Toxicity (WET) Approach	  94
          6.2.3   Biological Criteria or Biological Assessment Approach	  98
    6.3   Determining the Need for WQBELs  	  99
          6.3.1   Defining "Reasonable Potential" to Exceed Applicable Criteria  .  99
          6.3.2   Determining Reasonable Potential With Effluent Monitoring
                 Data	  101
          6.3.3   Determining Reasonable Potential Without Effluent Monitoring
                 Data	  103
    6.4   Exposure Assessment and Wasteload Allocation  	  104
          6.4.1   Total Maximum Daily Loads	  104
          6.4.2   Calculating Wasteload Allocations  	  106
          6.4.3   Selecting  a Water Quality Model	  107
    6.5   Permit Limit Derivation  	  111
          6.5.1   Expression of Permit Limits  	  112
          6.5.2   Limits Derived from Steady-State Model Outputs	  112
          6.5.3   Limits Derived from Dynamic Model Outputs	  114
          6.5.4   Special Considerations Permits  Protecting Human Health  ...  114
ii - «B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Chapter 7—Monitoring and Reporting Conditions  	  115

    7.1   Establishing Monitoring Conditions	  116
          7.1.1   Monitoring Location	  117
          7.1.2   Monitoring Frequency  	  119
          7.1.3   Sample Collection Methods 	  122
          7.1.4   Analytical Methods  	  125
          7.1.5   Other Considerations in Establishing Monitoring Requirement .  127
          7.1.6   Establishing Monitoring Conditions for Unique Discharges  ...  129
    7.2   Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements  	  134

Chapter 8—Special Conditions  	  137

    8.1   General Types of Special Conditions  	  138
          8.1.1   Special Studies and Additional Monitoring	  138
          8.1.2   Best Management Practices (BMPs)	  141
          8.1.3   Pollution Prevention	  146
          8.1.4   Compliance Schedules  	  148
    8.2   Permit Conditions Addressing Storm Water  Discharges Associated
          With Industrial Activities	  149
    8.3   Special Conditions for Municipal Facilities	  151
          8.3.1   The National Pretreatment Program 	  151
          8.3.2   Municipal Sewage Sludge  	  156
          8.3.3   Combined Sewer Overflows (CSOs)	  159
          8.3.4   Sanitary Sewer Overflows  	  164
          8.3.5   Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems (MS4)  	  164

Chapter 9—Standard Conditions of NPDES Permits	  167

    9.1   Types of Standard Conditions  	  168
    9.2   Other Standard Conditions  	  170

Chapter 10—Variances to Permit Requirements and Other Regulatory
            Considerations	  171

    10.1  Variances to Technology-Based Permit Requirements	  171
          10.1.1  Economic Variances  	  172
          10.1.2  Variances Based on Localized Environmental Factors	  173
          10.1.3  Marine Discharge Variances	  174
          10.1.4  Fundamentally Different Factors Variances	  175
          10.1.5  Thermal Discharge Variances	  175
          10.1.6  Net Credits	  176
    10.2  Variances to Water Quality-Based Permit Requirements 	  176
          10.2.1  Site-Specific Water Quality Criteria Modification	  177
          10.2.2  Designated Use Reclassification	  177
          10.2.3  Water Quality Standard Variance 	  177

                                          6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - iii

-------
 Content*

    10.3  Additional Programmatic Considerations and Requirements	   178
          10.3.1  Anti-Backsliding	   178
          10.3.2  Considerations for Other Federal Laws	   185

Chapter 11—Administrative Process  	   191

    11.1  Documentation For Development of the Draft Permit	   192
          11.1.1  Administrative Record  	   193
          11.1.2  Fact Sheets and Statements of Basis	   194
    11.2  Items to Address Prior to Issuance of a Final Permit	   197
          11.2.1  Public Notice	   198
          11.2.2  Public Comments  	   199
          11.2.3  Public Hearing	   201
          11.2.4  State/Tribal Roles in Reviewing Draft Permit  	   202
          11.2.5  Schedule for Final Permit Issuance	   203
    11.3  Administrative Actions After Final Permit Issuance  	   203
          11.3.1  Permit Appeals 	   204
          11.3.2  Permit Modification, Revocation, Termination, and Transfer  . .   206
          11.3.3  Termination of Permits	   208
          11.3.4  Transfer of Permits  	   209

Chapter 12—Permit Compliance and Enforcement  	   211

    12.1  Overview  	   211
    12.2  Compliance Monitoring 	   212
          12.2.1  Compliance Review	   212
          12.2.2  Compliance Inspections	   213
    12.3  Quarterly Noncompliance Reports  	   214
    12.4  Enforcement	   216
    12.5  Public Participation	   218
    12.6  Compliance Assistance and Voluntary Compliance Policies	   218
Appendix A    Index to NPDES Regulations
Appendix B    Effluent Guidelines and Standards
Appendix C    List of SIC Codes
Appendix D    How to Obtain Additional EPA Documents
iv - 6EBV NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
List   of  Exhibits
                                                                Page

EXHIBIT 1-1  Organization of the Clean Water Act	   4

EXHIBIT 2-1  Federal NPDES Regulations (40 CFR Part 122)	   9
EXHIBIT 2-2  Sources of Discharge to Waters of the United States	  11
EXHIBIT 2-3  NPDES Program Areas and Applicable Regulations	  12

EXHIBIT 3-1  NPDES Permit Components	  24
EXHIBIT 3-2  Major Steps Involved in Developing and Issuing an
            Individual NPDES Permit 	  25

EXHIBIT 4-1  Applications Forms Required for NPDES Discharges 	  30
EXHIBIT 4-2  Permit Application Review 	  38

EXHIBIT 5-1  Statutory Deadlines for BPT, BAT, and BCT  	  53
EXHIBIT 5-2  Effluent Guidelines Flowchart 	  54
EXHIBIT 5-3  ELGs for Iron and Steel Manufacturing  	  57
EXHIBIT 5-4  OCPSF Effluent Limitations Guidelines  	  62
EXHIBIT 5-5  BPJ Permitting Tools 	  72
EXHIBIT 5-6  Secondary Treatment Standards	  76
EXHIBIT 5-7  State-Specific ASRs	  84

EXHIBIT 6-1  Components of an Integrated Approach to Water Quality-Based
            Toxics Control	  95
EXHIBIT 6-2  Basic Mass Balance Water Quality Equation  	  102
EXHIBIT 6-3  Components of a TMDL	  105

EXHIBIT 7-1  Examples of Specifying Sampling Locations in Permits	  120
EXHIBIT 7-2  Compositing Methods  	  126
EXHIBIT 7-3  Estimated Costs for Common Analytical Procedures	  128
EXHIBIT 7-4  Minimum Requirements for Sewage Sludge Monitoring,
            Based on Method of Sludge Use  or Disposal	  133
EXHIBIT 7-5  Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR)  	  135

EXHIBIT 8-1  Categories of CSO Permitting Conditions	  162
EXHIBIT 8-2  Nine Minimum CSO Controls 	  163
EXHIBIT 8-3  Elements of the Long-Term CSO Control Plan	  163
                                     6ER& NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - v

-------
 U*t of Exhibits
EXHIBIT 10-1
EXHIBIT 11-1
EXHIBIT 11-2
EXHIBIT 11-3
EXHIBIT 11-4
EXHIBIT 11-5
EXHIBIT 11-6
EXHIBIT 11-7
EXHIBIT 11-8
              Anti-Backsliding Rules Relating to Water Quality-Based Effluent
              Limitations	
              NPDES Permitting Administrative Process	
              Elements of the Draft NPDES Permit Administrative Record
              Elements of the Administrative Records for a Final Permit  .
              Required Contents of a Fact Sheet	
              Actions That Must Receive Public Notice	
              Contents of the Public Notice	
              Conditions Requiring Major Modification  	
              Conditions Requiring Minor Modification  	
181

192
194
195
196
198
199
207
208
vi -
         NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
List  of  Acronyms
Acronym

ACR
ANPRM
ASR
ASTM
BAT
BCT
BMP
BOD
BOD5
BPJ
BPT
CBOD
CERCLA

CERI
CFR
ChV
COD
CSO
CSS
CV
CWA
DMR
DO
DWO
EIS
ELG
EMMI
EPA
ESA
PDF
FR
FWS
GC
GC/MS
gpd
1C
Full Phrase

Acute-to-Chronic Ratio
Advanced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
Alternative State Requirement
American Society for Testing and Materials
Best Available Technology Economically Achievable
Best Conventional Pollutant Control Technology
Best Management Practice
Biochemical Oxygen Demand
5-day BOD
Best Professional Judgment
Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available
Carbonaceous BOD
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liabilities Act
Center for Environmental Research Information
Code of Federal Regulations
Chronic Value
Chemical Oxygen Demand
Combined Sewer Overflow
Combined Sewer System
Coefficient of Variation
Clean Water Act
Discharge Monitoring Report
Dissolved Oxygen
Dry Weather Overflow
Environmental Impact Statement
Effluent Limitations Guidelines
Environmental Monitoring Methods Index
Environmental Protection Agency
Endangered Species Act
Fundamentally Different Factor
Federal Register
Fish and Wildlife Service
Gas Chromatography
Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectroscopy
Gallons per Day
Inhibition Concentration
                                      NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - A-1

-------
 List of Acronyms
I/I               Infiltration/Inflow
LA              Load Allocation
LC              Lethal Concentration
LC50            Concentration at which 50% of test organisms die in a specified
                time period
LD50            Dose at which 50% of test organisms die in a specific time period
LOEC           Lowest Observed Effect Concentration
LTA            Long Term Average
LTCP           Long Term Control  Plan
MCL            Maximum  Contaminant Level
MDL            Method  Detection Limit
MEP            Maximum  Extent Practicable
mg/l            Milligram per Liter
mgd            Million Gallons per Day
MPN            Most Probable Number
MS4            Municipal  Separate Storm Sewer System
NEPA           National Environmental Policy Act
NHPA           National Historic Preservation Act
NMC            Nine Minimum Controls
NMFS           National Marine Fisheries Service
NOEC           No Observable Effect Concentration
NOI            Notice of Intent
NPDES         National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NSPS           New Source Performance Standards
NTIS            National Technical Information Service
O&M            Operations and Maintenance
PCS            Permit Compliance  System
PL              Public Law
POTW          Publicly Owned Treatment Works
PPETS         Pretreatment Permits and Enforcement Tracking System
PPIC            Pollution Prevention Information  Clearinghouse
POL            Practical Quantification Limit
PSD            Prevention Significant Deterioration
PSES           Pretreatment Standards for Existing Sources
PSNS           Pretreatment Standards for New Sources
QA             Quality Assurance
QC             Quality Control
QNCR           Quarterly Noncompliance Report
RAPP           Refuse Act Permit Program
R&D            Research  and Development
RCRA           Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act
RNC            Reportable Noncompliance
SIC            Standard Industrial  Classification
SIP            State Implementation Plan
SNC            Significant Noncompliance
SPCC           Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure Plan
A-2 - SffA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
                                                          List of Acronyms
SS
sso
STORE!
TCLP
TIE
TKN
TOC
TMDL
TRC
TRE
TR1
TS
TSCA
TSD
TSDF
TSS
TTO
TUa
TUc
TVS
TWTDS
use
USGS
VOC
WET
WLA
WQA
WQBEL
WQS
Suspended Solids
Sanitary Sewer Overflow
EPA Storage and Retrieval Database
Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure
Toxicity Identification Evaluation
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
Total Organic Carbon
Total Maximum Daily Load
Technical Review Criteria
Toxicity Reduction Evaluation
Toxic Release Inventory
Total Solids
Toxic Substances Control Act
Technical Support Document
Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facility
Total Suspended Solids
Total Toxic Organics
acute Toxic Units
chronic Toxic Units
Total Volatile Solids
Treatment Works Treating Domestic Sewage
United  States Code
United  States Geological Survey
Volatile Organic Compound
Whole  Effluent Toxicity
Waste  Load Allocation
Water Quality Act of 1987
Water Quality-Based Effluent Limit(s)
Water Quality Standard(s)
                                             NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - A-3

-------
Glossary   of   Terms
      This glossary includes a collection of the terms used in this manual and an
explanation of each term. To the extent that definitions and explanations provided
in this glossary differ from those in EPA regulations or other official documents,
they are intended for use in understanding this manual only.

      •   401 (a) Certification—A requirement of Section  401 (a) of the Clean Water
         Act that all federally issued permits be certified by the State in  which the
         discharge occurs. The State certifies that the proposed permit will comply
         with State water quality standards and other State requirements.

      •   Acute—A stimulus severe enough to rapidly induce an effect; in aquatic
         toxicity tests, an effect observed in 96 hours or less is typically considered
         acute. When referring to aquatic toxicology or human health, an acute
         effect is not always measured in terms of lethality.

      •   Anti-backsliding—A provision in the Federal Regulations [CWA §303(d)(4);
         CWA §402(c); CFR §122.44(1)] that requires a reissued permit to be as
         stringent as the previous permit with some exceptions.

      •   Antidegradation—Policies which ensure protection of water quality for a
         particular water body where the water quality exceeds levels necessary to
         protect fish and wildlife propagation and recreation on and in the water.
         This also includes special protection of waters designated as outstanding
         natural resource waters.  Antidegradation plans  are adopted by each State
         to minimize adverse effects on water.

      •   Authorized Program or Authorized State—A State, Territorial, Tribal, or
         interstate NPDES program  which has been approved or authorized by EPA
         under 40 CFR Part 123.

      •   Average Monthly Discharge Limitations—The highest allowable average
         of daily discharges over a calendar month, calculated as the sum of all daily
         discharges measured during that month divided by the number of days on
         which monitoring was performed (except in the case of fecal coliform).

      •   Average Weekly Discharge Limitation—The highest allowable average of
         daily discharges over a calendar week, calculated as the sum of all daily
         discharges measured during a calendar week divided by the number of
         daily discharges measured during that week.


                                6ERA NPDES Permit Writer Training Manual - G-1

-------
 QfoMary of Terms
          Best Available Technology Economically Achievable (BAT)—
          Technology-based standard established by the Clean Water Act (CWA) as
          the most appropriate means available on a national basis for controlling the
          direct discharge of toxic and nonconventional pollutants to navigable
          waters. BAT effluent limitations guidelines, in general, represent the best
          existing performance of treatment technologies that are economically
          achievable within an industrial point source category or subcategory.

          Best Conventional Pollutant Control Technology (BCT)—Technology-
          based standard for the discharge from existing industrial point sources of
          conventional pollutants including BOD, TSS, fecal coliform, pH, oil and
          grease. The BCT is established in light of a two-part "cost reasonableness"
          test which compares the cost for an industry to reduce its pollutant
          discharge with the cost to a POTW for similar levels of reduction of  a
          pollutant loading. The second test examines the cost-effectiveness  of
          additional industrial treatment beyond BPT. EPA must find limits which are
          reasonable under both tests before establishing them as BCT.

          Best Management Practice (BMP)—Permit condition used in place of or in
          conjunction with effluent limitations to prevent or control the discharge of
          pollutants.  May include schedule of activities, prohibition of practices,
          maintenance procedure, or other management practice.  BMPs may
          include, but are not limited to, treatment requirements, operating
          procedures, or practices to control plant site runoff, spillage, leaks, sludge
          or waste disposal, or drainage from raw material storage.

          Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available (BPT)—The
          first level of technology-based standards established by the CWA to control
          pollutants discharged to waters of the U.S.  BPT effluent limitations
          guidelines are generally based on the average of the best existing
          performance by plants within an industrial category or subcategory.

          Best Professional Judgment (BPJ)—The method used by permit writers
          to develop technology-based NPDES permit conditions  on a case-by-case
          basis using all reasonably available and relevant data.

          Bioassay—A test used to evaluate the relative potency of a chemical or a
          mixture of chemicals by comparing its effect on a living organism with the
          effect of a standard preparation on the same type of organism.

          Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)—A  measurement of the amount of
          oxygen utilized by the decomposition of organic material, over a specified
          time period (usually 5 days) in a wastewater sample; it is used as a
          measurement of the readily decomposable  organic content of a wastewater.
G-2 - &B9V NPDES Permit Writer Training Manual

-------
                                                 Glossary of Terms
Bypass—The intentional diversion of wastestreams from any portion of a
treatment (or pretreatment) facility.

Categorical Industrial User (CIU)—An industrial user subject to National
categorical  pretreatment standards.

Categorical Pretreatment Standards—Limitations on pollutant discharges
to publicly owned treatment works promulgated by EPA in accordance with
Section 307 of the Clean Water Act that apply to specified process
wastewaters of particular industrial categories [40 CFR §403.6 and Parts
405-471].

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)—A measure of the oxygen-consuming
capacity of  inorganic and organic matter present in wastewater. COD is
expressed as the amount  of oxygen consumed in mg/l.  Results do not
necessarily correlate to the biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) because
the chemical oxidant may  react with substances that bacteria do not
stabilize.

Chronic—A stimulus that  lingers or continues for a relatively long period of
time, often one-tenth of the life span or more.  Chronic should be
considered  a relative term depending on the life span of an organism. The
measurement of a chronic effect can be reduced growth, reduced
reproduction, etc., in addition to lethality.

Clean Water Act (CWA>—The Clean Water Act is an act passed  by the
U.S. Congress to control water pollution. It was formerly referred  to as the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972 or Federal Water Pollution
Control Act Amendments of 1972  (Public Law 92-500), 33 U.S.C.  1251 et.
seq., as amended by: Public Law 96-483; Public Law 97-117; Public Laws
95-217, 97-117, 97-440, and 100-04.

Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)—A codification of the final rules
published daily in the Federal Register. Title 40  of the CFR contains the
environmental regulations.

Combined  Sewer Overflow (CSO)—A discharge of untreated wastewater
from a combined sewer system at a point prior to the headworks of a
publicly owned treatment works.  CSOs generally occur during wet weather
(rainfall or snowmelt). During periods of wet weather, these systems
become overloaded, bypass treatment works, and discharge directly to
receiving waters.
                              NPDES Permit Writer Training Manual - G-3

-------
 Glossary of Terms
          Combined Sewer System (CSS)—A wastewater collection system which
          conveys sanitary wastewaters (domestic, commercial and industrial
          wastewaters) and storm water through a single pipe to a publicly owned
          treatment works for treatment prior to discharge to surface waters.

          Compliance Schedule—A schedule of  remedial measures included in a
          permit or an enforcement order, including a sequence of interim
          requirements (for example, actions, operations, or milestone events) that
          lead to compliance with the CWA and regulations.

          Composite Sample—Sample composed of two or more discrete samples.
          The aggregate sample will reflect the average water quality covering the
          compositing or sample period.

          Conventional Pollutants—Pollutants typical of municipal sewage, and for
          which municipal secondary treatment plants are typically designed; defined
          by Federal Regulation [40 CFR §401.16] as BOD, TSS, fecal coliform
          bacteria, oil and grease, and pH.

          Criteria—The numeric values and the narrative standards that represent
          contaminant concentrations that are not to be exceeded in the receiving
          environmental media (surface water, ground water,  sediment) to protect
          beneficial uses.

          Daily Discharge—The discharge of a pollutant measured during any 24-
          hour period that reasonably represents a calendar day for purposes of
          sampling.  For pollutants with limitations expressed in units of mass, the
          daily discharge is calculated  as the total mass of the pollutant discharged
          during the day. For pollutants with  limitations expressed in other units of
          measurement  (e.g., concentration) the daily discharge is calculated as the
          average measurement of the pollutant throughout the day (40 CFR §122.2).

          Daily Maximum Limit—The maximum allowable discharge of pollutant
          during a calendar day. Where daily maximum limitations are expressed in
          units of mass, the daily discharge is the total mass  discharged over the
          course of the day. Where daily maximum limitations are expressed in
          terms of a concentration, the daily discharge is the arithmetic average
          measurement  of the pollutant concentration derived from all  measurements
          taken that day.

          Development Document—A report prepared during the development of an
          effluent limitation  guideline by EPA that  provides the data and  methodology
          used to develop limitations guidelines and categorical pretreatment
          standards for an industrial category.
G-4 - &BK NPDES Permit Writer Training Manual

-------
                                                  Glossary of Terms
Director—The Regional Administrator or State Director, as the context
requires, or an authorized representative.  When there is no approved State
program, and there is an EPA administered program, Director means the
Regional Administrator.  When there is an  approved State program,
"Director" normally means the State Director.

Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR>—The form used (including any
subsequent additions, revisions, or modifications) to report self-monitoring
results by NPDES permittees. DMRs must be used by approved States as
well as by EPA.

Draft Permit—A document prepared under 40 CFR §124.6 indicating the
Director's tentative decision to issue, deny, modify,  revoke and reissue,
terminate, or reissue a permit. A notice of intent to terminate a permit, and
a notice of  intent to deny a permit application, as discussed in
40 CFR §124.5, are considered draft permits.  A denial of a request for
modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination, as discussed in
40 CFR §124.5, is not a draft permit.

Effluent Limitation—Any restriction imposed  by the Director on quantities,
discharge rates, and concentrations of pollutants which are discharged from
point sources into waters of the United  States, the waters of the contiguous
zone, or the ocean.

Effluent Limitations Guidelines (ELG)—A regulation published by the
Administrator under Section 304(b) of CWA that establishes national
technology-based effluent requirements for a specific industrial category.

Fact Sheet— A document that must be prepared for all draft individual
permits for  NPDES major dischargers,  NPDES general permits, NPDES
permits that contain variances, NPDES permits that contain sewage sludge
land application plans and several other classes of  permittees. The
document summarizes the principal facts and  the significant factual, legal,
methodological and policy questions considered in preparing the draft
permit and  tells how the public may comment  (40 CFR §124.8 and
§124.56). Where a fact sheet is not required, a statement of basis must be
prepared (40 CFR §124.7).

Fundamentally Different Factors (PDF)—Those components of a
petitioner's  facility that are determined to be so unlike those components
considered by EPA during the effluent limitation  guideline and  pretreatment
standards rulemaking that the facility is worthy of a variance from the
effluent limitations guidelines or categorical pretreatment standards.

General Permit—An NPDES permit issued under 40 CFR §122.28 that
authorizes a category of discharges under  the CWA within a geographical

                         S-ffA NPDES Permit Writer Training Manual - G-5

-------
 Glossary of Terms
          area.  A general permit is not specifically tailored for an individual
          discharger.

          Grab Sample—A sample which is taken from a wastestream on a one-time
          basis without consideration of the flow rate of the wastestream and without
          consideration of time.

          Hazardous Substance—Any substance, other than oil, which, when
          discharged in any quantities into waters of the U.S., presents an imminent
          and substantial danger to the public health or welfare, including but not
          limited to fish, shellfish, wildlife, shorelines and beaches (Section 311 of the
          CWA); identified by EPA as the pollutants listed under 40 CFR Part  116.

          Indirect Discharge—The introduction of pollutants into a municipal sewage
          treatment system from any nondomestic source (i.e., any industrial or
          commercial facility) regulated under Section 307(b), (c), or (d) of the CWA.

          Instantaneous Maximum Limit—The maximum allowable concentration  of
          a pollutant determined from the analysis of any discrete or composite
          sample collected, independent of the flow rate and the  duration of the
          sampling event.

          Local Limits—Conditional  discharge limits imposed by municipalities upon
          industrial or commercial facilities that discharge to the municipal sewage
          treatment system.

          Major Facility—Any NPDES facility or activity classified as such by the
          Regional Administrator, or in the case of approved State programs, the
          Regional Administrator in conjunction with the State Director. Major
          municipal dischargers include all facilities with design flows of greater than
          one million gallons per day and facilities with EPA/State approved industrial
          pretreatment programs.   Major industrial facilities are determined based on
          specific ratings criteria developed by EPA/State.

          Mass-Based Standard—A discharge limit that is measured  in a mass unit
          such as pounds per day.

          Method Detection Limit (MDL)-Defined as the minimum concentration of a
          substance that can be measured and reported with 99  percent confidence
          that the analyte concentration is greater than zero and  is determined from
          analysis of a sample in a given matrix containing the analyte.

          Million Gallons per Day (mgd)—A unit of flow commonly used for
          wastewater discharges.  One mgd is equivalent to 1.547 cubic feet per
          second.
G-6 - *B¥V NPDES Permit Writer Training Manual

-------
                                                  Glossary of Terms
Mixing Zone—An area where an effluent discharge undergoes initial
dilution and is extended to cover the secondary mixing in the ambient water
body. A mixing zone is an allocated impact zone where water quality
criteria can be exceeded as long as acutely toxic conditions are prevented.

Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4)—A conveyance or
system of conveyances (including roads with drainage systems, municipal
streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, manmade channels, or storm
drains) owned by a State, city, town or other public body, that is designed
or used for collecting or conveying storm water, which is not a combined
sewer, and which is not part of a publicly owned treatment works.
Commonly referred to as an "MS4" [40 CFR §122.26(b)(8)].

National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)—The
national program for issuing, modifying, revoking and  reissuing, terminating,
monitoring and enforcing permits, and imposing and enforcing pretreatment
requirements, under Sections 307, 318, 402, and 405 of CWA.

National Pretreatment Standard or Pretreatment Standard—Any
regulation promulgated  by the EPA in accordance with Sections 307(b) and
(c) of the CWA that applies to a  specific category of industrial users and
provides limitations on the  introduction of pollutants into publicly owned
treatment works. This term includes the prohibited  discharge standards
under 40 CFR §403.5, including  local  limits [40 CFR §403.30)].

New Discharger—Any building,  structure,  facility, or installation:

a.  From which there is or may be a discharge of pollutants;

b.  That did not commence the discharge  of pollutants at that particular site
    prior to August 13, 1979;

c.  Which is not a new source; and

d.  Which has never received a finally effective NPDES permit for
    discharges at that site.

New Source—Any building, structure, facility, or installation from which
there is or may be a discharge of pollutants, the construction of which
commenced:

a.  After promulgation of standards of performance under Section 306 of
    the CWA which are applicable to such source; or
                         ftffiA NPDES Permit Writer Training Manual - G-7

-------
 QfOttary of Terms
          b.  After proposal of standards of performance in accordance with Section
             306 of the CWA which are applicable to such source, but only if the
             standards are promulgated in accordance with Section 306 of the CWA
             within  120 days of their proposal.

          c.  Except as otherwise provided in an applicable new source performance
             standard, a source is a new source if it meets the definition in
             40 CFR §122.2; and

             i.   It is constructed  at a site at which no other source is located; or

             ii.  It totally replaces the process  or production equipment that causes
                 the discharge  of pollutants at an existing source; or

             iii.  Its processes are substantially independent of an existing source at
                 the same site. In determining whether these processes are
                 substantially independent, the Director shall consider such factors
                 as the extent to which the new facility is  integrated with the existing
                 plant; and the extent to which the new facility is engaged in the
                 same general  type of activity as the existing source.

          New Source Performance Standards (NSPS)—Technology-based
          standards  for facilities that qualify as new sources under 40 CFR §122.2
          and 40 CFR §122.29.  Standards consider that the new source facility has
          an opportunity to design operations to more effectively control pollutant
          discharges.

          Nonconventional Pollutants—All pollutants that are not included in the list
          of conventional or toxic pollutants in 40 CFR Part 401.  Includes pollutants
          such as chemical oxygen demand (COD), total organic carbon (TOC),
          nitrogen, and phosphorus.

          pH—A measure of the hydrogen ion concentration of water or wastewater;
          expressed as the negative log of the hydrogen ion concentration  in mg/l.  A
          pH of 7 is  neutral.  A pH less than 7 is acidic, and a pH greater than 7 is
          basic.

          Point Source—Any discernible, confined, and discrete conveyance,
          including but not limited to any pipe, ditch, channel, tunnel, conduit, well,
          discrete fixture, container, rolling stock, concentrated animal feeding
          operation,  landfill leachate collection system, vessel, or other floating craft
          from which pollutants are or may be discharged.
G-8 - OEFft NPDES Permit Writer Training Manual

-------
                                                  Glossary of Terms
Pollutant—Dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue, filter backwash,
sewage,  garbage, sewage sludge, munitions, chemical wastes, biological
materials, radioactive materials (except those regulated under the Atomic
Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.)), heat, wrecked
or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt and industrial, municipal, and
agricultural waste discharged into water.

Pollutant, Conservative—Pollutants that do not readily degrade in the
environment, and which are mitigated primarily by natural stream dilution
after entering receiving bodies of waters.  Included are pollutants such as
metals.

Pollutant, Non-Conservative—Pollutants that  are mitigated by natural
biodegradation or other environmental decay or removal processes in the
receiving stream after in-stream mixing and dilution have occurred.

Practical Quantification Limit (PQL)—The lowest level that can be  reliably
achieved within specified limits of precision and accuracy during routine
laboratory operating conditions.

Pretreatment—The reduction of the amount of pollutants, the elimination of
pollutants, or the alteration of the nature of pollutant properties in
wastewater prior to or in lieu of discharging or otherwise introducing such
pollutants into a publicly owned treatment works [40 CFR §403.3(q)].

Primary  Industry Categories—Any industry category listed in the Natural
Resources Defense Council (NRDC)  settlement agreement [(NRDC et at. v.
Train, 8 E.R.C.  2120 (D.D.C. 1976), modified 12 E.R.C. 1833 (D.D.C.
1979)] for which EPA has or will develop effluent guidelines; also listed in
Appendix A of 40 CFR Part  122.

Primary  Treatment—The practice of removing some portion of the
suspended solids and organic matter in a wastewater through
sedimentation.  Common usage of this term also includes preliminary
treatment to remove wastewater constituents that may cause maintenance
or operational problems in the system (i.e., grit removal,  screening for rags
and debris, oil and grease removal, etc.).

Priority Pollutants—Those pollutants considered to be of principal
importance for control under the CWA based on the NRDC consent decree
settlement [(NRDC et al. v.  Train, 8 E.R.C. 2120 (D.D.C. 1976), modified 12
E.R.C. 1833 (D.D.C.  1979)]; a list of these pollutants is provided as
Appendix A to 40 CFR Part 423.
                               NPDES Permit Writer Training Manual - G-9

-------
 Glossary of Terms
          Process Wastewater—Any water which, during manufacturing or
          processing, comes into direct contact with, or results from the production or
          use of any raw material, intermediate product, finished product, byproduct,
          or waste product.

          Production-Based Standard—A discharge standard expressed in terms of
          pollutant mass allowed in a discharge per unit of product manufactured.

          Proposed Permit—A State NPDES permit prepared after the close of the
          public comment period (and when applicable, any public hearing and
          administrative appeals) which is sent to EPA for review before final
          issuance by the State.

          Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW)—A treatment works, as
          defined by Section 212 of the CWA, that  is owned by the State or
          municipality.  This definition includes any devices and systems used in the
          storage, treatment, recycling, and reclamation of municipal sewage or
          industrial wastes of a liquid nature.  It also includes sewers, pipes, and
          other conveyances only if they convey wastewater to a POTW treatment
          plant [40 CFR §403.3].

          Sanitary Sewer—A pipe or conduit (sewer) intended to carry wastewater or
          water-borne wastes from homes, businesses, and industries to the POTW.

          Sanitary Sewer Overflows (SSO)—Untreated or partially treated  sewage
          overflows from a sanitary sewer collection system.

          Secondary Industry Category—Any industry category which is not a
          primary industry category.

          Secondary Treatment—Technology-based requirements for direct
          discharging municipal sewage treatment facilities.  Standard is based on a
          combination of physical and biological processes typical for the treatment of
          pollutants in municipal sewage.  Standards are expressed as a minimum
          level  of effluent quality in terms of: BOD5, suspended solids (SS), and pH
          (except as provided for special  considerations and treatment equivalent to
          secondary treatment).

          Self-Monitoring—Sampling and analyses performed by a facility to
          determine compliance with a permit or other regulatory requirements.

          Spill  Prevention Control and Countermeasure Plan (SPCC)—A plan
          prepared by a facility to minimize the likelihood of a spill and to expedite
          control and cleanup activities should a spill occur.
G-10 - &BK NPDES Permit Writer Training Manual

-------
                                                  Glossary of Terms
Significant Industrial User (SIU)—An indirect discharger that is the focus
of control efforts under the national  pretreatment program; includes all
indirect dischargers subject to national categorical pretreatment standards,
and all other indirect dischargers that contribute 25,000 gpd or more  of
process wastewater, or which make up five percent or more of the hydraulic
or organic loading to the municipal treatment plant, subject to certain
exceptions [40 CFR §403.3(t)].

Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code—A code number system
used to identify various types of industries.  The code numbers are
published by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing
Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. A particular industry may have more than
one SIC code if it conducts several types of commercial or manufacturing
activities onsite.

Statement of Basis—A document prepared for every draft NPDES permit
for which a fact sheet is not required.  A statement of basis briefly
describes how permit conditions were derived and the  reasons the
conditions are  necessary for the permit [40 CFR §124.7].

STORET—EPA's computerized STOrage and RETrieval water quality data
base that includes physical, chemical, and biological data measured in
waterbodies throughout the United States.

Storm Water—Storm water runoff, snow melt runoff, and surface  runoff
and drainage [40 CFR §122.26(b)(13)].

Technology-Based Effluent Limit—A permit limit for a pollutant that is
based on the capability of a treatment method to reduce the pollutant to a
certain concentration.

Tiered Permit Limits—Permit limits that only apply to the discharge  when
a certain threshold (e.g., production level), specific circumstance (e.g.,
batch discharge), or timeframe (e.g., after 6 months) triggers their use.

Tiered Testing—Any of a  series of tests that are conducted as a result of a
previous test's findings.

Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL)—The amount of pollutant, or property
of a pollutant, from point, nonpoint,  and  natural background sources,  that
may be discharged to  a water quality-limited receiving  water.  Any pollutant
loading above  the TMDL results in violation of applicable water quality
standards.

Total Organic Carbon (TOC)—Measures the amount of organic carbon in
water.

                         &BK NPDES Permit Writer Training Manual - G-11

-------
 Glossary of Terms
      •   Total Suspended Solids (TSS)—A measure of the filterable solids present
          in a sample, as determined by the method specified in 40 CFR Part 136.

      •   Toxic Pollutant—Pollutants or combinations of pollutants, including
          disease-causing agents, which  after discharge and upon exposure,
          ingestion, inhalation or assimilation into any organism, either directly from
          the environment or indirectly by ingestion through food chains, will, on the
          basis of information available to the Administrator of EPA, cause death,
          disease, behavioral abnormalities, cancer, genetic mutations, physiological
          malfunctions, (including malfunctions in reproduction) or physical
          deformations, in such organisms or their offspring.  Toxic pollutants also
          include those pollutants listed by the Administrator under CWA Section
          307(a)(1) or any pollutant listed under Section 405(d) which relates to
          sludge management.

      •   Toxicity Reduction Evaluation (TRE)—A site-specific study conducted in
          a stepwise process designed to identify the causative agent(s) of effluent
          toxicity, isolate the  sources of toxicity, evaluate the effectiveness of toxicity
          control options, and then confirm  the reduction in effluent toxicity.

      •   Toxicity Test—A procedure to determine the toxicity of a chemical or an
          effluent using living organisms. A toxicity test measures the degree of
          effect  on exposed test organisms of a specific chemical or effluent.

      •   Treatability Manual—Five-set  library of EPA guidance manuals that
          contain information related to the treatability of many pollutants.  This
          manual can be used in  developing NPDES permit limitations for facilities
          and/or pollutants which, at the time of permit issuance, are not subject to
          industry-specific effluent guidelines. The five volumes that comprise this
          series include: Vol. I -  Treatability Data  (EPA-600/8-80-042a); Vol. II -
          Industrial Descriptions (EPA-600/8-80-042b);  Vol. Ill - Technologies
          (EPA-600/8-80-042c); Vol. IV - Cost Estimating (EPA-600/8-80-042d); Vol.
          V - Summary (EPA-600/8-80-042e).

      •   TSD—Abbreviation for the Technical Support Document Water Quality-
          based Toxics Confro/(EPA-505/2-90-001), EPA Office of Water
          Enforcement and Permits, 1991.  It contains procedures  for water quality-
          based limitation development.

      •   TWTDS—Abbreviation for Treatment Works Treating Domestic Sewage.
          Includes all POTWs and other facilities that treat domestic wastewater, and
          facilities that do not treat domestic wastewater, but that treat or dispose of
          sewage sludge.

      •   Upset—An exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and
          temporary noncompliance with  the permit limit because of factors beyond


G-12 - &BK NPDES Permit Writer Training Manual

-------
                                                   Glossary of Terms
the reasonable control of the permittee.  An upset does not include
noncompliance to the extent caused by operational error, improperly
designed treatment facilities, inadequate treatment facilities, lack of
preventive maintenance, or careless or improper operation.

Variance—Any mechanism or provision under Sections 301 or 316 of the
CWA or under 40 CFR Part  125, or in the applicable "effluent limitations
guidelines" which allows modification  to or waiver of the generally applicable
effluent limitations requirements or time deadlines  of the CWA.  This
includes provisions which allow the establishment  of alternative limitations
based on fundamentally different factors.

Wastesload Allocation (WLA)—The proportion of a receiving water's total
maximum daily load that is allocated to one of its existing or future point
sources of pollution.

Water Quality-Based Effluent Limit (WQBEL)—A value determined by
selecting the most stringent of the effluent limits calculated using all
applicable water quality criteria (e.g.,  aquatic life, human health, and
wildlife) for a specific point source to  a specific receiving water for a given
pollutant.

Water Quality Criteria—Comprised of numeric and narrative criteria.
Numeric criteria are scientifically derived ambient concentrations developed
by EPA or States for various pollutants of concern to protect human health
and aquatic life. Narrative criteria are statements that describe the  desired
water quality goal.

Water Quality Standard (WQS)—A law or  regulation that consists  of the
beneficial use or uses of a waterbody, the numeric and narrative water
quality criteria that are necessary to protect the use or uses of that
particular waterbody, and an antidegradation statement.

Waters of the United States—All  waters that are currently used, were
used  in the past,  or may be  susceptible to use in interstate or foreign
commerce, including all  waters subject to the ebb  and flow of the tide.
Waters of the United States  include but are not limited to all interstate
waters and intrastate lakes,  rivers,  streams  (including intermittent streams),
mudflats, sand  flats, wetlands, sloughs, prairie potholes, wet meadows, play
lakes, or natural ponds.  [See 40 CFR §122.2 for the complete definition.]

Whole Effluent Toxicity (WET)—The total  toxic effect of an effluent
measured directly with a toxicity  test.
                         &BK NPDES Permit Writer Training Manual - G-13

-------
Chapter   1
Introduction
     The purpose of this manual is to provide the basic regulatory framework and
technical considerations that support the development of wastewater discharge
permits as required under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES) Program. It is designed for new permit writers, but may also serve as a
reference for experienced permit writers.  In addition, the manual will serve as a useful
source of information for anyone interested in learning about the legal process and
technical aspects of developing NPDES permits. This manual updates the Training
Manual for NPDES Permit Writers.*

     It is recognized that each United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
Regional office or approved State will have NPDES permitting procedures adapted to
address local situations. Therefore, it is the objective of this manual to explain the
minimum national NPDES Program elements common to any State or Regional office
that issues NPDES permits. The specific objectives and functions  of this training
manual are to:

     •   Provide an overview of the scope and regulatory framework of the NPDES
         Program
   'USEPA (1993). Training Manual for NPDES Permit Writers. EPA/B-93-003. Office of Wastewater
Management.

                                          NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -1

-------
 Chapter 1                                                         Introduction

      •   Describe the components of a permit and provide an overview of the
          permitting process
      •   Describe the different types of effluent  limits and the legal and technical
          considerations involved in limit development
      •   Describe other permit conditions including:
          -  special conditions
          -  standard conditions
          -  monitoring and reporting requirements
      •   Describe other permitting considerations including:
          -  variances
          -  anti-backsliding
          -  other applicable statutes (e.g., National Environmental Policy Act,
             Endangered Species Act, National  Historic Preservation Act)
      •   Explain the administrative process for issuing, modifying, revoking and
          terminating NPDES permits.

      This manual is not intended to be a stand-alone reference document. Instead,
it is intended to establish the framework for NPDES permit development and should
be supplemented, where necessary, by additional EPA and State guidance applicable
to specific types of dischargers and circumstances. To this end, the NPDES Permit
Writers' Manual identifies and references other guidance documents throughout the
text and provides information on how these documents can be obtained.  Appendix D
of this manual provides the reader with detailed information on how to  obtain
comprehensive  lists of available EPA publications and how these documents can be
ordered.

1.1   History and Evolution of the NPDES Program
      The NPDES Program has evolved from numerous legislative initiatives dating
back to the mid-1960s.  In 1965, Congress enacted legislation requiring States to
develop water quality standards for all interstate waters by 1967.  However, despite
increasing public concern and increased Federal  spending, only about 50 percent of
the States had established water quality standards by 1971. Enforcement of the
Federal legislation was minimal because the burden of proof lay with the regulatory
agencies in demonstrating that a water quality problem had implications for human
health or violated water quality  standards.  Specifically, the agencies had to
demonstrate a direct link between a discharger and a water quality problem in order to
enforce against a discharger. The lack of success in developing adequate  water

2 - &B* NPDES Permit Writers'  Manual

-------
 Introduction                                                         Chapter 1

quality standards programs, combined with ineffective enforcement of Federal water
pollution legislation prompted the Federal government to advance the 1970  Refuse Act
Permit Program (RAPP), under the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899, as a vehicle to
control water pollution.

      RAPP required any facility that discharged wastes into public waterways to
obtain a Federal permit specifying abatement requirements from the United  States
Army Corps of Engineers.  The Administrator of EPA endorsed the joint program with
the Corps of Engineers, and on December 23, 1970, the permit program was
mandated through Presidential Order. EPA and the Corps of Engineers rapidly began
to prepare the administrative and technical basis for the permit program. However, in
December 1971, RAPP was struck down by a decision of  the Federal District Court in
Ohio (Kalur v. Resof), which held that the issuance of a permit for an individual facility
could require the preparation of an environmental impact statement under the  National
Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969. The concept of a permit program survived,
however, and, in November 1972, Congress  passed a comprehensive recodification
and revision of Federal water pollution control law, known  as the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act amendments of 1972. These  amendments included the NPDES
permit program as the centerpiece of the efforts for national water pollution control.

      The enactment of the 1972 amendments marked a  distinct change in the
philosophy of water  pollution control in the United States.  The amendments
maintained the water quality-based controls,  but added an equal emphasis on a
technology-based, or end-of-pipe, control strategy.  The 1972 Act established a series
of goals or policies in Section 101 that illustrated Congressional intent.  Perhaps the
most notable was the goal that the discharge of pollutants into navigable waters be
eliminated by 1985.  This  goal was not realized, but remains a principle for
establishing permit requirements. The Act had an interim  goal to achieve "water
quality which provides for the protection and  propagation of fish, shellfish, and wildlife
and provides for recreation in and on the water" by July 1, 1983. This is more
commonly known as the "fishable, swimmable" goal. The  Act also contained four
important principles:

      •   The discharge of pollutants to navigable waters is not a right.
      •   A discharge permit is required to use public resources for waste disposal
          and limits the amount of pollutants that may be discharged.

                                           *ERA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 3

-------
 Chapter 1                                                            Introduction

      •   Wastewater must be treated with the best treatment technology
          economically achievable—regardless of the condition of the receiving water.
      •   Effluent limits must be based on treatment technology performance, but
          more stringent limits may be imposed if the technology-based limits do not
          prevent violations of water quality standards in the receiving water.

More specifically, Title IV of the Act created a system for permitting wastewater
discharges (Section 402), known as the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES), with the objective to implement the goals and objectives of the Act.
An outline of the Titles contained in the Act is provided as Exhibit 1-1.
                                 EXHIBIT 1-1
                    Organization of the Clean Water Act
 Title I   - Research and Related Programs

 Title II   - Grants for Construction of Treatment Works

 Title III  - Standards and Enforcement

            •  Section 301 Effluent Limitations
            •  Section 302 Water Quality-Related Effluent Limitations
            •  Section 303 Water Quality Standards and Implementation Plans
            •  Section 304 Information and Guidelines [Effluent]
            •  Section 305 Water Quality Inventory
            •  Section 307 Toxic and Pretreatment Effluent Standards.

 Title IV  - Permits and Licenses

            •  Section 402 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
            •  Section 405 Disposal of Sewage Sludge.

 Title V   - General Provisions

            •  Section 502 Definitions
            •  Section 510 State Authority
            •  Section 518 Indian Tribes.

 Title VI  - State Water Pollution Control Revolving Funds
4 - 6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
                                                                     Chapter 1

      The first round of NPDES permits issued between 1972 and 1976 provided for
control of a number of traditionally regulated pollutants, but focused on 5-day
biochemical oxygen demand (BOD5), total suspended solids (TSS), pH, oil and grease,
and some metals, by requiring the use of the Best Practicable Control Technology
currently available (BPT). The Act established a July 1, 1977, deadline for all facilities
to be in compliance with BPT. Additionally, the Act established  the compliance
deadline for installing Best Available Technology Economically Achievable (BAT) as
July  1, 1963.  Most of the major permits issued to industrial facilities in the first round
of NPDES permitting contained effluent limitations based on Best Professional
Judgment (BPJ) because regulations prescribing nationally uniform, technology-based
effluent limitations were generally unavailable.  The second round of permitting in the
late 1970s and early 1980s  began to emphasize the control of toxics, but, due to a
lack  of information on treatability,  failed to complete the task.

      EPA's failure to develop adequate controls for toxic discharges  under the 1972
Act prompted the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC) to sue  EPA. [NRDC v.
Train, 8 E.R.C. 2120 (D.D.C. 1976)]. The suit was settled through a court supervised
"consent decree" in  1976. The consent decree  identified (1) the  "priority" pollutants to
be controlled; (2) the "primary industries" for technology-based control; and (3) the
methods for regulating toxic discharges through the authorities of the 1 972 Act. The
provisions of the consent decree were incorporated into the framework of the 1 977
amendments of the Act, and resulted in the Act's refocus toward toxics control.

      The 1977 amendments to the legislation, known formally  as the Clean Water
Act (CWA) of 1977, shifted emphasis from controlling conventional  pollutants to
controlling toxic discharges.  This era of toxic pollutant control is referred to as the
second round of permitting.  The concept of BAT controls was clarified and expanded
to include toxic pollutants. Hence, the compliance deadline for BAT was extended to
July  1, 1984.  The conventional pollutants {BODS, TSS, pH, fecal coliform, and oil and
grease) controlled by BPT in the first round of permitting were now subject to a new
level of control, termed Best Conventional Pollutant Control Technology (BCT). The
compliance deadline for meeting BCT was also July 1, 1984.

      On February 4, 1987, Congress amended the CWA with  the Water Quality Act
(WQA) of 1987. The amendments outlined a strategy to accomplish the goal of
                                                 NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 5

-------
 Chapter 1                                                          Introduction

meeting water quality standards set by the States.  The WQA required all States to
identify waters that were not expected to meet water quality standards after
technology-based controls on point sources have been imposed.  The State must then
prepare an individual control strategy to reduce toxics from point and nonpoint sources
in order to meet the water quality standards.  Among other measures, these plans
were expected to  address control of  pollutants beyond technology-based levels.

      The WQA once again extended the time to meet BAT and BCT effluent
limitations.  The new compliance deadline was no later than March 31, 1989.  The
WQA also established new schedules for industrial and municipal storm water
discharges to be regulated by NPDES  permits.  Industrial storm water discharges
must meet the equivalent of BCT/BAT effluent quality.  Discharges from municipal
separate storm sewer systems (MS4) required controls to reduce the discharge of
pollutants to the maximum extent practicable  (MEP). Additionally, the WQA required
EPA to identify toxics in sewage sludge and establish numerical limits to control these
pollutants.  The WQA also established a statutory anti-backsliding requirement that
would not allow an existing permit to be modified or reissued with less stringent
effluent  limitations, standards, or conditions than those already imposed. There were
a few exceptions for technology-based limits,  but in  no case could the limits be less
stringent than existing effluent guidelines (unless a variance has been granted) or
violate water quality standards.
6 - &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Chapter  2
Regulatory Framework and

Scope  of  the NPDES Program

    This chapter provides a discussion of the regulatory framework of the NPDES
Program, identifies the types of activities regulated under the NPDES Program, and
discusses the program areas that address the various types of regulated activities.

2.1  Regulatory Framework of the NPDES Program
    Chapter 1 discussed how Congress, in Section 402 of the CWA, required EPA
to develop and implement the NPDES permit program. While Congress' intent was
established in the CWA, EPA had to develop specific regulations to carry out the
congressional mandate. The primary regulations developed by EPA to implement and
administer the NPDES Program are found in Title 40 of the Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) Part 122.

    The CFR is a set of documents listing all regulations issued by every United
States government agency. The CFR is published by the National Archives and
Records Service of the General Services Administration. The CFR is updated
annually based on the regulations published daily in the Federal Register (FR).
                              &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 7

-------
 Chapter 2                 Regulatory Framework and Scope of the NPDES Program

      The FR is the vehicle by which EPA and other branches of the Federal
government provide notice of, propose, and promulgate regulations.  Although all of
the regulations can be found in the CFR, the background and implementation
information related to these regulations can be found in the preamble to the
regulations contained in the FR. This information is important to the permit writer
because it explains the regulatory basis upon which permitting decisions are made.

      An outline of the Federal NPDES regulations (40 CFR Part 122) is provided in
Exhibit 2-1.   Other parts of 40 CFR that are related to the NPDES Program include:

      •   40  CFR Part  123 (State program requirements)
      •   40  CFR Part  124 (procedures for decision making)
      •   40  CFR Part  125 (technology-based standards}
      •   40  CFR Part  129 (toxic pollutant standards)
      •   40  CFR Part  130 (water quality management plans)
      •   40  CFR Part  131 (water quality-based standards)
      •   40  CFR Part  133 (sewage secondary treatment regulations)
      •   40  CFR Part  135 (citizen suits)
      •   40  CFR Part  136 (analytical procedures)
      •   40  CFR Part 257 (State sludge disposal regulations)
      •   40  CFR Part 401 (general effluent guidelines provisions)
      •   40  CFR Part 403 (general pretreatment regulations)
      •   40  CFR Parts 405-471  (effluent limitations guidelines)
      •   40  CFR Part 501 (State sludge permitting requirements)
      •   40  CFR Part 503 (sewage sludge disposal standards).

      An index to the NPDES regulations is provided  in  Appendix A. This index
groups the regulatory requirements by subject area to provide the permit writer easier
access to specific  provisions.

2.2   Scope of the NPDES Program
      Under the NPDES Program, all facilities which discharge pollutants from any
point source into waters of the United States are required to obtain a NPDES permit.
Understanding how each of the key terms ("pollutant," "point source," and "waters of
8 - dBK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Regulatory Framework and Scope of the NPDES Program
                                  Chapter 2
                                      EXHIBIT 2-1
               Federal NPDES  Regulations (40 CFR  Part  122)
  Subpart A - Definitions and General Program Requirements
  122.1   Purpose and Scope of NPDES Program
  122.2   Definitions
  122.3   Exclusions
  122.4   Prohibitions
  122.5   Effect of a Permit
  122.6   Continuation of Expired Permits
  122.7   Confidentiality of Information

  Subpart B - Permit Application and Special NPDES Program Requirements
  122.21  Applications
  122.22  Signatures Requirements for Applications
  122.23  Animal Feeding Operations
  122.24  Aquatic Animal Production
  122.25  Aquaculture
  122.26  Storm Water Discharges
  122.27  Silviculture
  122.28  General Permits
  122.29  New Sources and New Discharges

  Subpart C - Permit Conditions
  122.41  Standard Conditions
  122.42  Standard Conditions Applicable to Specified Categories
  122.43  Permit Conditions
  122.44  Permit Limitations
         (a)   Technology Basis
         (h)   Other Basis (not WQ)
         (c)   Reopeners
         (d)   Water Quality Basis
         (c)   Priority Pollutants
         (0   Notification Levels
         (g)   24 Hour Reporting
         (h)   Duration of Permits
         (i)   Monitoring

  122.45  Calculating Limitations

         (a)   Discharge Points
         (b)   Production Basis
         (c)   Metals
         (d)   Continuous Discharges
         (e)   Non-continuous Discharges

  122.46  Duration of Permits
  122.47  Schedules of Compliance
  122.48  Reporting
  122.49  Consideration of Other Federal Laws
  122.50  Disposal to Other Points

  Subpart D - Transfer, Modification,  Revocation and Reissuance, and Termination of Permit
  122.61  Transfer of Permits
  122.62  Modification or Revocation and Reissuance of Permits
  122.63  Minor Modifications of Permits
  122.64  Termination of Permits
(j)   Pretreatment Program
(k)   Best Management Practices
(1)   Anti-Backsliding
(m)  Private Treatment Works
(n)   Grants
(o)   Sludge
(p)   Coast Guard
(q)   Navigation
(f)   Mass Based Limits
Kg)   Intake Water Pollutants
(h)   Internal Waste Streams
(i)   Discharge into Wells
                                                           NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 9

-------
 Chapter 2                 Regulatory Framework and Scope of the NPDE8 Program

the United States") have been defined and interpreted by the regulations is the key to
defining the scope of the NPDES Program.

Pollutant

      The term "pollutant" is defined very broadly by the  NPDES regulations and
includes any type of industrial, municipal, and agricultural waste discharged into water
(see glossary).  For regulatory purposes, pollutants have  been grouped into three
general categories under the NPDES Program: conventional, toxic, and
nonconventional.  By definition, there are five conventional pollutants:  5-day
biochemical oxygen demand (BOD5), total suspended solids (TSS), fecal coliform, pH,
and oil and grease. Toxic or "priority" pollutants are those defined in Section 307(a)(1)
of the CWA (and  listed in 40 CFR §401.15) and include metals and manmade organic
compounds.  Nonconventional pollutants are those which do not fall under either of
the above categories and include such parameters as ammonia, nitrogen, phosphorus,
chemical oxygen demand (COD), and whole effluent toxicity (WET).

Point Source

      Pollutants can enter waters of the United States from a variety of pathways
including agricultural, domestic and industrial sources (see Exhibit 2-2).  For
regulatory purposes these sources are generally categorized as either  "point sources"
or "non-point  sources." Typical point source discharges include discharges from
publicly owned treatment works (POTWs), industrial facilities, and discharges
associated with urban runoff. While provisions of the NPDES Program  do address
certain specific types of agricultural activities (i.e., concentrated animal feeding
operations), the majority of agricultural facilities are defined as non-point sources and
are exempt from NPDES regulation.

      Pollutant contributions to waters of the United States may come from both
"direct" and "indirect" sources.  "Direct" sources discharge wastewater directly into the
receiving waterbody, whereas "indirect" sources discharge wastewater  to a POTW,
which in turn  discharges into the receiving waterbody.  Under the national program,
NPDES permits are issued only to direct point source discharges.  Industrial and
commercial indirect dischargers are controlled by the national pretreatment program
(see Section 8.3.1).

10 - AB*V NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Regulatory Framework and Scope of the NPDES Program
Chapter 2
                                EXHIBIT 2-2
           Sources of Discharge to Waters of the United States
       As indicated above, the primary focus of the NPDES permitting program is
municipal and non-municipal (industrial) direct dischargers.  Within these major
categories of dischargers, however, there are a number of more specific types of
discharges that are regulated under the NPDES Program. Exhibit 2-3 provides an
overview of the scope of the NPDES Program and identifies the program areas that
control various categories of wastewater discharges.

      Municipalities (e.g., POTWs receive primarily domestic sewage from residential
and commercial customers.  Larger POTWs will also typically receive and treat
wastewater from  industrial facilities (indirect dischargers) connected to the POTW
sewerage  system.  The types of pollutants treated by a POTW, therefore, will always
include conventional pollutants (BOD5, TSS, pH, oil  and grease, fecal coliform), and
will include nonconventional and toxic pollutants depending on the unique
characteristics of the commercial and industrial sources discharging to the POTW.
The treatment typically provided by POTWs includes physical separation and settling
(e.g., screening, grit removal, primary settling), biological treatment (e.g., trickling
filters, activated sludge), and disinfection (e.g., chlorination, UV, ozone).  These
processes produce the treated effluent and a biosolids  (sludge) residual. An additional
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 11

-------
 Chapter 2
                           Regulatory Framework and Scope of the NPDES Program
                               EXHIBIT 2-3
           NPDES Program Areas and Applicable Regulations
Source
Municipal
Industrial
Activity
Municipal Effluent
Discharge
Indirect Industrial/
Commercial Discharges
Municipal Sludge Use
and Disposal
Combined Sewer
Overflow
(CSO) Discharges
Storm Water Discharges
(Municipal)
Process Wastewater
Discharges
Non-process Wastewater
Discharges
Storm Water Discharges
(Industrial)
MHMM.
NPDES Point Source
Control Program
Pretreatment
Program
Municipal Sewage
Sludge Program
CSO Control Program
Storm Water
Program
NPDES Point Source
Control Program
NPDES Point Source
Control Program
Storm Water Program
MppnRMHP
EUfUiafioiH
40 CFR 122
40CFR 125
40 CFR 133
40 CFR 122
40 CFR 403
40 CFR 405-499
40 CFR 122
40 CFR 257
40 CFR 501
40 CFR 503
40 CFR 122
40 CFR 125
40 CFR 122
40 CFR 125
40 CFR 122
40 CFR 125
40 CFR 405-499
40 CFR 122
40 CFR 125
40 CFR 122
40 CFR 125
concern to some older POTWs are "combined sewer" systems (i.e., sewerage systems
that are designed to collect both sanitary sewage and storm water).  Exhibit 2-3
illustrates how the NPDES Program is structured to control all of the various types of
pollutant sources and wastestreams that contribute to municipal point sources.

      Non-municipal sources, which include industrial and commercial facilities, are
unique with respect to the products and processes present at the facility.  Unlike
municipal sources, the types of raw materials, production processes, treatment
technologies utilized, and pollutants discharged at industrial facilities vary widely and
are dependent on the type of industry and specific facility characteristics.  The
12 -
         NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
                                                                      Chapter 2

operations, however, are generally carried out within a more clearly defined plant area;
thus, collection system considerations are generally much less complex than for
POTWs. In addition, residuals (sludge) generated by industrial facilities are not
currently regulated by the NPDES Program.  Industrial facilities may have discharges
of storm water that may be contaminated through contact with manufacturing activities,
or raw material and product storage. Industrial facilities may also have non-process
wastewater discharges such as non-contact cooling water.  As illustrated in Exhibit
2-3, the NPDES  Program addresses each of these potential wastewater sources for
industrial facilities.

Waters of the United States

      The term "waters of the United States," has been defined by EPA to include:

      •   Navigable waters
      •   Tributaries of navigable waters
      •   Interstate waters
      •   Intrastate lakes,  rivers, and streams:
          -   Used by interstate travelers for recreation and other purposes; or
          -   Which are the source of fish or shellfish sold in interstate commerce; or
          -   Which are utilized for industrial purposes by industries engaged  in
              interstate commerce.

The intent of this definition  is to cover all possible waters within Federal jurisdiction
under the framework of the Constitution (i.e., Federal versus State authorities). The
definition has been interpreted to include virtually all  surface waters in the United
States,  including wetlands and ephemeral streams. As a general matter, groundwater
is not considered a waters of the United States: Therefore discharges to groundwater
are not subject to NPDES requirements. If, on the other hand, there is a discharge to
groundwater that results in  a "hydrological connection" to a nearby surface water, the
Director may require the discharger to apply for an NPDES permit.  [Note:  Because
States maintain jurisdiction over groundwater resources, they may choose to require
NPDES permits for discharges to groundwater.]
                                           &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -13

-------
 Chapter 2                 Regulatory Framework and Scope of the NPDES Program

2.3   NPDES Program Areas
      As indicated in Exhibit 2-3, the national NPDES Program includes provisions
that address several different types of discharges from municipal and industrial
sources.  This section provides a brief description of how the NPDES Program
addresses each of these program areas.

2.3.1  NPDES Program Areas Applicable to Municipal Sources
      The NPDES permitting program focuses on the development of effluent limits
and conditions for the discharge of treated effluent.  The NPDES Program, however,
also incorporates other control measures to address certain types and categories of
discharges that may be  present at some municipal facilities.  A description of these
control measures, and a discussion of how they are incorporated into the permitting
process is provided below.

National Pretreatment Program

      The national pretreatment program regulates the discharges of wastewater from
non-domestic (i.e., industrial and commercial) facilities that discharge to POTWs (i.e.,
"indirect" discharges). The pretreatment program requires industrial and commercial
indirect dischargers to "pretreat" their wastes, as necessary, prior to discharge to
POTWs, to prevent interference or upset to the operation of the POTW.  The Federal
program also requires many indirect dischargers to meet technology-based
requirements similar to those for direct dischargers.  The pretreatment program is
generally implemented directly by the POTW receiving indirect discharges, under
authority granted through the NPDES permit. The Federal regulations specifying
which POTWs must  have pretreatment programs, and the authorities and procedures
that must be developed  by the POTW prior to program approval are found in 40 CFR
Part 403. The implementation of a local pretreatment program is typically included as
a special condition in NPDES permits issued to POTWs. The incorporation of
pretreatment special conditions is discussed in Chapter 8.

Municipal Sewage Sludge Program

      Section 405 of the CWA requires that all NPDES permits issued to POTWs and
other Treatment Works Treating Domestic  Sewage (TWTDS) contain conditions
14 - SEm NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Regulatory Framework and Scope of the NPDES Program                Chapter 2

implementing 40 CFR Part 503 Standards for the Use and Disposal of Sewage
Sludge. Thus, POTWs and other TWTDS must submit permit applications for their
sludge use or disposal practices. TWTDS include sewage sludge incinerators,
sewage sludge surface disposal sites, and facilities that do not discharge to waters of
the United States (sludge-only facilities such as sludge composting facilities that treat
sewage sludge).

      The permitting regulations can be found at 40 CFR Part 122 for the Federal
program.  Regulations for State program approval are found at 40 CFR Parts 123 or
501 (depending on whether the State wishes to administer the sewage sludge
program under its NPDES Program or under another program, e.g., a solid waste
program).  The technical regulations governing sewage sludge use and disposal are
contained in  40 CFR Part 503. Where applicable, sludge management requirements
are included  as a special condition in permits issued to POTWs.  The incorporation of
special conditions that address sludge requirements  is discussed in Chapter  8.

Combined Sewer Overflows

      Combined sewer systems (CSS) are wastewater collection systems designed to
carry sanitary wastewaters (commercial and industrial wastewaters) and storm water
through a single conduit to a POTW. As of 1995,  CSSs serve about 43 million people
in approximately 1,100 communities nationwide. During dry weather,  CSSs collect
and convey domestic, commercial, and industrial wastewater to a POTW; however,
during periods  of rainfall or snowmelt, these systems can become overloaded.  When
this occurs, the CSS overflows at designed relief points, discharging a combination of
untreated sanitary wastewaters and storm water directly to a surface water body.
These overflows, called combined sewer overflows (CSOs), can be a  major source of
water pollution in communities served by CSSs. CSOs often contain  high levels  of
suspended solids (SS), pathogenic  microorganisms,  toxic pollutants, floatables,
nutrients, and other pollutants, causing exceedances of water quality standards.

      To address CSOs, EPA issued the National CSO Control Strategy on August
10, 1989  (54 FR 37370).  While the 1989 Strategy resulted in some progress in
controlling CSOs, significant public  health risks and water quality impacts remained.
To expedite compliance with the CWA and to elaborate on the 1989 Strategy, EPA, in
collaboration with other CSO stakeholders (communities with CSSs, State water

                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -15

-------
 Chapter 2                 Regulatory Framework and Scope of the NPDES Program

quality authorities, and environmental groups), developed and published the CSO
Control Policy on April 19, 1994 (59 FR 18688).  The Policy establishes a uniform,
nationally consistent approach to developing and issuing NPDES permits that address
CSOs. With respect to NPDES permittees, State water quality standards authorities,
and NPDES permitting and enforcement authorities, the CSO Policy states the
following:

      •    Permittees should immediately implement the nine minimum controls
          (NMCs), which are technology-based actions or measures designed to
          reduce CSOs and their effects on receiving water  quality, as soon as
          practicable, but no later than January 1, 1997.
      •    Permittees should give priority to environmentally sensitive areas.
      •    Permittees should develop long-term control plans (LTCPs) for controlling
          CSOs.  A permittee may use one of two approaches:  (1) demonstrate that
          its plan is adequate to meet the water quality-based requirements of the
          CWA ("demonstration approach"), or (2) implement a  minimum lovel of
          treatment (e.g., primary clarification of at least 85% of the collected
          combined sewage flows) that is presumed to meet the water quality-based
          requirements of the CWA, unless data indicate otherwise ("presumptive
          approach").
      •    Water quality standards authorities should review and revise, as
          appropriate, State water quality standards during the CSO long-term
          planning process.
      •    NPDES permitting authorities should consider the  financial capability of
          permittees when reviewing CSO control  plans.

The CSO Policy recommends that NPDES permitting authorities utilize a phased
approach in addressing CSOs.  Phase  I permits should require the permittee to
implement the  NMC within two years of notice from the NPDES  permitting authority
and to develop a LTCP.  Phase II permits should require continued implementation of
the NMC and implementation of a LTCP.

      Prior to issuing a permit that requires conditions that address CSOs, permit
writers should consult the CSO Control Policy and  associated guidance materials.
The incorporation of permit conditions that address CSOs is  provided in Chapter 8.
16 - 6B9V NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Regulatory Framework and Scope of the NPDES Program                Chapter 2

Storm Water Program (Municipal)

      EPA has determined that storm water runoff from major metropolitan areas is a
significant source of pollutants discharged to waters of the United States.  While
rainfall and snow are natural events, the nature of runoff and its impact on receiving
waters is highly dependent on human activities and use of the land.  Runoff from
lands modified by human activities (i.e., metropolitan  areas) can affect surface water
resources in two ways:  (1) natural flow patterns can  be modified; and (2) pollution
concentrations and loadings can be elevated.

      To address these discharges, the 1987 amendments to the CWA added a
provision [Section 402(p)] that directed EPA to establish phased NPDES requirements
for storm water discharges.  Section 402(p)(2) of the  Act identifies discharges covered
under Phase I of the Storm Water Program and  includes discharges from municipal
separate storm sewer systems (MS4s) serving a population of 100,000 or more.
Section 402(p)(3) identifies the standards for MS4 permits.  These standards mark the
significant difference in permits that address storm water discharges from MS4s
versus permits that address other more traditional sources (i.e., POTWs and non-
municipal sources).  In general, Congress provided that permits for discharges from
MS4s:

      •   May be issued on a system- or jurisdiction wide basis;
      •   Shall effectively prohibit non-storm water discharges into the MS4; and
      •   Shall require controls to reduce the discharge of pollutants to maximum
          extent practicable (MEP).

      In response, EPA published regulations addressing storm water discharges
from municipal separate storm sewer systems on November 16, 1990 (55  FR 47990).
The regulations define a MS4 as any conveyance or  system of conveyances that  is
owned or operated by a State or local government entity designed for collecting and
conveying storm water. Under Phase I of the Storm  Water Program, only  those MS4s
which served a population of 100,000 or more were required to apply for a NPDES
permit.  Unlike permits that are developed and issued to individual POTWs (also
referred to as "municipals"), permits that address storm water discharges from MS4s
may be issued on a jurisdiction-wide basis to the operator of the storm water collection
                                          &EFK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -17

-------
 Chapter 2                 Regulatory Framework and Scope of the NPDES Program

system (e.g., a county or city public works department).  Chapter 8 discusses
considerations for developing NPDES permits for storm water discharges from MS4s.

2.3.2 NPDES  Program Areas Applicable to Industrial Sources
      In  addition to the development of effluent limits and conditions for discharges of
process and non-process wastewater from direct dischargers, the NPDES Program
also includes provisions for control of storm water discharges from industrial sources.
A description of this program area and a discussion of how it is incorporated into the
permitting process is provided below.

Storm Water Program (Industrial)

      All storm water discharges associated with industrial activity that discharge
through municipal separate storm sewer systems or that discharge directly into the
waters of the United States are required to obtain NPDES permit coverage, including
those which discharge through MS4s located  in municipalities with a population of less
than 100,000. Discharges of storm water to a sanitary sewer system or to a POTW
are excluded. As with the Municipal Storm Water Program discussed in Section 2.3.1
above, EPA published the initial  permit application requirements for certain categories
of storm water discharges associated with industrial activity on November 16, 1990
(55 FR 48065).

      The regulations define storm water discharges associated with industrial activity
as discharges from any conveyance used for  collecting and conveying storm water
directly related to  manufacturing, processing,  or raw materials storage areas at an
industrial plant.  The NPDES permitting regulations at 40 CFR §122.26 were
promulgated on November 16, 1990 (55 FR 48065) to identify the following 11
industrial categories required to apply for NPDES permits for storm water discharges:

      •   Facilities subject to storm water effluent limitations guidelines (ELG), new
          source  performance standards (NSPS), or toxic pollutant effluent standards
          under 40 CFR Subchapter N
      •   Certain heavy manufacturing facilities (lumber, paper, chemicals, petroleum
          refining, leather tanning, stone, clay, glass, concrete, ship construction)
      •   Active and inactive mining operations and oil and gas operations with
          contaminated storm water
18 - &Btt NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Regulatory Framework and Scope of the NPDES Program                 Chapter 2

      •   Hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facilities, including
          Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) Subtitle C facilities
      •   Landfills, open dumps, and RCRA Subtitle D facilities
      •   Recycling facilities, including metal scrapyards, battery reclaimers, salvage
          yards, and automotive junkyards
      •   Steam electric power generating facilities, including coal handling sites
      •   Transportation facilities that have vehicle maintenance shops, equipment
          cleaning operations, or airport de-icing operations
      •   Major POTW sludge handling facilities, including onsite application of
          sewage sludge
      •   Construction activities that disturb five acres or more
      •   Light industrial manufacturing facilities.


      Operators of industrial facilities that  are federally, state or municipally owned or
operated that meet the description of the facilities listed in 40 CFR 122.26(b)(14)(1)-
(xi) must also submit applications (note:  the Transportation Act of  1991  provides
exceptions for certain municipally owned or operated facilities). EPA published final
rules regarding the NPDES Storm Water Regulations on  both April 1, 1992 (57 FR
11394) and December 18, 1992 (57 PR 60444). The rule promulgated on April 2,
1992 was, in part, to codify provisions of the Transportation Act of  1991.  The
December 18, 1992 rule was in response to the mandate of the Ninth Circuit United
States Court of Appeals in NRDC v. EPA (June 4, 1992). Each of these final rules
are summarized  below:


      •   Transportation Act of 1992—The Transportation Act of 1991 provides an
          exemption from Phase I storm water permitting requirements for certain
          industrial activities owned or operated by municipalities with a population of
          less than 100,000 (note:  population threshold not tied to a service
          population for a MS4).  Such municipalities must submit storm water
          discharge permit applications only for airports, powerplants, and
          uncontrolled sanitary landfills that they own or operate.
      •   Ninth Circuit Court Decision—The Ninth Circuit United States Court of
          Appeals' opinion in NRDC v. EPA (June 4, 1992) invalidated and remanded
          for further proceedings two regulatory exemptions from the definition of
          "storm water discharges associated with industrial activity":
          1.  The exemption for construction sites disturbing less than five acres of
              land (category x),  and
          2.  The exemption of  certain "light" manufacturing facilities without
              exposure of materials and activities to storm water (category xi).
                                                NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 19

-------
 Chapter 2

          In response to these two remands, EPA intends to conduct further
          rulemaking proceedings on construction activities under five acres and light
          industry without exposure.  As ordered by the Court, EPA will not require
          permit applications for construction sites disturbing less than five acres of
          land and category xi facilities without exposure until this further rulemaking
          is completed.

      Generally, storm water discharges from industrial sources are regulated by
Federal or State issued general permits (see Section 3.1 for a description of the types
of NPDES permits).  However,  in some cases, storm water conditions may be
incorporated into a comprehensive individual NPDES permit for a facility, or a storm
water-specific  individual NPDES permit. The incorporation of permit conditions that
address storm water discharges from industrial facilities is provided in Chapter 8.  For
more information regarding the scope of the NPDES Storm Water Program, refer to
EPA's storm water regulations at 40 CFR  122.26 and the Overview of the Storm
Water Proaram2
   2USEPA (1996).  Overview of the Storm Water Program. EPA 833-R-96-008. Office of Water.

20 - 6EFK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter  3
Overview  of the NPDES

Permitting  Process

     This chapter presents an overview of the different types of NPDES permits,
permit components, the permitting development and issuance process, and the roles
and responsibilities of the Federal and State governments. The intent of this chapter
is to give the permit writer an introduction to the elements of a NPDES permit and to
provide a brief overview of the process of writing a permit. The process is illustrated
by the use of flow charts. The tasks identified within the flow charts are described in
detail  in subsequent chapters.

3.1  Types of Permits
     A permit is typically a license for a facility to discharge a specified amount of a
pollutant into a receiving water under certain conditions; however, permits may also
authorize facilities to process, incinerate, landfill, or beneficially use sewage sludge.
The two basic types of NPDES permits that can be issued are individual and general
permits.

     An individual permit is a permit specifically tailored for an individual facility.
Upon  submitting the appropriate  application (s), the permitting authority develops a
permit for that particular facility based on the information contained in the permit
                                     NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 21

-------
 Chapter 3                              Overview of the NPDES Permitting Process

application (e.g., type of activity, nature of discharge, receiving water quality). The
permit is then issued to the facility for a specific time period (not to exceed 5 years)
with a requirement to reapply prior to the expiration date.

      A general permit is developed and issued by a permitting authority to  cover
multiple facilities within a specific category.  General permits may offer a cost-effective
option for agencies because of the large number of facilities that can be covered
under a single permit.  According to 40 CFR §122.28, general permits may be written
to cover categories of point sources having common elements, such as:

      •   Storm water point sources
      •   Facilities that involve the same or substantially similar types of operations
      •   Facilities that discharge the same types of wastes or engage in the same
          types of sludge use or disposal
      •   Facilities that require the same effluent limitations or operating conditions,
          or standards for sewage sludge use or disposal
      •   Facilities that require the same monitoring where tiered conditions may be
          used for minor differences within class (e.g., size or seasonal activity)
      •   Facilities that are more appropriately regulated by a general permit.

      General permits, however, may only be issued to dischargers within a specific
geographical area  such as the following:

      •   Designated planning  area
      •   Sewer district
      •   City, county, or State boundary
      •   State highway system
      •   Standard metropolitan statistical area
      •   Urbanized area.

      The use of general  permits allows the permitting authority to allocate resources
in a more efficient  manner and to provide more timely permit coverage.  For example,
a large number of facilities that  have certain  elements in common may be covered
under a general permit without expending the time and money necessary to issue an
individual permit to each of these facilities.  In addition, the use of a general permit
ensures consistency  of permit conditions for  similar facilities.

22 - 6EFK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Overview of the NPDES Permitting Process                            Chapter 3

3.2   Major Components of a Permit
      All NPDES permits, at a minimum, consist of five general sections:

      •   Cover Page—Typically contains the name and location of the permittee, a
          statement authorizing the discharge, and a listing of the specific locations
          for which a discharge is authorized.
      •   Effluent Limitations—The primary mechanism for controlling discharges of
          pollutants  to receiving waters.  The majority of the permit  writer's time is
          spent deriving appropriate effluent  limitations based on applicable
          technology and water quality standards.
      •   Monitoring and Reporting Requirements—Used to characterize
          wastestreams and receiving waters, evaluate wastewater  treatment
          efficiency, and determine compliance with permit conditions.
      •   Special Conditions—Conditions developed to supplement effluent
          limitations guidelines.  Examples include best management practices
          (BMPs), additional monitoring activities, ambient stream surveys, toxicity
          reduction evaluations (TREs), etc.
      •   Standard Conditions—Pre-established conditions that apply to all NPDES
          permits and that delineate the legal, administrative, and procedural
          requirements of the NPDES permit.

      Although these sections compose all permits, the contents of  some of these
sections will vary depending on whether the permit is to be issued to a municipal or
industrial facility, and whether the permit will be issued to an individual facility or to
multiple dischargers  (i.e., a general permit).  Exhibit 3-1 shows the components of a
permit and highlights some of the distinctions between the contents of NPDES permits
for industrial and municipal permits.

3.3   Overview of the Development/Issuance Process for NPDES
      Individual Permits
      While the limits and conditions in an individual NPDES permit are unique to the
permittee, the process used to develop the limits and conditions, and issue the permit,
generally follows a common set of steps.  Exhibit 3-2 illustrates the  major steps
involved in developing and issuing an individual NPDES permit. Exhibit 3-2 also
serves as an index for the subsequent chapters of this manual by identifying the
chapters where more detailed information  for each step is presented.
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 23

-------
 Chapter 3
           Overview of the NPDES Permitting Process
                              EXHIBIT 3-1
                       NPDES Permit Components
    In dustiy-Spectfic
      Components
  Components of All
   NPDES Permits
  AfiraicipaJ-Specific
     Components
                               Cover Page
 Technology-Based:
 • Effluent Guidelines
 • Best Professional
   Judgment (BPJ).
 Effluent Limitations:

- Technology-Based
- Water Quality-Based
Technology Based:
• Secondary Treatment
• Equivalent to
  Secondary Treatment.
                             Monitoring and
                                Reporting
                              Requirements
 Other Requirements:
 • Best Management
   Practices (BMP).
  Special Conditions:

  Compliance Schedules
  Storm Water
  Special  Studies,
  Evaluation, and Other
  Requirements
Other Requirements:
• Pretreatment Program
• Combined Sewer
  Overflow
• Municipal Sewage
  Sludge.
                           Standard Conditions
      The permitting process begins when an application is submitted by the operator
of a facility. After receiving the application and making a decision to proceed with the
permit, the permit writer reviews the application for completeness and accuracy.
When the application is determined to be complete, the permit writer begins to
develop the draft permit and the justification for the permit conditions (referred to as
the fact sheet or statement of basis) based, in part, on the application data.

      The first major step in the  permit development process is the derivation of
technology-based effluent limits.  Following this step, the permit writer derives effluent
limits that are protective of State  water quality standards (i.e., water quality-based
effluent limits (WQBEL)). The permit writer then compares the technology-based limits
with the WQBELs and applies the more stringent limits in the NPDES permit. The
24 - AB* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Overview of the NPDES Permitting Process
                                                     Chapter 3
                                        EXHIBIT 3-2
              Major Steps Involved in Developing and  Issuing  an
                                Individual NPDES  Permit
                    Chapter 4
                    Chapter 5
                    Chapter 6
                    Chapter 7
                    Chapter a
                    Chapter 9
                   Chapter 10
                   Chapter 11
                                       Receive Application
                                 Review Application for completeness
                                  and accuracy. Request additional
                                     information as necessary
                                              *
Using application information and
  other data sources, develop
 technology-based effluent limits
Using application information and
other data sources, develop water
quality-based effluent limitations
                                                                      Compare between water
                                                                   quality-based effluent limits and
                                                                   technology-based effluent limits
                                                                    for each pollutant and choose
                                                                      more stringent of the two
Develop monitoring requirements
      for each pollutant
                                             I
   Develop special conditions
                                    Develop standard conditions
  Consider variances and other
    applicable regulations,
                                  Prepare fact sheet and supporting
                                         documentation
   Complete the review and
      issuance process
                                       Issue the final permit
                                              *
                         1
                   Chapter 12       Implement Permit Requirements  I
                                                      AEPA NPOES Permit Writers' Manual - 25

-------
 Chapter 3                             Overview of the NPDES Permitting Procen

decision-making process for deriving limits is documented in the permit fact sheet.  It
is quite possible that a permit may have limitations that are technology-based for
some parameters and water quality-based for others.  For example, a permit may
contain an effluent limit for TSS based on national effluent limitations guidelines
(technology-based), a limit for ammonia based on prevention of aquatic toxicity (water
quality-based), and a BOD5 limit based for part of the year on effluent limitations
guidelines (technology-based) and for the remainder of the year on water quality
considerations.

       Following the development of effluent limits, the permit writer develops
appropriate monitoring and reporting conditions, facility-specific special conditions, and
includes standard conditions  that are the same for all permits.

       The next step is to provide an opportunity for public participation in the permit
process.  A public notice is issued announcing the permit and interested parties may
submit comments regarding the draft permit.  Based on the comments, the permitting
authority then finalizes the permit, with careful attention to documenting the process
and decisions for  the administrative record, and issues the final permit to the facility.

3.4    Overview of the Development/Issuance Process  for NPDES
       General  Permits
       The process for developing and issuing general NPDES permits is similar to the
process for individual permits, however, there are certain differences.  In the general
permit development/issuance process, the permitting authority first identifies the need
for a general permit, and collects data that demonstrate that a group or category  of
dischargers have  similarities that warrant a general permit.  In deciding whether to
develop a general permit, permitting authorities should consider the following:

       •   Are there a large number of facilities to be covered?
       •   Do the facilities have similar production processes or activities?
       •   Do the facilities generate similar pollutants?
       •   Do only a small percentage of the facilities have the potential for water
          quality  standards violations?
26 - 6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Overview of the NPDES Permitting Process                             Chapter 3

      The remaining steps of the permit process are the same as the individual
permits.  A draft permit and fact sheet are developed, a public notice is issued and
public comments are addressed, the issues are documented for the administrative
record, and the final permit is issued.  After the general permit has been issued,
facilities that wish to be covered under the general permit then generally submit a
Notice of Intent (NO!) to the permitting authority.  The permitting authority may then
either request additional information describing the facility, notify the facility that it is
covered by the general permit, or require  the facility to apply for an individual permit.

3.5   Roles and Responsibilities  of the Federal and State
      Authorities
      EPA is authorized under the CWA to directly implement the NPDES Program.
EPA, however, may authorize States, Territories,  or Tribes to implement all or parts of
the national program.  States, Territories,  or Tribes applying for authorization may
seek the authority to implement the base  program (i.e., issue individual NPDES
permits for industrial and municipal sources), and may seek authorization to implement
other parts of the  national program including, Federal  facilities, the national
pretreatment program, general permits, and/or the municipal sewage sludge program.
If the State has only partial authority (e.g., only the base NPDES permits program),
EPA will  implement the other program activities (e.g.,  pretreatment program,  Federal
facilities, and sewage sludge program). For example, where a State has an  approved
NPDES Program but has not received EPA approval of its State sludge management
program, the EPA Region is responsible for including  conditions to implement the Part
503 Standards for the Use or Disposal of  Sewage Sludge in NPDES permits issued to
treatment works in that State.  EPA may issue a separate NPDES permit with the
applicable sewage sludge standards and  requirements, or negotiate with the State on
joint issuance of NPDES permits containing the Part 503 sewage sludge standards.
The same process also applies where a State has not received approval of its
pretreatment program or Federal facilities. One exception to this process is where a
NPDES-authorized State, Territory, or Tribe is not approved to implement the general
permit program. In these cases, EPA may not issue a general permit in that State,
Territory, or Tribe.

      In general, once a State, Territory,  or Tribe is authorized to issue permits, EPA
is prohibited from conducting these activities.  However, EPA must be provided with

                                          6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 27

-------
Overview of the NPDES Permitting Process                              Chapter 3

an opportunity to review each permit issued by the State, Territory, or Tribe and may
formally object to elements that conflict with Federal requirements. If the permitting
agency does not address the objection points, EPA will issue the permit directly.
Once a permit is issued through a government agency, it is enforceable by the
approved State, Territorial, and Federal agencies (including EPA) with legal authority
to implement and enforce the  permit, and by private citizens (in Federal court).
28 - 6B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter  4
The  Permit  Application

Process

     This chapter describes the NPDES permit application process including the
permit writer's role in reviewing the application and evaluating background information
about the applicant.  Through this process, the permit writer gains an understanding of
the circumstances of the discharge and the characteristics of the proposed effluent
that will allow proper development of permit limits and conditions.

4.1  NPDES  Permit Application Forms
     When it is determined that a facility needs an individual NPDES permit, the
facility must submit an application for a permit.  Application forms and requirements
are specific to the type of facility and discharge.  NPDES permit application regulations
are contained in 40 CFR Part 122, Subpart B. Most application requirements are
contained in forms developed by EPA.  Exhibit 4-1 provides an overview of the types
of dischargers required to submit NPDES application forms, identifies the form(s) that
they must submit, and references the corresponding NPDES regulation citation.  It
should be noted that authorized States are not required to use the EPA application
forms. However,  any alternative form used by an authorized State must contain the
information required in 40 CFR Part 122, Subpart B.  An application form must also be
submitted for permit renewals.  Permits may no longer be renewed by submitting a

                                  &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 29

-------
 The Permit Application Process
Chapter 4
                                     EXHIBIT 4-1
            Applications  Forms Required for NPDES Discharges


Type of Facility
All NPDES Applicants (except MS4s)
Municipal Facilities
- Major POTWs (Facilities with flows
greater than 1 .0 mgd or populations
greater than 10,000, or receive
industrial process wastewater)
- Minor POTWs
Industrial Facilities
- Manufacturing Facilities
- Commercial Facilities
- Mining Activities
- Silvicultural Activities
- Water Treatment Facilities
Concentrated Animal Production
Facilities
- Animal Feedlots
- Hatcheries
Storm water discharges associated with
industrial activities
Storm water discharges from MS4s
serving a population greater than
100,000


Status
New and
Existing


New and
Existing

New and
Existing
New

Existing


Non-Process
Wastewater

New and
Existing

New and
Existing
Nf^w anH
Existing


Forms
Form 1


Standard
A

Short A
2D

2C


2E

2B


2F

None
Regulatory
Citation
(40 CFR Part 122)
122.21(f)


122.210)
(reserved)

122.21(j)
(reserved)
122.21(0 and (k)

122.2 1(0 and (g)


122.21(0 and (h)

122.21(0 and
122.21(i)

122.26(c)

122.26(d)
Key: Form 1 - General Information.
     Standard Form A - Municipal (new and existing major municipal facilities).
     Short Form A - Municipal (new and existing minor municipal facilities).
     Form 2B -  Concentrated Animal Feeding Operations and Aquatic Animal Production Facilities.
     Form 2C -  Existing Manufacturing, Commercial, Mining, and Silvicultural Operations.
     Form 2D -  New Sources and New Dischargers Application for Permit to Discharge Process Wastewater.
     Form 2E -   Facilities Which Do Not Discharge Process Wastewater.
     Form 2F -   Application for Permit To Discharge Storm Water Discharges Associated  With Industrial
               Activity.
30 - &B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 The Permit Application Process                                       Chapter 4

letter stating that no significant changes occurred at the facility during the term of the
expiring permit.

Form  1 - General Information

          All facilities applying for an individual NPDES permit, with the exception of
MS4s applying for a municipal storm water permit, must submit Form 1. Form 1
requires general facility information including:

      •   Name,  mailing address, facility contact, and facility location
      •   Standard industrial classification (SIC) code and a brief description of
          nature of business
      •   Topographic map showing the location of the existing or proposed intake
          and discharge  structures.

4.1.1 Municipal Application Requirements (Form A and Short Form A)
      All new and existing POTWs must submit Form A or Short Form A (used for
minor POTWs). POTWs  with design influent flows equal to or greater than 1 million
gallons per day (mgd) and POTWs with approved pretreatment programs, or POTWs
required to develop a pretreatment program  are required to submit Form A.  Form A
requires submission of the following types of information:

      •   Name,  mailing address, authorized agent, and facility location
      •   Collection system type, areas served, and total population served
      •   Description of influent, including major industrial facilities discharging to the
          system
      •   Description of treatment practices and plant design, schedule of
          improvements, number of discharge points, total volume discharged, and
          receiving water name.

      Although testing of the influent and effluent for specific pollutants is not
required, Form A does request any available data on the following parameters:  flow,
pH, temperature, fecal coliform, BOD5, COD or total organic carbon (TOC), total
residual chlorine, total solids, total dissolved solids, settleable matter, ammonia,
Kjeldahl nitrogen,  nitrate,  nitrite, phosphorus, and dissolved oxygen.  The municipal
application regulations also require POTWs with design influent flows equal to or
                                          6EBV NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 31

-------
 The Permit Application Process                                         Chapter 4

greater than 1.0 mgd, and POTWs with approved pretreatment programs, to submit
results of whole effluent toxicity (WET) testing (40 CFR §122.21 (j)(1)).  In addition,
POTWs with approved pretreatment programs are also required to submit a written
technical evaluation of the need to revise local limits (40 CFR §122.21 G)(4)).

       POTWs  with design flows of less than 1.0 mgd, and which are not required to
have an approved pretreatment program, may generally use Short Form A. Short
Form A requires only general information such as the name, mailing address, and
facility location  as well as a  description of any major changes at the facility.
  Reg Update:
  On December 6, 1995, EPA proposed revisions to the municipal application requirements and
  accompanying application forms [60 FR 62545]. The proposed regulation replaces Form 1, Form A, and
  Short Form A with a new Form 2A for use by all municipal dischargers. Form 2A is divided into five
  individual sections that must be completed depending on the characteristics of the municipal discharger.
  In the same proposal, EPA introduced Form 2S to obtain information on municipal sewage sludge such
  as volume, characteristics, and sludge use or disposal practices. The Form 28 regulations will replace
  the interim sludge use and disposal application requirements that are currently in use.
4.1.2  Non-Municipal Permit Application Requirements
       In addition to Form 1, which requests general information, non-municipal
dischargers applying for an individual NPDES permit are required to submit additional
detailed facility information. The types of forms required depend upon the activities of
the facility applying for a permit.  Each of the forms and the types of activities for
which  they apply are briefly described below.

Form  2B - New and Existing Animal Feeding Operations and Aquatic Animal
Production Facilities

       Owners of new and existing animal feeding operations and aquatic animal
production facilities must submit Application Form 2B. The types of information
required by Form 2B include:

       •   Animal feeding operations

          -  Type and number of animals in open confinement and housed under
              roof
          -  Number of acres used for confinement feeding
32 - 4BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 The Permit Application Process                                       Chapter 4

          -  Calendar month of maximum feeding and total mass of food fed during
             that month

      •   Aquatic animal production facilities

          -  Maximum daily and average monthly flow from each outfall
          -  Number of ponds, raceways, and similar structures
          -  Total yearly and maximum harvestable weight for each species of
             aquatic animal.

Form 2C • Existing Manufacturing, Commercial, Mining, and Silvicultural
Discharges

      Operators of existing (i.e., currently permitted) manufacturing, commercial,
mining, and silvicultural discharges must submit Application Form 2C. The types of
information required in Form 2C include:

      •   Outfall location(s)
      •   Flow characteristics
      •   Sources of pollutants
      •   Intake and effluent characteristics
      •   Pollutants expected to be present
      •   Treatment technologies
      •   Production information  (if applicable).

Quantitative effluent data requirements for existing industrial dischargers varies
depending on the facility's discharge characteristics and the types of pollutants
expected to be present in the  discharge.

Form 2D - New Manufacturing, Commercial, Mining, and Silvicultural Discharges

      Operators of new manufacturing, commercial, mining, and silvicultural
discharges must submit Application Form  2D.  "New" dischargers are those that have
not previously obtained permits for a discharge and have not commenced operation.
The types of information required in Form  2D include:

      •   Expected outfall location(s)
      •   Date of expected commencement of discharge
                                          6B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 33

-------
 The Permit Application Process                                        Chapter 4

      •   Expected flow characteristics
      •   Sources of pollutants
      •   Treatment technologies
      •   Production information (if applicable)
      •   Expected intake and effluent characteristics.

Form 2E - Manufacturing, Commercial, Mining, and Silvicultural Facilities that
Discharge Only Nonprocess Wastewater

      Operators applying for an individual NPDES permit for manufacturing,
commercial, mining, and Silvicultural facilities that are not regulated by an effluent
limitation guideline or new source performance standard, and which discharge only
non-process wastewaters. must submit Application Form 2E.  "Nonprocess
wastewaters" include sanitary wastes,  restaurant or cafeteria wastes, and non-contact
cooling water, but do not include storm water.  Storm water is specifically excluded
from the definition of "non-process wastewater."  The types of information required in
Form 2E include:

      •   Outfall location(s)
      •   Type of waste discharged
      •   Effluent characteristics, including quantitative  data for selected parameters
      •   Flow characteristics
      •   Treatment technologies.

Form 2F - Storm Water Discharges Associated with Industrial Activities

      Operators applying for an individual NPDES permit for discharges of storm
water associated with industrial activity must submit Application Form 2F. The types
of information required in  Form 2F include:

      •   A topographic map and estimates of impervious surfaces
      •   Descriptions of material management practices and control measures
      •   A certification that outfalls have been evaluated  for non-storm water
          discharges
      •   Descriptions of past  leaks and spills
      •   Analytical  data from  each outfall for several specified parameters.
34 - 6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 The Permit Application Process                                       Chapter 4

Storm Water Discharges from Municipal Separate Storm Sewers Serving a
Population of Greater Than 100,000

      The 1990 Storm Water application regulations (55 FR 48062), list the
application requirements for operators of a large or medium MS4 to  submit a two-part
application. Part 1 application information was required to be submitted by large
MS4s (serving a population >250,000) by November 18, 1991 and by medium MS4s
(serving a population >100,000 but < 250,000) by May 18, 1992. Part 2 application
information was required to be submitted by large MS4s by November 16, 1992 and
by medium MS4s  by May 17, 1993. The following summarizes the key requirements
of each part of the application:


      •   Part 1 of the application must include:

         -   General information (e.g., name, address)
         -   Existing legal authorities and any additional authority required
         -   Source identification information
         -   Discharge characterization, including results from dry  weather flow
             screening
         -   Identification of 5 to 10 representative outfalls for storm  water sampling
         -   Description of existing storm water management practices
         -   Descriptions of existing financial budget and resources available to
             complete Part 2 of the application.

      •   Part 2 of the application must include:

         -   Demonstration of adequate legal authority
         -   Identification of any major storm sewer outfalls
         -  Discharge characterization data from sampling three representative
             storm events
         -  Proposed storm water management program
         -  Assessment of controls, including expected reductions in pollutant
             loadings
         -  Fiscal analysis, including necessary capital and operation and
             maintenance expenditures for each year of the permit.


      Under the NPDES regulations, permittees are required to reapply for a new
NPDES permit prior to the expiration of their existing permit.  However, in the case of
storm water permits for MS4s, Part 1 and Part 2 application requirements were
intended only for the initial issuance of a  MS4 permit and specific requirements for
reapplication have not been defined in the regulations. On May 17,  1996, EPA issued
                                          6ERA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 35

-------
 The Permit Application Process                                       Chapter 4

a policy which sets forth a streamlined approach for reapplication requirements for
operators of MS4s.  It allows municipalities to use recommended changes submitted  in
their fourth  annual report as the principal component of their reapplication package.  It
also encourages changes to monitoring programs to make them appropriate and
useful to storm water management decisions. With the policy, EPA seeks to improve
municipal storm water management efforts by allowing municipalities to target their
resources for the greatest environmental benefit.

4.1.3 Application Requirements for NPDES General Permits
      As previously discussed, general  permits (see 40 CFR §122.28) are permits
that are developed for storm water dischargers or a specific category of dischargers
within a specified geographic or political boundary.  The use of a general permit may
simplify the permitting process for both EPA and the permittee. Unlike individual
permits, however, operators can only apply for coverage under a general permit if one
has been issued that is applicable to the type of facility for which coverage is sought
and covers the facility's activities. In addition, the permitting authority may determine
that a general permit is not appropriate for a particular facility applying for coverage
under the general permit, and can require the facility to apply for an individual permit.
Furthermore,  a facility that otherwise qualifies for a general permit may opt to apply for
an individual permit.

      An applicant for a general permit, in almost all cases, must apply by submitting
a Notice of Intent (NOI) to be covered under the permit. The contents of a NOI, and
any additional information requirements, must be specified in  the general permit and  in
the fact sheet or instructions, and at a minimum must include the following:

      •   Name and address of the owner or operator
      •   Name and address of the facility
      •   Type of facility or discharges
      •   The receiving stream(s).

4.2  Application Deadlines
      The  Federal regulations contained in 40 CFR §122.21  require that applications
for new discharges be made no later than  180 days before discharges actually begin.


36 - 4BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 The Permit Application Process                                       Chapter 4

Applications for permit renewals (i.e., for existing dischargers) must be made at least
180 days before the expiration of the existing NPDES permit.  Authorized states,
however, may have slightly different schedules but generally no less stringent.
Furthermore, the State Director or the Regional Administrator may allow individual
applications to be submitted at dates later than these but not later than the expiration
date of the existing permit.

      It should be noted that according to 40 CFR §122.6, an expired NPDES permit
remains in effect until the new permit is issued as long as the application for permit
renewal was submitted on time and complete (per 40 CFR §122.21).  However, if
State law does not allow expired permits to remain in effect until a permit is reissued,
or if the permit application is not on time and complete, the facility is considered to be
discharging without a permit from the time the permit expired until the effective date  of
the new permit.

4.3   Review of the  Application
      The contents of individual NPDES permits are based in part upon the
information included in the application.  Thus, the application must be complete and
accurate before a permit writer can properly develop a permit. Exhibit 4-2 depicts a
genera! process for reviewing  a permit  application.

      After the initial review of an application, the permit writer may request that an
applicant submit other information which may be needed in deciding whether to issue
a permit. The requested information may include:

      •   Additional information, quantitative data, or recalculated data
      •   Submission of  a new form (if an inappropriate form was used)
      •   Resubmission of application (if incomplete or outdated information was
          initially submitted).

A considerable amount of correspondence, therefore, may be  required before the
permit writer obtains an application that can be considered complete and accurate.
                                          &BK NPOES Permit Writers' Manual - 37

-------
 The Permit Application Process
                                   Chapter 4
                                    EXHIBIT  4-2
                            Permit Application Review
        Review Activities
Review Permit Application I
^
r
          Applicant Follow-Up
                 * (as necessary)
           Is the application on
            the correct form?
No
           Require new application on
                 correct form
                  T
      Does the application include
   all outfalls, priority pollutant, sludge
    and toxicity data when required?
No
            Establish schedule for submittal of
                  required information
    Does the application have all of the
    information necessary to adequately
   characterize the nature and quantity of
     pollutants in the effluent and their
         impact on the receiving
                water?
 No
            Establish schedule for submittal of
                  required information
                  I
        Are all calculation and flow
            diagrams correct
                  T
No
             Request recalculation and resubmittat
                                                                                     981B-08
        May begin public notice of
          application now or after
            facility inspection
38 - &B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 The Permit Application Process                                       Chapter 4

4.3.1 The Complete Application
      Regulations under 40 CFR §122.21 (e) state that the Director "shall not issue a
permit before receiving a complete application...."  At a minimum, the application form
must have all applicable spaces filled in.  Instructions for the application form states
that all items must be completed and that the statement "not applicable" (NA) be used
to indicate that the item had been considered by the applicant.  Blanks on a form can
occur for a  number of  reasons, such as:

      •  The response was inadvertently left out; or
      •  The applicant had difficulty determining the correct response and rather
         than provide misleading or incorrect information, left the  space  blank.

      A response to the blank items must be obtained by contacting the facility in
writing or, in some cases, by telephone.  Because of the administrative record
(discussed  in Chapter  11) that must be maintained in processing an application, and
the possibility of legal challenges regarding permit decisions, it is recommended that
only minor items be handled by telephone, and even these should  be documented in
writing.

      If the changes or corrections to any application are extensive, the permit writer
may require the permit applicant to submit a new application. Supplementary
information, such  as more detailed production information or maintenance and
operating data for a treatment system, may also be required to process the permit.
Supplementary information can also be obtained at a later date when the  permit writer
is actually drafting the  permit. According to 40 CFR  §122.21 (e), an application is
considered  to be complete when the permit writer is  satisfied that all required
information has been submitted.

4.3.2 Common  Omissions and Errors in Applications
      This section identifies some of the most common omissions  and errors found in
NPDES permit applications.  Examples of ways  to identify missing  information and of
verifying the accuracy  of some of the data are also provided.

      One of the  most common items overlooked is the provision of a topographic
map which  is required as an  attachment to Form 1.  Other industrial or municipal-

                                                NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 39

-------
 The Permit Application Process                                       Chapter 4
specific information is also often omitted. For example, industrial applicants
sometimes fail to submit a process line diagram required by Part II-A of Form 2C.
The process line diagram is important for ensuring that the location and description of
the outfalls and the description of processes (Parts I and II-B of Form 2C) given by the
applicants are accurate.


      Often,  applicants do not properly submit the effluent characterization data
required for the permit applications.  Applicants may fail to submit data necessary to
properly characterize the facility.  The following highlights some of the data
requirements that are required in applications:


      •   POTWs with design flows greater than  1 mgd or those with a pretreatment
          program are required to submit valid WET testing data.  This requirement
          may be satisfied if the expiring permit contains a requirement for effluent
          characterization of WET.  The permit writer should note the use of this
          option on the fact sheet.
      •   POTWs and other treatment works treating  domestic sewage (TWTDS)
          must submit any sludge monitoring data; a description of sludge use and
          disposal procedures at the facility; annual sludge production volumes;  and
          for land application sites, information on the suitability of the site and a
          description of the site management. A land application plan is required for
          any sites not identified in the application.
      •   Every non-POTW applicant must submit data for BOD, COD, TOC, TSS,
          ammonia, temperature (winter and summer), and pH.
      •   Non-municipal dischargers categorized as "primary industries" have some
          mandatory testing requirements for toxic pollutants (see 40 CFR §122.21,
          Appendix D, Table  I and Table II; also listed in Application Form 2C).
          Primary industries are identified in Appendix A of 40 CFR Part 122.
          Primary industries that are also small businesses [see 40 CFR
          §122.21 (g)(8)] may be exempted from these testing  requirements.  Existing
          dischargers who believe certain pollutants may be present in their effluent
          must test for those pollutants (40  CFR §122.21 Appendix D, Table IV and
          Table V).
      •   Industrial facilities that are subject to production- or flow-based effluent
          guidelines must report production rates and flow data, using units of
          measure  corresponding to applicable effluent limitations guidelines, that will
          allow calculation of effluent limits.
      •   Sample types for all required pollutants and parameters must be
          appropriate for the  parameter being analyzed  (as per 40 CFR Part 136; see
          Sections  7.1.3 and 7.1.4 for more information).  For  example, only grab
          samples may be used for pH, temperature,  cyanide, total phenols, volatile


to - &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 The Permit Application Process                                                Chapter 4
            organics, residual chlorine, oil and grease, fecal coliform, and fecal
            streptococcus.
       Examples of the types of data that the permit writer will need to obtain before
the application can be considered complete are given in the text boxes which follow.
  Are required toxic organic pollutants (gas chromatograph/mass spectrometer [GC/MS] fractions) listed?
  Example:
  An application from a plastics processor fails to list any GC/MS fraction.
  Discussion:
  The plastics processor is required to test for the volatile GC/MS fraction (Table 2C-2 in the application
  form instructions and 40 CFR §122.21 (g)(7)(ii)(A) of the NPDES regulations).
  Are required heavy metals listed?
  Example:
  A primary felt producer marks thallium and beryllium as believed absent in the wastewater.
  Discussion:
  Although thallium and beryllium are not expected to be found in a felt producer's discharge, page 2C-3 of
  the application form instructions and 40 CFR §122.21 (g)(7)(ii)(B) require testing for these metals.
  Occasionally, unexpected contaminants will be present in a waste stream  due to poor housekeeping,
  unusual production methods, etc.
  The comprehensive testing requirements that apply to the various categories of industry are designed to
  determine whether any unexpected contaminants are present in significant quantities, as well as to
  determine levels of pollutants that are known to be present. In the above  example, the submission is
  incomplete because additional  information is needed and "believed absent" is wrongly indicated.
  Are all expected pollutants listed?
  Example:
  A producer of wood-resin-based derivatives does not indicate the presence of zinc in his wastewater.
  Discussion:
  Testing for zinc is required. Zinc is used as a catalyst in the production of wood-resin-based derivatives.
  This type of information can be found in the effluent limitations guidelines development documents.
                                                   6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 41

-------
The Permit Application Process                                               Chapter 4
  What pollutant data are needed to characterize the industries above?

  Example:

  Consider the plastics processor, the felt producer, and the producer of wood-resin-based derivatives,
  mentioned above, and answer the following questions:

         •    For which toxic organic pollutants are they required to test?
         •    For which heavy metals are they required to test?
         •    Which metals would you expect to find in their wastewaters regardless of whether testing is
             required or not?

  Discussion:

  The application form in Table 2C-2 and 40 CFR §122.21 (g)(7)(ii)(A) of the NPDES regulations require
  testing of the volatile GC/MS fraction by the plastics processor, and testing of all four GC/MS fractions by
  the felt producer and the producer of wood-resin-based derivatives. Page 2C-3 of the application
  instructions and 40 CFR §122.21 (g)(7)(ii)(B) require testing of all of the metals listed in item V part C1  of
  the application form by all  three manufacturers. For the expected metals, see the effluent limitations
  guidelines development documents for information.
4.3.3 The Accurate Application

       All information submitted on a permit application should be accurate, in addition
to being complete.  Although it may be difficult to detect certain inaccuracies, a
number of common mistakes can be readily detected.  When mistakes are detected,
they must be corrected. The permit writer should follow the same procedures for
correcting inaccurate information as used for obtaining  missing information. The
following text boxes contain examples that reflect the types of questions that the
permit writer may consider while reviewing the permit application.
  Can we verify flow data using a water balance calculation?

  Example:

  An industrial user has estimated a wastestream flow of 50,000 gpd using water usage records. However, a
  review of historical water usage records and an old permit application indicates wastewater flows ranged
  from 100,000 to 150,000 gpd.  The facility had not instituted any water-reduction measures, significantly
  changed its process operations, or decreased its number of employees.

  Discussion:

  An inspection of the facility revealed two separate water meters (one for sanitary and one for process water);
  the industrial user had overlooked the sanitary meter. Further, the process water meter was found to be
  defective.  Subsequent flow monitoring of the total wastestream recorded a flow of 125,000 gpd. A new
  water meter was installed and concurrent wastestream flow monitoring and water meter readings resulted in
  the following water balances:

         •   Water In (based on both water meter readings): 148,000 gpd (131,000 gpd process line and
              17,000 gpd sanitary line)

         •   Water Out (based on wastestream flow monitoring):  125,000 gpd total wastestream
             discharged to sewer system. Evaporative and consumption losses were estimated at 23,000
             gpd (15 percent of total water usage).
42 - AEWV NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 The Permit Application Process                                            Chapter 4
  Do the concentration, mass, and flow values correspond?

  Example:

  Suppose the maximum daily flow is shown as 1.2 million gallons per day (MGD), the maximum daily
  suspended solids concentration is 23 milligrams per liter (mg/l), and the maximum daily mass discharge
  is reported as 690 pounds per day (Ibs/day).

                             23 mg/l x 8.34 x 1.2 MGD = 230 Ib/d

  The mass corresponding to the solids concentration (23 mg/l) and flow (1.2 MGD) is 230 pounds per day.
  However, the maximum daily mass discharge is 690 pounds per day.

  Discussion:

  Assuming that the maximum daily flow and the maximum daily concentration occurred on the same day
  (worst case scenario), the highest mass discharge should not exceed 230 pounds per day. Since the
  applicant reported a maximum mass discharge of 690 pounds per day, a significant discrepancy is
  indicated. The permit writer should contact the facility to resolve the discrepancy.
  Do concentration values correspond with analytical detection limits?

  Example:

  The acid GC/MS fraction (phenols) compounds are all reported as less than 1 mg/l.

  Discussion:

  According to 40 CFR Part 136, the detection limits for the compounds in this organic fraction are all near
  0.01  mg/I.  Probably the 4AAP method for phenols was used, rather than the required testing procedure
  using GC/MS.
4.4   Facility Information Review

       In addition to the submitted application form, the permit writer should consider
collecting other information that could be utilized for development of permit limits and
conditions.


4.4.1  Background Information Review

       Prior to developing permit conditions, the permit writer should collect and review
any additional background information on the facility.  Much of this information may
already  be available in the permit file.  In-house file information typically includes:


       •    The current permit
       •    The fact sheet or statement of basis for the current permit



                                               £EPA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 43

-------
 The Permit Application Process                                        Chapter 4

      •   Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs)
      •   Compliance inspection reports
      •   Engineering reports
      •   Correspondence or information  on changes in plant conditions or problems,
          and compliance issues.

Much of this information, particularly DMR data, may be already stored in an
interoffice automated data tracking system such as the EPA Permit Compliance
System (PCS).

      The permit writer may check with other permit writers who have permitted
similar types of facilities to see if there are any special considerations related to the
facility to be permitted.  A permit writer also  may wish to discuss compliance issues,
changes, or history of complaints with compliance personnel who conducted previous
inspections of the facility.  Examples of some other sources of information that could
be used by the  permit writer include:

      •   EPA development documents that contain detailed information that was
          collected by the EPA for the purpose of developing effluent guidelines and
          categorical pretreatment standards for a variety of industrial categories
      •   Reference textbooks, which address specific industry categories and which
          are available from the National  Technical Information Service (NTIS), United
          States EPA library and other libraries.  These technical documents provide
          information about manufacturing processes and wastestreams.
      •   EPA's Treatability Manual,3 which is a five-volume guidance (also refer to
          glossary) and which provides detailed descriptions of industrial processes,
          potential pollutants from each process, appropriate treatment  technologies,
          and cost estimating procedures
      •   Receiving water quality data (e.g., the EPA Storage and  Retrieval data
          base [STORET])
      •   Related environmental permits that could provide site-specific background
          information about the types of pollutants and wastestreams at a facility,
          including, for example:

          -  RCRA permit—which regulates the management of hazardous waste
             from its generation through ultimate disposal for waste generators,
   3USEPA (1980).  Treatability Manual, Volumes I - V.  EPA-600/8-80-042a-e.  Office of Research
and Development.

44 - &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 The Permit Application Process                                       Chapter 4

              transporters, and owners and operators of treatment, storage, and
              disposal facilities [42 USC 6901 et seq.]
          -   Clean Air Act permit—which regulates the discharge of atmospheric
              pollutants.
      •   The Toxic Release Inventory (TRI), which is accessible on EPA's
          mainframe and through a public online service. TRI contains facility
          information on over 300 listed toxic chemicals released by specific facilities,
          including chemical identification, quantity of chemical released to various
          environmental  media, offsite waste transfer and waste treatment and
          minimization information.

      If the permit writer must address special conditions in the permits for municipal
dischargers for development or implementation of a pretreatment program, combined
sewer overflows (CSOs), sanitary sewer overflows (SSOs), sewage sludge use or
disposal, or storm water discharges, information  relevant to these issues would need
to be obtained. Such information may be found  in:

      •   Annual pretreatment reports,  pretreatment compliance inspections and
          audits
      •   CSO reports
      •   Bypass notifications or SSOs reports
      •   Storm water discharge applications or NOI for a general permit.

4.4.2 Facility Site Visits
      Facility site visits can be invaluable to update information on manufacturing
processes, obtain information about the facility's operations, equipment or
management, and to verify application information.  A site visit also acquaints the
permit writer with the people who will be operating under the permit and participating
in the permit development process.

      Site visits may also allow the permit writer to gain a better understanding of
more complex facilities. Site visits are especially warranted if significant pollution
control or treatment improvements will be required, if there  have been frequent
problems in complying with the present  permit, if there are known problems with spills
or leaks or with contaminated surface runoff, or  if there are other onsite activities that
may impact the characteristics of the discharge from the facility.
                                           &ER& NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 45

-------
 The Permit Application Process                                       Chapter 4

      The site visit should include a detailed review of production processes in order
to evaluate the types of toxic or hazardous substances that may be present  in raw
materials, as well as in products and byproducts.  The water uses, the resulting
wastewater streams, and any in-process pollution controls should be reviewed. This
review is needed to assist in selecting toxic and other pollutants to be limited and in
evaluating possible in-process control improvements.

      In addition, the  site visit should include a review of the performance, operation
and maintenance practices of wastewater treatment facilities.  This review is useful in
evaluating the adequacy of existing treatment performance and assessing the
feasibility of improvements and performance. Effluent monitoring points, sampling
methods, and analytical techniques should also be examined to identify any  needed
changes to monitoring requirements and to evaluate the quality of DMR data.

      Raw material and product storage and loading areas, sludge storage  and
disposal areas,  hazardous waste management facilities,  including onsite disposal
areas, and all process areas should be  observed to determine the need for controls on
surface runoff and for  specific best management practices (BMPs). As noted
previously, the information from other environmental programs (e.g., Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation,  and Liabilities  Act [CERCLA]; RCRA) may
be important in this regard.

      While onsite, the permit writer should note any needs for spill prevention and
housekeeping problems, which are not usually well-described in permit applications.  If
allowed, photographs  of problem areas  should be taken  for future use during permit
preparation. A meeting with management should be included if necessary to ask
questions and clarify information on the permit application. If any inaccuracies in the
application were found as a result of the site visit, corrected information should be
requested at this time.

      The time required to conduct a site visit will vary according to the complexity of
the facility.  For facilities with only a few basic processes, one main waste treatment
system, limited in-process controls, few surface runoff outfalls, and limited onsite
management of sludges or hazardous wastes, an adequate site visit can most likely
46 - &BK NPOES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 The Permit Application Process                                        Chapter 4

be completed in 1 day. Complex, larger plants with several treatment systems,
numerous outfalls, and extensive ancillary activities may require several days.

      Time spent on site visits often results in time savings during permit preparation.
However, time and/or travel resources are generally not adequate to allow viewing of
all facilities to be permitted. In such cases, the permit writer may be able to obtain
much of the desired information from the next (or previous) compliance inspection
performed at the facility.

      Aerial photographs are also an excellent aid for conducting a plant visit and
may provide much of the needed information on the potential for contamination of
surface runoff and on ancillary activities in the absence of a site visit or inspection.  In
addition,  comparison of aerial photographs with site and process diagrams  provided
with the application may provide the permit writer with a complete visual description of
the facility.  Aerial photographs may be obtained from a variety of sources, including
the United States Geological Survey (USGS), Environmental Services Division in some
EPA Regions, the National Enforcement Investigation Center, Las Vegas, Nevada; the
Environmental Photo Interpretation Lab, Vint Hill, Virginia; and private contractors.

4.5  Confidential Information
      In  accordance with 40 CFR Part 2,  information submitted to EPA pursuant to
the NPDES permitting regulations under 40 CFR Part 122 may be claimed as
confidential by the submitter.  However, EPA has determined that the following
information will  not be held confidential:

      •   Name and address of the applicant
      •   Permit applications and information submitted with applications
      •   Permits
      •   Effluent data.

Any claims of confidentiality must be made at the time of submission or the
information will  not be considered confidential.

      Information that may be treated as confidential includes material related to
manufacturing processes unique to the applicant, or if such  information might

                                                NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 47

-------
The Permit Application Process                                       Chapter 4

adversely affect the competitive position of the applicant if released to the public.
Under these circumstances, the permit writer will be required to treat the information
as confidential in accordance with the requirements in 40 CFR Part 2.
48 - &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Chapter  5
Technology-Based  Effluent

Limits

     When developing effluent limits for a NPDES permit, a permit writer must
consider limits based on both the technology available to treat the pollutants (i.e.,
technology-based effluent limits), and limits that are protective of the designated uses
of the receiving water (water quality-based effluent limits). This chapter discusses
considerations for deriving technology-based effluent limitations for both non-municipal
(i.e., industrial) and municipal discharges.

     There are two general  approaches for developing technology-based effluent
limits for industrial facilities:  (1) using national effluent limitations guidelines (ELGs)
and (2) using Best Professional Judgment (BPJ) on a case-by-case basis (in the
absence of ELGs). Technology-based effluent limits for municipal facilities (POTWs)
are derived from secondary treatment standards.  The intent of a technology-based
effluent limitation is to require a minimum level of treatment for industrial/municipal
point sources based on currently available treatment technologies while allowing the
discharger to use any available control technique to meet the limitations.

     For industrial sources,  the national ELGs are developed based on the
demonstrated performance of a reasonable level of treatment that is within the


                                   oEPA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 49

-------
 Chapter 5                                     Technology-Based Effluent Limits

economic means of specific categories of industrial facilities. Where national ELGs
have not been developed, the same performance-based approach is applied to a
specific industrial facility based on the permit writer's BPJ.  In some cases, effluent
limits based on ELGs and BPJ (as well as water quality considerations) may be
included in a single permit.

5.1   Application of Technology-Based Effluent Limitations  for
      Non-Municipal Dischargers
      When developing technology-based effluent limitations for non-municipal
dischargers, the permit writer must consider al[ applicable standards and requirements
for all pollutants discharged.  As indicated above, applicable technology-based
requirements may include national standards and requirements applicable to all
facilities in specified industrial categories, or facility-specific technology-based
requirements based on the permit writer's BPJ.  It is important, therefore, that permit
writers understand the basis of the national standards and the differences between the
various required levels of treatment performance.  This section describes the statutory
and regulatory foundation of the performance-based standards, and discusses
considerations in the application of these standards for non-municipal dischargers.

5.1.1  Statutory  and Regulatory Foundation
      Originally, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act amendments of 1972
directed EPA to develop standards of performance (effluent limitation guidelines) for
industrial categories.  Specifically, for "existing" industrial dischargers, the Act directed
the achievement:

      "...by July 1, 1977, of effluent limitations which will require application of
      the best practicable control technology currently available [BPJ], and by
      July 1,  1983, of effluent limitations which will require  application of the
      best available technology economically achievable [BAT]."

EPA defined BPT performance as the "average of the best  existing performance by
well operated plants within each industrial category or subcategory."  The BAT  level of
performance was  defined as the "very best control and treatment measures that have
been or are capable of being achieved."  The  1972 amendments, however, made no
distinction regarding the application of BPT or BAT to different types of pollutants (i.e.,

50 - &EFA NPDES  Permit Writers' Manual

-------
  Chapter 5                                      Technology-Based Effluent Limits

BPT and BAT applied to all pollutants).  The CWA did provide additional guidance for
determining the economic achievability of BPT and BAT. The BPT standards required
that effluent limits be justified in terms of the "total cost of [industry wide] application of
the technology in relation to the effluent reduction benefits to be achieved." Thus,
BPT required EPA to consider a cost-benefit test that considered a broad range of
engineering factors relating to a category's ability to achieve the limits.  For BAT, the
Agency must  still consider the cost of attainability, however, it is not required to
balance cost against the effluent reduction benefit.

      In addition to BPT and BAT requirements, Section 306 of the 1972
amendments  established more restrictive requirements for "new sources."  EPA has
defined "new  source" as any facility that commenced construction following the
publication  of the proposed standards of performance. The intent of this special set of
guidelines is to set limitations that represent state-of-the-art treatment technology for
new sources because these dischargers have the opportunity to install the latest in
treatment technology at the time of start-up.  These  standards,  identified as new
source performance standards  {NSPS),  are described  as the best available
demonstrated control technology, processes, operating methods, or other alternatives
including, where practicable, standards permitting  no discharge of pollutants.  NSPSs
are effective on the date of the commencement of a new facility's operation and the
facility must demonstrate compliance within 90 days [see 40 CFR §122.29(d)]. A
major difference between NSPS and either BPT or BAT, is the  absence of the kind of
requirements  for a detailed consideration of costs and benefits when establishing the
technology requirements.

      As noted above, the 1972 amendments tasked EPA with developing ELGs
representing application of BPT, BAT, and NSPS; however, EPA was unable to
complete development of all effluent guidelines within the statutory deadlines.  In
addition, EPA did  not fully address toxic discharges  in the guidelines it did promulgate.
As a result, EPA was sued by several environmental groups for failing to accomplish
the promulgation of effluent guidelines as directed by the 1972  amendments.  As a
consequence of the suit, EPA and the environmental groups entered into a settlement
agreement that required EPA to develop a program  and adhere to a schedule for
promulgating  BAT effluent guidelines, pretreatment standards, and NSPSs (NRDC v.
Train, 1976).  The standards focused on 65 toxic "priority pollutants" (including classes
                                                NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 51

-------
 Chapter 5                                      Technology-Based Effluent Limits

of pollutants) for 21 major categories of industries (known as "primary" industries).
This settlement was incorporated in the 1977 amendments to the Act.  This settlement
was further amended to include a total of 34 major categories of industries and 129
priority pollutants (NRDC v. Costle,  March 1979). [Note:  The list of priority pollutants
was subsequently revised to include 126 specific parameters which are listed in
Appendix A of 40 CFR §423.]

      In light of the settlement agreement, the 1977 amendments to the Federal
Water Pollution Control Act (renamed the Clean Water Act [CWA]) revised the scope
and application of BAT requirements to focus solely on toxic and nonconventional
pollutants.  The amendments also required the application of the best conventional
pollutant control technology (BCT) for conventional pollutants.  Both  the BAT and BCT
standards were defined to represent the best control and treatment measures that
have been developed or that are capable of being developed within  the industrial
category or subcategory.  With respect to the cost reasonableness, the 1977 CWA left
the BAT definition relatively unchanged.  For BCT, EPA was to consider the
reasonableness of the relationship between the cost of attaining a reduction in effluent
discharge and the benefits that would result. The cost of meeting BCT limits was
expected by Congress to be comparable to the costs of achieving secondary
treatment [see discussion in Section 5.2] for POTWs.

      As noted in the discussion of the statutory evolution of the technology-based
standards, deadlines for development of the various  standards were established by
the CWA and amendments. Due to technical and administrative difficulties, most of
the initial deadlines were postponed. A summary of final statutory deadlines for the
different required levels of treatment technologies is  provided in Exhibit 5-1.

      When applying applicable ELGs in permits, permit writers need to be aware that
they do not have the authority to extend statutory deadlines in a NPDES permit; thus,
all applicable technology-based requirements (i.e., ELGs  and BPJ) must be applied in
NPDES permits without the benefit  of a compliance schedule.
52 - &B% NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 5
Technology-Based Effluent Limits
                                EXHIBIT 5-1
               Statutory Deadlines for BPT, BAT, and BCT
Pollutant
Conventional
Conventional
Nonconventional
Nonconventional
Toxic
Toxic
Level of Treatment
BPT
BCT
BPT
BAT
BPT
BAT
Statutory Deadlines
July 1, 1977
March 31, 1989
July 1, 1977
March 31, 1989
July 1, 1977
March 31, 1989
5.1.2 Development of National Effluent Limitations Guidelines and
      Performance Standards
      Effluent limitations guidelines and performance standards are established by
EPA for different industrial categories since the best control technology for one
industry is not necessarily the best for another. These guidelines are developed
based on the degree of pollutant reduction attainable by an industrial category through
the application of control technologies, irrespective of the facility location.  Using these
factors, similar facilities are regulated in the same manner.  In theory, for example, a
pulp and paper mill on the west coast of the United States would be required to meet
the same technology-based limitations as an identical plant located on the east coast
{unless there were special site-specific concerns that had to be addressed).

      To date, EPA has established guidelines and standards for more than 50
different industrial categories (e.g., metal finishing facilities, steam electric power
plants, iron and steel manufacturing facilities). These guidelines appear in 40 CFR
Parts 405-499, a list of which is provided in Appendix B.  Additionally, Section 304(m)
of the 1987 Water Quality Act (WQA) requires EPA to publish a biennial plan for
developing new ELGs and  a schedule for the annual review and revision of existing
promulgated guidelines. As such, EPA is constantly developing new guidelines, and
revising or updating existing guidelines.

      Developing ELGs is a complicated and time-consuming effort.  A schematic
showing the general guidelines development process is presented in Exhibit 5-2. The
regulations are based on complex engineering and economic studies that determine a
subcategorization scheme for each industrial category and the wastewater
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 53

-------
 Chapter 5
Technology-Based Effluent Limits
                             EXHIBIT 5-2
                    Effluent Guidelines Flowchart
Industry Designated in
Critical Path Effluent G"ideline Plan
* f


Non-Critical Path _ . , . , .
B^ Review available data
- identify data gaps
1
t \
Survey Questionnaire Se|ec, p,ants (or Visits
• Fngineflring
• Economics X
• T




• Plant Visits
* - Process & treatments assessment

- In-piocess & stream s

Analysis of Response m

Site Reports
on technology




ampling £
"""I M
Lab analysis T
of field sampling
I
Statistical Analysis
of field data
_J 	

Assess Technology
technology performance, water use,
costs, residuals, etc.
Technology J Subcategorization [ Economic
Costing i i Analysis
i t
	 ^_
•
•
Calculate ™"^^^~
Effluent Limitations

	 »
Develop ^
Regulatory Options
t
Select Preferred
Options
t
Proposed
Regulation



Secondary
Data
Collection
f
itudies on
Process
xlifications
and
reatability

t
Environmental
Assessments
MlB-10
54 - ABM NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 5                                      Technology-Based Effluent Limits

characteristics and treatment capabilities of each industrial category and/or
subcategory. The CWA requires EPA to assess certain factors when establishing
ELGs, including the following:

      •   Age of the equipment and facilities involved
      •   Manufacturing processes used
      •   Engineering aspects of the application of recommended control
          technologies,  including process changes and in-plant controls
      •   Non-water quality impacts, including energy requirements
      •   Cost
      •   Other factors, as deemed appropriate.

Where necessary, EPA sets multiple ELGs for facilities within a given category, where
data indicates varying conditions warranting different requirements.  These
subdivisions, known as subcategories, provide EPA with a second level of regulatory
control to improve consistency of the guidelines within an industrial category.

      EPA develops both daily maximum and long-term average limitations for all
ELGs, both of which must be  included in the permit by the permit writer.  The daily
maximum limitations are based on the assumption that daily pollutant measurements
are lognormally distributed.  Long-term average limitations are based on the
distribution of averages of measurements drawn from the distribution of daily
measurements.  When designing a treatment system, EPA recommends that the
permittee target the design of its treatment system to meet the long-term average
rather than the daily maximum.  The daily maximum is intended to account for
variation in effluent concentration above the long-term average.

      It should be noted that ELGs are not always established for every pollutant
present in a point source discharge.  In  many instances, ELGs are established only for
those pollutants that are necessary to ensure that industrial facilities comply with the
technology-based requirements of the CWA {i.e., BPT, BCT, BAT, NSPS).  These are
often referred to as  "indicator" pollutants.  For example, EPA may choose to regulate
only one of several  metal pollutants that are present in the effluent from an industrial
category; however, compliance with the ELG  (i.e., implementation of technology-based
controls) will ensure that all metals present in the discharge are adequately treated.
                                                NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 55

-------
 Chapter 5                                      Technology-Based Effluent Limits

      EPA produces a number of documents that will prove useful to permit writers
responsible for applying ELGs in permits.  Most notable are the "Development
Documents," prepared by EPA for every industrial category with ELGs.  Development
Documents are produced by EPA as part of the development of ELGs and provide a
detailed overview of the limitations development process, including decisions made on
applicability of the regulations to various process operations.

5.1.3 General Considerations Concerning the  Use of Effluent Limitation
      Guidelines
      Derivation of effluent limits based on ELGs requires that the permit writer have
a general  understanding of the ELGs for all industrial categories, and detailed
knowledge of the ELGs applicable to the permittee.  In order to properly apply  effluent
guidelines, there are  several considerations that a permit writer must take into
account:

      •   Categorization—Determination of the proper category and subcategory of
          the facility and proper use of the guidelines applicable to the category or
          subcategory under consideration
      •   Multiple Products or Multiple  Categories—Classification of plants that fall
          under more than one subcategory and/or have multiple products with
          multiple measures of production
      •   Production/Flow-based Limitations—Determination of the appropriate
          measure of production or flow
      •   Tiered Permit Limits—Use of alternate limits for varying production and
          flow scenarios
      •   Mass Versus Concentration Limits—Considerations in the application of
          mass versus concentration limits.

Each of these considerations is discussed further below.

      Once the appropriate ELGs have been identified, application of the limitations is
relatively straightforward since it involves the application of a guideline that has
already been technically derived (and sometimes litigated).  Implementation of  ELGs
does require familiarity with several sources of information, particularly the CFR and
the Federal Register (FR). As an example, two pages of the ELGs for the Iron and
Steel Manufacturing industrial category are presented as Exhibit 5-3.
56 - 6B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Chapter 5
       Technology-Based Effluent Limits
                                 EXHIBIT 5-3
                 ELGs for Iron and Steel Manufacturing
          §420.63
                 SUBPART H—Continued
        40 CFR Ch. I (7-1-95 EdNtorO
        SUBPART H—Continued

Poiutanl of poNutant proparly
MOM 	 "™I"™Z!""1!Z!I~!
oH
aPTaMuanl
Maximum
lorinyl
*y
0.007M
0.00638
PI
knlMtona
Avaragaof
dalvvat-
uaatorao
eenaacu-
tlvadeyt
0.0026*
0.00213
(')
           1 WIMn Via ranga of 6X1 to 9.0.
           (4) Continuous.
                     SUBPART H

Poflutanf or poiutant property
Chromium
Nkfcal 	 	 _ 	
PH 	
BPTaftuanl
Maximum
for any 1
<%
0.00758
0.00663
H
ImMiona
Avaragaof
datovaV
uaatorSO
ennaaai-
tvadaya
OOOSfM

I1)
 ' WUMn tha rang* of 6.0 to 9.0.
[47 FR 23204, May 27. 1962; 47 FR 41730. 8«pt.
22.1962]
MuM or pokitant prapKty
T8S 	 	 _
!**•!
pH 	 	 _ 	 - 	
BPT (MMf* IknlMIOfM
Mudmun
toranyl
4*1
Avaraoaof
da«yval-
uaitorSO
oonaacu-
tlvadayt
KgUtg (pound* par
1.0001)) of product
0.096*
0.00138
0.00124
c>
0.0413
0.0006S1
0.000413
(')
1 WMHn th« ring* o( &0 to 9.0.
(b) Salt bath descaling', reducing.
(1) Batch.
SUBPART H
Pofcilvt of pcAAvt prapvty

CyvikM 	
Ctvomiuni „».„.„...»«..„»«„...»..»«.
pH 	
BPT aMuint fcrtMtons
Mudmun
toranyl
d^f
Avaragaof
d*ty val-
uator 30
conaacu-
Dvadays
K0Mtg (oounda par
1 ,000 fc) of product
0.0*40
0.00102
0X10136
0.00122
P>
0.0407
0.000339
0.000542
0.000407
<1»
1 WIMn «w rwg* of 10 to 9.0.
(2) Continuous.
SUBPART H
Poiutant of poi^nil propvly
T38 	
CyvHd* _____..._. 	 	 	 _.
BPT aflbant knllattoni
Maximum
toranyl
day
Avaraoaof
daUyvaK
uaatorSO
conaacu-
tvadayt
KQMtg (poundi par
1,000 tj) ol product
0.532
O.OOS69
0228
0X10190
(420^3 Effluent limlUtioiu repreeent-
Ing the decree of effluent reduction
attainable by the application of the
beet available technology economi-
cally achievable (BAT).
Except as provided in 40 CFR 126.30
through 125.32, any existing point
source subject to this subport must
achieve the following effluent limita-
tions representing the degree of efflu-
ent reduction attainable by the appli-
cation of the best available technology
economically achievable.
(a) Salt bath descaling, oxidizing.
(1) Batch, sheet and plate.
SUBPART H
PnkAaVrt of pOHJttvrt property

Nkfcal . .

BAT aflluant Imtttona
Avaraoaof
Mudmum datvval-
toranyl uaattrSO
day cionaanj-
irodaya
KQMCQ (pounov pv
1. 000 b) of product
0.00292 0.00117
0.00263 0,000676
(2) Batch, rod and wire.
SUBPART H
Polutarrt or petulant proparty
Chromium 	 „ 	 _.
Mckal 	 	 	
BATanuantlmMlona
Avaraoaof
Mudmum dalyvaf-
torwyl uaabrSO
day oonaaou-
•vadaya
KgMtg (pound* par
1,000 to) of product
0.00175 0.000701
O.OOtSB 0.000526
(3) Batch, pipe and tube.
                                                  NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 57

-------
Chapter 5
                                              Technology-Based Effluent Limits
EXHI
ELGs for Iron and Steel
Environmental Protection Agency
SUBPARTH
PoAjJwl or pofcitsflt property
Chromium 	 	 — 	 _ 	
Mokel 	 . 	
BAT efluent HmrMfene
Maximum
for any 1
dey
Av«ng«ol
dl8yy*»-
u«ter30
oorwicu-
ttvvoayi
KoAkg (pounds per
1. 000 t»ol product
0X10709
0.00838
0.00284
0.00213
(4) Continuous.
SUBPARTH
MUtat ot potuttnt property
MCfctl 	 _ 	
BAT ettuenl imrlMons
Maximum
tor any 1
dey
Avrn^of
-
u«1br30
OCfiMcu-
ltv»
-------
  Chapter 5                                         Technology-Based Effluent Limits

Categorization

       To properly use and apply ELGs, the permit writer must first determine which
industrial category(s) applies to the facility being permitted. In determining the
appropriate category(s) into which a facility falls, the Standard Industrial Classification
(SIC) code is often very helpful.  SIC codes were developed and are maintained by
the Federal government as a way to classify establishments by type of activity for
comparing economic and other types of facility-specific data.  A listing of SIC codes
corresponding with ELG categories is  provided in Appendix C and is useful for
determining applicable industrial  categories.

       Item V-ll of NPDES Application Form I requires that the applicant provide the
SIC code for the activity covered by the permit application.  In some instances, the
SIC code will identify both the industrial category and the subcategory of a particular
facility. Often, the SIC code will  identify the appropriate industrial category, but may
not necessarily identify the subcategory.
  Example:
  A primary smelter of copper, SIC code 3331, falls under the Nonferrous Metals Manufacturing category
  listed in 40 CFR Part 421. In this particular case, SIC code 3331 also clearly identifies the facility in the
  Copper Smelting Subcategory.
  Example:
  A facility that manufactures acrylic acids and acrylic acid esters (SIC code 2869) can easily be classified
  as subject to the Organic Chemicals, Plastics, and Synthetic Fibers (OCPSF) category based on its SIC
  code; however, determination of the applicable subcategory requires additional effort.  In this example,
  the permit writer can determine from a review of the industrial categorization discussion in the
  Development Document for the OCPSF industry that facilities performing these manufacturing operations
  are subject to Subpart G (bulk organic chemicals).
       Although SIC codes provide a helpful starting point for categorizing a facility,
the permit writer should be cautious of relying exclusively on SIC codes for
determining the appropriate industrial  category.  SIC codes were not developed based
on EPA's industrial classification scheme, or vice versa, and, therefore, may not
always correspond exactly with the categorization process.  It is also important to note
that  more than one SIC code may apply to a facility.  EPA's Development Documents,

                                              SEPA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 59

-------
  Chapter 5                                         Technology-Based Effluent Limits

provide detailed information on the applicability of the regulations to specific types of
facilities and are useful sources of information when categorizing a facility.  Similarly,
FR notices of the promulgated ELGs provide additional insight into applicability of the
guideline to various types of facilities.

       When determining applicable ELGs, it is best to identify the categories first, and
then, through a careful analysis of plant operations, determine the subcategories.  The
determination of applicable categories can be accomplished by quickly classifying the
categories as "not applicable" or "potentially applicable."
  Example:

  If a brewery is under consideration, the Iron and Steel Manufacturing category would obviously not be
  applicable but Organic Chemicals might be, depending on the extent of recovery and processing of
  byproducts.  A careful analysis of the production of the plant and comparison to the subcategories under
  Organic Chemicals would establish which, if any, of the subcategories are applicable.
       In many cases, industrial facilities may not clearly fall into a category or a
subcategory, thus requiring some research on the part of the permit writer to  identify
the applicable category and subcategory.
  Example:

  An integrated washing machine producer (SIC code 3633) would be categorized in the Household
  Laundry Equipment category (as specified under the SIC code system).  However, depending on the
  activities occurring at the facility, it may also fall under the Porcelain Enameling, Metal Finishing, or
  Plastic Molding and Forming categories for purposes of regulation under effluent guidelines.
       After determination of potential categories, the permit writer can conduct a more
detailed evaluation to narrow the list to only the applicable categories and
subcategories using more detailed facility information.

Multiple Products or Multiple Categories

       There are instances when one facility produces multiple products, or whose
production process is covered by multiple categories and subcategories.  In these
cases, the permit writer must examine the applicable guidelines closely to ensure that
(1) one guideline does  not supersede another, and (2) the guidelines are properly
60 - 6Btt NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
  Chapter 5                                       Technology-Based Effluent Limits

applied.  For example, as presented in Exhibit 5-4, the preamble to the final rule for
the OCPSF  ELGs (52 FR 42523) identified numerous circumstances where the
OCPSF regulations are superseded by existing ELGs for other industrial categories.

      When a facility is subject to multiple effluent guidelines, the permit writer must
apply each of the effluent guidelines in deriving the technology-based effluent limits for
the particular facility.  If all wastewaters regulated by effluent guidelines are combined
prior to treatment and discharge to navigable waters, then the permit writer could
simply combine the allowable pollutant loadings from each effluent guideline to arrive
at a single technology-based effluent limit for the facility (i.e., a "building block"
approach).

      Circumstances will also arise when  an effluent guideline for one subcategory
regulates a different set of pollutants than the effluent guidelines applicable to another
subcategory.  If all regulated wastestreams are combined, there are two approaches
to ensure proper application of the effluent guidelines:

      •   If one wastestream containing a pollutant that is not covered by an effluent
          guideline is combined with another wastestream that has  applicable effluent
          guidelines for the same pollutant, then the permit writers must use BPJ to
          establish a technology-based effluent limit for the non-regulated wastewater
          (see Section 5.1.4).
      •   If one wastestream that does not contain a pollutant is combined with
          another wastestream that has applicable effluent guidelines for the
          pollutant, the permit writer must ensure that the non-regulated wastestream
          does not dilute the regulated wastestream to the point where the pollutant is
          not analytically detectable.  If this circumstance occurs,  then the permit
          writer will most likely need to establish internal outfalls, as allowed under 40
          CFR§122.45(h).

      Effluent guidelines may also specify inconsistent limit expressions that will have
to be adjusted. For example, effluent guidelines for one category (e.g., porcelain
enameling) may contain limits with a daily maximum limit, while effluent guidelines for
another category (e.g., electroplating)  sets a 4-day average limit for the same
pollutant. In this case, both ELGs must be applied in the permit. If this situation
arises, a permit writer has several alternatives such as:
                                                 NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 61

-------
Chapter 5
                                                                         Technology-Based Effluent Limits
                                                EXHIBIT  5-4
                          OCPSF  Effluent  Limitations Guidelines


              Federal Register / Vol. 52.  No. 214 / Thursday, November 5,  1987 / Rules and Radiations    12523
    (OCPSF) manufacturing facilities. It
    applies to process wastewater
    discharges from these facilities.
      For the purposes of this regulation,
    OCPSF process waitewater discharges
    are defined as discharges from all
    establishments or portions of
    establishments that manufacture
    products or product groups listed in the
    applicability sections of this regulation.
    and are included within the following
    U.S. Department of Commerce Bureau of
    the Census Standard Industrial
    Classification (SIC) major groups:
      (1) SIC 2B05—Cyclic Crudes and
    Intermediates. Dyes, and Organic
    Pigments.
      (2) SIC 2869—Industrial Organic
    Chemicals, not Elsewhere Classified.
      (3) SIC 2821—Plastic Materials.
    Synthetic Resins. andNonvulcamzable
    Elastomers,
      (4) SIC 2823—Cellulosic Man-Made
    Fibers, and
      (S) SIC 2824—Synthetic Organic
    Fibers, Except Cellulosic.
      The OCPSF regulation does not apply -
    to process wastewater discharges from
    the manufacture of organic chemical
    compounds solely by extraction from
    plant utd animal raw material* or by
    fermentation processes.
      The OCPSF regulation coven all
    OCPSF products or processes whether
    or not they are located at fadlirJee-
    where the OCPSF covered operation*
    are a minor portion of and ancillary to
     the primary production activities or •
    major portion of the activities.
      The OCPSF regulation doe* not apply-
    to discharge*, from OCPSF product/
    process operation* which are covered
     by the provisions of other categorical
     industry effluent limitation* guideline*
     and standards if the wastrwater i*
     treated in combination with the non-
     OCPSF industrial category regulated
     wastewater.  (Some product* or product
     group*  are manufactured by different
     processes and tome processes with-
     sUgbt'operating condition variation*-
     give different product*. EPA use* In*
     term "product/procet*" to meaa
     different variation* of the same basic
     process to manufacture' different
     product* a* well a*  to manufacture the)
     same product using different procasses.)-
     However. the OCPSF regulation doe*
     apply to the prodoct/processee covered
     by this regulation- if the facility report*
     OCPSF product* under SIC code* 286*
     2800. or tin. and It* OCPSF
     wastawaters are treated in a separate
     treatment system at the facility or
     discharged separately to a municipal
     treatment system.
       For example,  tome  vertically
     integrated petroleum refineries and
     pharmaceutical manufacturers discharge
                                            waitewaters from the production of
                                            synthetic organic chemical products that
                                            are specifically regulated under the
                                            Petrochemical and Integrated
                                            Sufacategories of the Petroleum Refining
                                            Point Source Category (40 CFR Part 419.
                                            Subpar'.t C and E) or the Chemical
                                            Synthesis Products Subcategory of the
                                            Pharmaceuticals Manufacturing Point
                                            Source Category (40 CFR Part 439,
                                            Subpart C). The principles discussed In
                                            the preceding paragraph apply a*
                                            follows: The process wastewater
                                            discharges by petroleum refineries and
                                            pharmaceutical manufacturers from
                                            production of organic chemical product*
                                            ipecifically  covered by 40 CFR Part 419
                                            Subpart* C and E and Part 439 Subpart
                                            C, respectively, that are treated in
                                            combination with other petroleum
                                            refinery or pharmaceutical
                                            manufacturing wastewater. respectively.
                                            are not subject to the OCPSF regulation
                                            no matter what SIC code they use to
                                            report their product*. However, if the
                                            waste waters from their OCPSF
                                            production are separately discharged to
                                            a POTW or treated in a separate
                                            treatment system, and they report their
                                            product* (from these processes) under
                                            SIC codes 2864,2800, or 2821, then
                                            dischargee from these manufacturing
                                            operation* are subject to regulation-
                                            under the OCPSF regulation, regardles*
                                            of whether the OCPSF product* are
                                            covered by 40 CFR Part 419, Subpart* C
                                            and E and Part 430, Subpart C.
                                              Today's OCPSF category regulation
                                            applies to plastic* molding and forming
                                            processe* whan plastic resin
                                            manufacturer* mold or form (e.g*
                                            extrude and palletize) end*)
                                            Intermediate plastic material for
                                            shipment off-site. Thi* regulation also
                                            applies to the extrusion of fiber*.
                                            Plastics molding and forming processes
                                            other than those described above are-
                                            regulated by the Plastic* Molding and
                                            Forming effluent guideline* and
                                            standard* (40 CFR Part 403V
                                              Public comment* reqoestedguidance
                                            relating to the coverage of OCPSP
                                            research and development facilities.
                                            Stand-alone OCPSF research and
                                            development, pilot plant technical
                                            service, and laboratory bench sealer
                                            operation* an not covered by the,
                                            OCPSF regulation. However.
                                            waslewaler from such operation*.
                                            conducted la conjunction with and*
                                            related to existing OCPSF
                                            manufacturing operation* at OCPSF
                                            fadlitie* i* covered by the OCPSF
                                            regulation because the** operation*
                                            would moat likely generate wastewtter
                                            with characteristic* similar to that
                                            commercial manufacturing facility.
                                            Research and development pilot plant-
                                            technical service, and laboratory
operations which are unrelated to
existing OCPSF plant operations, even
though conducted on-site. are not
covered by the OCPSF regulation
because they may generate wastewater
with characteristics dissimilar to that
from the commercial OCPSF
manufacturing facility.
  Finally, as described in the following
paragraphs, this regulation does not
cover  certain production that has
historically been reported to the Bureau
of Census under a non-OCPSF SIC
subgroup heading, even if such
production could be reported under one
of the five SIC code groups covered by
today's regulation.
  The Settlement Agreement (see
Section ill.A)  requires the Agency to
establish regulations for the Organic
Chemicals Manufacturing SIC codes
2809 and 2800 and for the Plastics and
Synthetic Materials manufacturing SIC
code 282. SIC 282 includes the three
code* covered by this regulation. 2821.
2829,  and 2824, as well a* SIC 2822.
Synthetic Rubber (Vulcanizable
Elastomers), which i* covered
specifically in the Settlement Agreement
by another industrial category. Rubber
Manufacturing (40 CFR Part 428). The
Agency therefore directed its data
collection effort* to those facilities that
report manufacturing activities under
SIC code* 2821,2823, 2824. 2868 and
2860.  Bated on an sssessment of this
information and the integrated nature of
the synthetic  organic chemicals, plastics
and synthetic fiber* industry. the-
Agency alto defined the applicability of
the OCPSF regulation by listing the
specific product* and product group*
that provide the technical basis for the
regulation.
  Since many of these products may be
reported under more than one SIC code
•van  though they are often
manufactured with the tame reaction
chemistry or unit operations, the Agency
considered extending the applicability
of the OCPSF regulation (SO FR 29086;
July 17,1988,  or SI FR 44082; December
8, I960) to include OCPSF production
reported under the following SIC
subgroup*:
  1. SIC 2911068—aromatic
hydrocarbon* manufactured from
purchased 'refinery product*.
  2. SIC 2911032—aliphatic
hydrocarbon* manufactured front
purchased refinery products.
  3. SIC 28014—eynthettc resin and
 rubber adhesive* (Including only those
 synthetic resin* listed under both SIC
 28014 and SIC 2821 that are polymerized
 for use or sale by adneaive.
 manufacturer*).
62 -
             NPDES Permit Writers'  Manual

-------
  Chapter 5                                        Technology-Based Effluent Limits

       •    Place both limits in the permit (i.e., both the daily maximum and 4-day
           average)
       •    Apply the applicable effluent guidelines at internal outfalls [as allowed under
           40 CFR §122.45(h)].
 Example 1:
 A facility with a newly constructed metal plating production line is added to a facility with an existing metal
 plating production line. Wastewater from both of these lines is commingled prior to treatment, treated,
 and then discharged. In this situation, the combination of the NSPS (for the new line) and BAT/BCT
 standards (for the older line) would be used to derive a limitation.

 Example 2:
 An integrated lamp maker conducts copper forming, aluminum forming, metal finishing, and porcelain
 enameling processes with wastewater combined prior to treatment and discharge.  In this situation, the
 appropriate effluent guidelines for these categories must be applied to each waste  stream and combined
 when developing limitations.
Production/Flow-Based Limitations

       Most ELGs are expressed in terms of allowable pollutant discharge per unit of
production (or some other measure of production) or are based on wastewater flow
rates.  In general, production/flow-based standards are developed for industries that
incorporate flow reduction practices, and EPA considers this in the ELG development
process. This methodology forces permittees to implement comparable measures to
comply with the limitations. To determine permit limits, and in accordance with the
requirements at 40 CFR §122.45(b), these standards are  multiplied by a reasonable
measure of the facility's actual production/flow rate (i.e., not the design production or
flow rate).  Thus, it is necessary for the permit writer to determine the facility's actual
production or flow, based on information supplied by the facility in the permit
application.

       The ideal situation for the application of ELGs is where production or flow is
constant from day-to-day and month-to-month. Production or flow for the purposes of
calculating the limitations would then be the average rate. In actuality,  production or
flow rates are not as constant as this ideal situation.  They vary based on factors such
as the market demand, maintenance, product changes, down times, breakdowns, and
facility modifications. As such, the production or flow rate of a facility will vary with
time.
                                                   NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 63

-------
 Chapter 5                                          Technology-Based Effluent Limits

       To apply production/flow-based ELGs to a facility with varying production or flow
rates, the permit writer should determine a single estimate of the long-term average
rate that is expected to exist during the term of the permit being prepared.  It is
recommended that the permit writer establish this average from the past 5 years of
facility data.  This single value is then multiplied by the ELGs to obtain permit limits.
In certain instances,  the  permit writer may find that fewer than 5 years of data may
better represent conditions that are anticipated for the next 5 years.  This would be the
case for a facility that has undergone major renovations that would impact production
or flow;  making use of data prior to this construction inappropriate to model future
process options.


       The objective  in determining a production or flow estimate for a facility is to
develop a single estimate of the long-term average production rate (in terms of mass
of product per day or volume of process wastewater per day), which can reasonably
be expected to prevail during the next term of the permit.  The following example
illustrates the proper application of production-based guidelines:
  Example:

  Company A has produced 331,000 tons, 301,500 tons, 361,500 tons, 332,000 tons, and 331,500 tons per
  year for the previous 5 years operating 255 days per year. What would be a reasonable measure of
  production for permitting purposes? Assuming that pollutant X has an effluent limitation guideline of 0.1
  lbs/1,000 Ibs for the monthly average and 0.15 lbs/1,000 Ibs for the daily maximum, what would be the
  resulting effluent limitations?

  Discussion:

  The use of the long-term average production (i.e., average production over past 5 years = 331,500 tons
  per year) would be an appropriate and reasonable measure of production, if this figure  represents the
  actual production expected to occur over the next term of the permit. Also, in evaluating these gross
  production figures,  the  number of production days must be considered. If the number of production days
  per year is not comparable, the numbers must be converted to production per day before they may be
  compared.  To convert from the annual production rate to average daily rate, the annual production rate
  is divided by the number of production days per year. To determine the number of production days, the
  total number of normally scheduled nonproduction days are subtracted from the total days in a year.

  If Company A normally has 255 production days per year, the annual production rate of 331,500 tons per
  year would yield an average daily rate of 1,300 tons per day.

         Monthly average limit:
         1,300 tons/day x 2,000 Ibs/ton x 0.10 lbs/1,000 Ibs = 260 Ibs/day

         Daily maximum limit:
         1,300 tons/day x 2,000 Ibs/ton x 0.15 lbs/1,000 Ibs = 390 Ibs/day
64 - &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 5                                          Technology-Based Effluent Limits

       In the example above, the average production  rate during the last 5 years was
used as the estimate of production.  This average rate is appropriate when production
is not expected to change significantly during the permit term.  However, if historical
trends, market forces, or company plans indicate that a different level of production
will prevail during the permit term, a different basis for estimating production should be
used.


Tiered Permit Limits

       If production rates are expected to change significantly during the life of the
permit, the permit writer can include alternate or tiered limits.  These tiered  limits
would become effective when production exceeds a threshold value, such as during
seasonal production variations.  As  a general rule of thumb, up to a 20 percent
fluctuation  in production is within the range of normal  variability, while changes  in
production higher than  20 percent could warrant consideration  of alternate limits. The
major characteristics of tiered limits  are best described by illustration and example.
  Example:

  Plant B produced approximately 40 tons per day of product during spring and summer months (i.e.,
  March through August) and 280 tons per day during fall and winter months during the previous 5 years.
  Production during the fall and winter months are significantly higher than during the off-season and the
  permittee has made a plausible argument that production is expected to continue at that level. The
  guideline for pollutant X is 0.08 lbs/1,000 Ibs for the monthly average and 0.14 lbs/1,000 Ibs for the daily
  maximum. What are the tiered effluent limitations?

  Discussion:

  The first tier or lower limits would be based on a production rate of 40 tons per day. These limits would
  apply between March and August.

         Monthly average limit:
         40 tons/day x 2,000 Ibs/ton x 0.08 lbs/1.000 Ibs = 6.4 Ibs/day

         Daily maximum limit:
         40 tons/day x 2.000 Ibs/ton x 0.14 lbs/1,000 Ibs = 11.2 Ibs/day

  The second tier or higher limits would be based on a production rate of 280 tons per day.  These limits
  would apply between September and February.

         Monthly average limit:
         280 tons/day x 2,000 Ibs/ton x 0.08 lbs/1,000 Ibs = 44.8 Ibs/day

         Daily maximum limit:
         280 tons/day x 2,000 Ibs/ton x 0.14 lbs/1,000 Ibs = 78.4 Ibs/day
                                                     NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 65

-------
 Chapter 5                                       Technology-Based Effluent Limits
      Tiered permits with alternate limits should be used only after careful
consideration of production data and only when a substantial increase or decrease in
production is likely to occur. In the example above, the lower limits would be in effect
when production was at "low" levels.  During periods of significantly higher production,
the higher limits would  be in effect.  In addition, alternate limits may also be
appropriate in the case of special processes or product lines.  The thresholds,
measures of production, and special  reporting  requirements must be detailed in the
permit.  Special reporting requirements include provisions such as:

      •   The  permittee notifying the permitting authority at least two business days
          prior to the month they expect to be operating at a higher level of
          production and the duration this level of  production  is expected to continue
      •   The  permittee reporting, in the discharge monitoring report, the level of
          production and the limitation and standards applicable to that level.

Mass Versus  Concentration Limits

      The regulations  at 40 CFR §122.45(f){1) require that all permit limits, standards,
or prohibitions be expressed in terms of mass  units (e.g., pounds, kilograms,  grams)
except under the following conditions:

      1)  For pH, temperature, radiation, or other pollutants that cannot appropriately
          be addressed by mass limits;
      2)  When applicable  standards and limitations are expressed in terms  of other
          units of measurement;  or
      3)  If in  establishing technology-based permit limitations on a case-by-case
          basis limitations based on mass are infeasible because the mass or
          pollutant cannot be  related to a measure of production.  The limitations,
          however, must ensure that dilution will not be used as a substitute for
          treatment.

      While the regulations require that limitations  be expressed in terms of mass, a
provision is included at 40 CFR §122.45(f)(2) that allows that permit writer, at his or
her discretion, to express limits in additional units (e.g., concentration units).  Where
limits are expressed in more than one unit,  the permittee must comply with both.

      As provided by the regulations, the permit writer may determine that expressing
limits in more than one unit  is  appropriate under certain circumstances. For example,

66 - 6ER& NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
  Chapter 5                                         Technology-Based Effluent Limits

expressing limitations in terms of concentration as well as mass encourages the
proper operation of a treatment facility at all times.  In the absence of concentration
limits, a  permittee would be able to increase its effluent concentration (i.e., reduce its
level of treatment) during low flow periods and still meet its mass-based effluent limits.
Concentration limits discourage the reduction in treatment efficiency during low flow
periods, and require proper operation of treatment units at all times.

       The derivation of concentration limits should be based on evaluating historical
monitoring data and using engineering judgment to be sure they are reasonable.  In
certain situations, the use of concentration limits may not be appropriate since they
may discourage the use of innovative techniques, such as water conservation  by the
permittee.  For example,  if a facility had a history of providing efficient treatment of its
wastewater and also wished to practice water conservation, inclusion of concentration
limits would not be  appropriate (i.e., concentration limits would prohibit decreases in
flow that would concurrently  result in an increase in pollutant  concentration).  To
summarize, the applicability of concentration limits should be  a case-by-case
determination based upon the professional judgment of the permit writer.

       It should be noted that the long-term average flow  should be used to calculate
both the monthly average and daily maximum concentrations. The use of the  long-
term  average flow is most appropriate for the calculation  of concentration limits
because it will reflect the range of concentrations that could be expected in a well
operated plant. The use of the maximum daily flow is not appropriate  to determine
concentration limits from the mass limitations because it will reduce the concentration
below the value which could be expected in a well operated plant.  Alternatively, use
of the lowest flow value will increase the  concentration  limit to levels above what
would be expected in a well  operated plant.
  Example 1:
  An industrial facility (leather tanner) is subject to effluent limitations guidelines based on its rate of
  production. The permit writer calculates the applicable mass-based limits based on the long-term
  production rate at the facility and incorporates the mass limits in accordance with 40 CFR §122.45(f)(1).
  In reviewing the past inspection records for the facility, the permit writer notes that while the facility is
  generally in compliance with its mass limits, the effluent flow and concentration vary widely. To ensure
  that the treatment unit is operated properly at all times, the permit  writer determines that concentration-
  based limits are also appropriate.  The permit writer consults the EPA Development Document for the
  leather tanning effluent limitations guidelines and bases the concentration-based limits on the
  demonstrated performance of the treatment technology upon which the effluent guidelines were based.
  The concentration-based limits are then incorporated in the permit in accordance with 40 CFR
  §122.45(f)(2).
                                                    NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 67

-------
 Chapter 5                                         Technology-Based Effluent Limits
 Example 2:
 For Company A, the mass limits for pollutant X have been set at 260 Ibs/day and 390 Ibs/day monthly
 average and daily maximum, respectively. What are the monthly average concentration limitations in
 milligrams per liter {mg/l) using both an average flow of 0.9 mgd and the low flow of 0.6 mgd?  Note:
 8.34 is a conversion factor with the units (lbs/day)/(mgd)(mg/t).

 Discussion:
        Monthly average limit (based on average flow):
        260  lbs/day/(8.34 x 0.9 mgd) = 35 mg/l

        Monthly average limit (based on low flow):
        260  lbs/day/(8.34 x 0.6 mgd) = 52 me
        This is almost 150 percent more than the concentration during average flow!
        In determining applicable effluent concentration limitations, the monthly average and daily
        maximum mass limits divided by the average flow will provide appropriate concentrations.
        Monthly average limit:
        260 lbs/dav/(8.34 x 0.9 mqd) = 35 rm
        Daily maximum limit:
        390 lbs/day/(8.34 x 0.9 mgd) = 52 mg/l
5.1.4  Best Professional Judgment Permit Limits
       Best Professional Judgment (BPJ)-based limits are technology-based limits
derived on a case-by-case basis for non-municipal (industrial) facilities. BPJ limits are
established in cases where ELGs  are not available for, or do not regulate, a particular
pollutant of concern. BPJ is defined as the highest quality technical opinion developed
by a permit writer after consideration of all reasonably available  and pertinent data or
information that forms the basis for the terms and conditions of a NPDES permit.

       The authority for BPJ is contained in Section 402(a)(1) of the CWA, which
authorizes the EPA Administrator to issue a permit containing "such conditions as the
Administrator determines are necessary  to carry out the provisions  of this Act" prior to
taking the necessary implementing actions, such as the establishment of ELGs.
During the first round of NPDES permits in the early-to-mid-1970s,  a majority of
permits were based on the authority of Section 402(a)(1) of  the  CWA.  These first
round so-called best engineering judgment permits were drafted because effluent
guidelines were not available for many industries.  As effluent guidelines began to  be
promulgated, permit writers had to rely less on their best engineering judgment and
could apply the ELGs in permits.  As the implementation of the age of toxic pollutant

68 - 6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 5                                      Technology-Based Effluent Limits

control continues, the use of BPJ conditions in permits has again become more
common.  However, the statutory deadline for compliance with technology-based
effluent limits (including BPJ-based pollutant limits) was March 31,  1989.  Therefore,
compliance schedules cannot be placed in permits to allow for extensions in meeting
BPJ pollutant limits.

      BPJ has proven to be a valuable tool for NPDES permit writers over the years.
Because it is so broad in scope, BPJ allows the permit writer considerable flexibility in
establishing permit terms and conditions. Inherent in this flexibility, however, is the
burden on the permit writer to show that the BPJ is reasonable and based on sound
engineering  analysis.  If this evaluation of reasonableness does not exist, the BPJ
condition is vulnerable to a challenge by the permittee.  Therefore,  the need for and
derivation of the permit condition, and the basis for its establishment, should be clearly
defined and documented.  References used to determine the BPJ condition  should be
identified.  In short, the rationale for a BPJ permit must be carefully drafted to
withstand the scrutiny of not only the  permittee, but also the public and, ultimately, an
administrative law judge.

Establishment of BPJ Permit Limits

      The NPDES regulations in 40 CFR §125.3 state that permits developed on a
case-by-case basis under Section 402(a)(1) of the CWA must consider (1) the
appropriate technology for the category class of point sources of which the applicant is
a member, based on all available information, and (2) any unique factors relating to
the applicant.  To set BPJ limits, a permit writer must first determine a need for
additional controls beyond existing ELGs.  The need for additional controls may be the
result of the facility not falling under any of the categories for which ELGs exist (e.g.,
barrel reclaimers, transportation equipment cleaning facilities, or industrial laundries) or
discharging  pollutants of concern that are not directly or indirectly addressed by the
development of the ELGs (e.g., a  pharmaceutical manufacturer or a petroleum refiner
may discharge elevated levels of organic solvents for which category-specific
guidelines do not exist).  It should be noted that prior to establishing BPJ-based limits
for a pollutant not regulated in an  effluent guideline, the permit writer should ensure
that the pollutant was not considered by EPA while developing the ELGs (i.e., BPJ-
based effluent limits are not required  for pollutants that were considered by  EPA  for
regulation under the effluent guidelines,  but for which EPA determined that no ELG

                                                NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 69

-------
 Chapter 5                                      Technology-Based Effluent Limits

was necessary). Information contained in the appropriate "Development Document"
should assist permit writers in making this determination.


      In setting BPJ limitations, the permit writer must consider several specific
factors as they appear in 40 CFR §125.3(d).  These factors, which are enumerated
below, are the same factors required to be considered by EPA in the development of
ELGs and, therefore, are often referred to as the Section 304(b) factors:


      •   For BPT requirements:

          -   The total cost of application of technology in  relation to the effluent
              reduction benefits to be achieved from such application
          -   The age of equipment and facilities involved*
          -   The process employed*
          -   The engineering aspects of the application of various types of control
              techniques*
          -   Process changes*
          -   Non-water quality environmental  impact including energy requirements*

      •   For BCT requirements:

          -   All items in the BPT requirements indicated by an asterisk (*) above
          -   The reasonableness of the relationship between the costs of attaining a
              reduction in effluent and the effluent reduction benefits derived
          -   The comparison of the cost and level of reduction of such pollutants
              from the discharge of POTWs to the cost and level of reduction of such
              pollutants from a class or category of industrial sources

      •   For BAT requirements:

          -   All items in the BPT requirements indicated by an asterisk (*) above
          -   The cost of achieving such effluent reduction.


      A permit writer must consider each of these factors in establishing BPJ-based
conditions in permits. Since BPJ contains an element of judgment or educated
opinion, a permit writer with the proper tools should be able to establish BPJ
conditions in permits that are  both technically sound and reasonable.


      A technically sound and reasonable permit is not likely to be successfully
challenged by the permittee or a third party.  In this context, "technically sound permit
conditions" means that the  conditions are achievable with existing technology.

70  oB*\ NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 5                                       Technology-Based Effluent Limits

"Reasonable" means that the conditions are achievable at a cost that the facility can
afford. Historically, some of the other factors, such as age, process employed and
non-water quality impacts have assumed lesser importance than the  technical and
economic feasibility evaluations.

BPJ Permitting Tools and References

      Permit writers can develop BPJ limits using one of two different methods. A
permit writer can either transfer numerical limitations from an existing source such as
from a similar NPDES permit or an existing ELG, or derive new numerical limitations.
Numerous tools and references for BPJ permit writing exist.  As one gains experience
drafting BPJ permits, it is common practice to rely on some references more than
others. Exhibit 5-5 lists references and provides some examples for selected BPJ
data sources that have proven useful to permit writers over the years.

      Most of the tools  and references listed in Exhibit 5-5 can be used to derive new
BPJ-based permit limits. They provide information related to the expected
performance of wastewater treatment systems.  For example, the Treatability Manual
and associated data base provides treatability information for over 1,400 pollutants.
Information collected for use in developing effluent guidelines and standards can also
provide treatability data  for a significant number of pollutants and for a variety of types
of industrial wastewaters. The Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based
Toxics Control provides extensive information  and guidance related to the statistical
considerations when establishing effluent limits.

      Since best management practices (BMPs) can also be used by permit writers
as the basis for effluent limits, the Guidance Manual for Developing Best Management
Practices6 can be used  by permit writers to identify potentially applicable BMPs  that
could be used for the facility to be permitted.  In addition,  Storm Water Management
   "USEPA (1980).  Treatability Manual, Volumes I - V. EPA-600/8-80-042a-e. Office of Research
and Development.

   5USEPA (1991).  Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control.  EPA-
505/2-90-001.  Office of Water Enforcement and Permits.
   6USEPA (1993).  Guidance Manual for Developing Best Management Practices. (BMPs).  EPA-
833-B-93-004. Office of Water.

                                           &EFW, NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 71

-------
 Chapter 5                                          Technology-Based Effluent Limits

                                   EXHIBIT 5-5
                               BPJ  Permitting Tools
   Abstracts of Industrial NPDES Permits

   Treatability Manual and Data Base

   NPDES Best Management Practices Guidance Document

   Guidance  Manual for Developing Best Management Practices (BMPs). EPA 833-B-93-004.
   (USEPA, 1993)  Office of Water and Storm Water Management for Industrial Activities:
   Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices.  EPA 832-R-92-006.
   (USEPA, 1992)  Office of Water.

   Technical  Support Document for the Development of Water Quality-based Permit Toxic Control

   Workbook for Determining Economic Achievability for NPDES Permits

   National Environmental Investigation Center reports on specific facilities

   Toxicity reduction evaluations for selected industries

   Industry experts within EPA Headquarters, Regions, and States

   Effluent guidelines development information

        CWA Section 308 questionnaires
   -   Screening and verification data
        Development documents
   -   Contractor's reports
   -   Proposed regulations
        Project Officers

   Permit Compliance System data

   Permit/compliance file information

   -   Previous NPDES application forms
        Discharge Monitoring Reports
   -   Compliance Inspection reports

   Other media permit files (e.g., Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) permit
   applications and Spill Prevention Countermeasure and Control (SPCC) plans)

   Literature  (e.g., technical journals and books).
for Industrial Activities:  Developing Pollution Prevention Plans and Best Management
Practices7 can be used  by permit writers responsible for establishing BPJ permit limits
for storm water discharges.
   7USEPA (1992). Storm Water Management for Industrial Activities: Developing Pollution
Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices. EPA 832-R-92-006. Office of Water.


72 - &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
  Chapter 5                                       Technology-Based Effluent Limits

      To assist permit writers in identifying other NPDES permits from which
technology-based effluent limits can be transferred, EPA has developed the NPDES
Industrial Permit Abstracts6.  The abstracts are a compilation of NPDES permits
issued by authorized State agencies and EPA Regional offices to a variety of non-
municipal dischargers. The abstracts assist permit writers by providing rapid access
to permit information in a standardized, cross-referenced and easy-to-read format.

      As previously discussed, permit writers must consider the costs to comply when
establishing BPJ permit limits for toxic and nonconventional pollutants.  To assist
permit writers in determining whether the estimated costs are reasonable for the
facility to be permitted, a draft document, Workbook for Determining Economic
Achievability for National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permits9, has been
developed.  This guidance document provides a step-by-step procedure for permit
writers to determine the economic achievability of BPJ effluent limits.

BPJ Statistical Considerations

      The  quality of the effluent from a treatment facility will normally vary over time.
If BOD5 data for a typical treatment plant are plotted against time, the day-to-day
variations of effluent concentrations  can  be seen.  Some of this behavior can be
described by constructing a frequency-concentration plot. From this plot, one can see
that for most of the  time, BOD5 concentrations are near some average value. Any
treatment system can be described using the mean concentration of the parameter of
interest (i.e., the long-term average) and the variance (or coefficient of variation) and
by assuming a particular statistical distribution (usually lognormal).

      Permit limits  are generally set at the upper bounds of acceptable  performance.
As required at 40 CFR §122.45(d), two expressions of permit limits are required—an
average monthly limit and a maximum daily limit. The use of average and maximum
limits can vary depending on the effluent guidelines and water quality criteria that are
consulted.  Instantaneous maximums, daily averages and daily maximums, weekly
averages, and monthly averages are all  commonly used limitation expressions.
   "USEPA (1993).  NPDES Industrial Permit Abstracts 1993. EPA-833/B-93-005. Office of Water.

   9USEPA (1982).  Workbook for Determining Economic Achievability for National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System Permits (DRAFT). Permits Division Prepared by Putnam, Wayes & Bartlett, Inc.

                                                 NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 73

-------
 Chapter 5                                       Technology-Based Effluent Limits

Generally, the definitions are consistent with those set forth in the Glossary of this
manual.

      If permit limits are set too lenient relative to the long-term average, a discharger
not complying with expected performance will not exceed the limits. If permit limits
are set too stringently, a discharger that is complying with expected performance may
frequently exceed the limits.  It is important to note that statistical variability is already
built in with respect to the ELGs, and the permit writer may not perform a separate
evaluation in those cases where a permit limitation is derived from  a guideline.

      When developing a BPJ limit, permit writers can use an approach consistent
with EPA's ELG statistical approach. Specifically, the daily maximum limitation can be
calculated by multiplying the long-term  average by a daily variability factor.  The
monthly maximum limitation can be calculated similarly except that the variability factor
corresponds  to the distribution of monthly averages instead of daily concentration
measurements.

      The daily variability factor is a statistical entity defined as the ratio of the
estimated 99th percentile of a distribution of daily values divided by the mean of the
distribution.  Similarly, the monthly variability factor is typically defined as the
estimated 95th percentile of the distribution of 4-day averages divided by the mean of
the monthly averages.

      A modified delta-lognormal distribution can be fit to concentration data.
Variability factors can then be computed for a facility distribution.  The modified delta-
lognormal distribution models the data  as a mixture of non-detect observations and
measured values. This distribution is often selected because the data for most
analytes consists of a mixture of measured values and non-detects. The modified
delta-lognormal distribution assumes that all non-detects have  a value equal to the
detection limit and that the detected values follow a lognormal  distribution.

      For more details on  EPA's use of statistical methods for developing  ELGs, refer
to Development Document for Effluent Limitations Guidelines and Standards for the
74 - &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 5                                      Technology-Based Effluent Limits

Organic Chemicals, Plastics and Synthetic Fibers Point Source Category10 or
Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control.

5.2   Application of Technology-Based  Effluent Limitations for
      Municipal Dischargers
      The largest category of dischargers requiring individual NPDES permits is
municipal POTWs. Similar to its approach for controlling the discharges from
industrial sources, the 1972 CWA required POTWs to meet performance-based
requirements based on available wastewater treatment technology.  Section 301 of the
CWA established a required performance level, referred to as "secondary treatment,"
that all POTWs were required to meet by July 1,  1977.

      More  specifically, Section 301(b){1)(B) of the CWA requires that EPA develop
secondary treatment standards for POTWs as defined in Section 304(d)(1) of the Act.
Based  on this statutory requirement, EPA developed secondary treatment regulations
which are  specified in 40 CFR Part 133. These technology-based regulations apply  to
all municipal wastewater treatment plants and identify the minimum level of effluent
quality  attainable by secondary treatment in terms of BOD5, TSS, and pH.  The
regulations provide for special considerations regarding combined sewers, industrial
wastes, waste stabilization ponds, and  less concentrated influent wastewater for
combined  and separate sewers. Pursuant to Section 304(d)(4) of the CWA, the
regulations also define  "treatment equivalent to secondary treatment" and the
alternative standards that apply to facilities meeting this definition.

5.2.1 Secondary Treatment
      An important aspect of municipal wastewater is that it is amenable to biological
treatment. The biological treatment component of a municipal treatment plant is
termed secondary treatment and is  usually preceded by simple settling (primary
treatment).  In response to the CWA requirements, EPA evaluated performance data
   '°USEPA (1987). Development Document for Effluent Limitations Guidelines and Standards for the
Organic Chemicals, Plastics, and Synthetic Fibers Point Source Category. Vol I and Vol II.  EPA 440/1-
87/009. Office of Water, Industrial Technology Division.

   11USEPA (1991). Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control. EPA-
505/2-90-001.  Office of Water Enforcement and Permits.

                                          &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 75

-------
 Chapter 5
                         Technology-Based Effluent Limits
for POTWs practicing secondary treatment and established performance standards
based on its  evaluation. Secondary treatment standards, therefore, are defined by the
limitations provided in Exhibit 5-6.
                                  EXHIBIT 5-6
                       Secondary Treatment Standards
Parameter
5-Day BOD
TSS
pH
Removal
30-Day Average
30 mg/1
30 mg/1
6-9 s.u. (instantaneous)
85% BOD, and TSS
7-Day Average
45 mg/1
45 mg/1
-
-
      According to 40 CFR §122.45(f), permit writers must apply these secondary
treatment standards as mass-based limits using the design flow of the plant.  Permit
writers may also apply concentration-based effluent limitations for both 30-day and
7-day average limitations.
  Example:
  A POTW with a design flow rate of 2.0 mgd would have permit limits based on secondary treatment
  standards as follows:
  BOD
  TSS
  pH
        Mass-Based Limit = Design Flow x Concentration-Based Limit x Conversion Factor
        (30-day average)    2.0 mgd x 30mg/l x 8.34 (lb)(l)/(mg)(gal) = 500 jb/day
        (7-day average)     2.0 mgd x 45mg/l x 8.34 (lb)(l)/(mg)(gal) = 750 Ib/day
        (30-day average)    2.0 mgd x 30mg/l x 8.34 (lb)(l)/(mg)(gal) = 500 jb/day
        (7-day average)     2.0 mgd x 45mg/l x 8.34-(lb)(l)/(mg)(gal) = 750 Ib/day
        (instantaneous)
6-9 s.u.
  Removal
        (30-day average)    85% BOD^ and TSS removal
       Where nitrification is occurring in a treatment process, BOD5 may not provide a
reliable measure of the oxygen demand of the effluent.  This is because nitrifying
bacteria use a large amount of oxygen to consume unoxidized nitrogen and ammonia-
76 - &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 5                                     Technology-Based Effluent Limits

nitrogen and convert these to oxidized nitrate. In these instances, basing permit limits
on carbonaceous BOD5 (CBOD5) instead of BOD5 eliminates the impact of nitrification
on effluent limits.  EPA, therefore, allows for the use of CBOD5 limits to minimize false
indications of poor facility performance as a result of nitrogenous pollutants.  Allowed
under 40 CFR §133.102(a)(4), the permit writer does have the discretion to set
effluent limits for CBOD5 in lieu of a BODS limit.  EPA has studied the use of a CBOD5
limit and has concluded that a 25 mg/l 30-day average and 40 mg/l 7-day average are
effectively equivalent to the (30/45) BOD5 limits.

      Chemical oxygen demand (COD) and total organic carbon (TOC) laboratory
tests can provide an accurate measure of the organic content of wastewater in a
shorter time frame than a BOD5 test (i.e., several hours versus 5 days).  Pursuant to
40 CFR §133.104(b), the permit writer may substitute COD or TOC monitoring for
BOD5 when a long-term BOD:COD or BOD:TOC correlation has been demonstrated.

      Municipal wastewater treatment facilities are required to meet secondary
treatment standards with few exceptions. The exceptions, identified at 40 CFR
§133.103, include:

      •   Treatment works that receive flows from combined sewers during wet
          weather can qualify for alternative monthly percent removal limits during wet
          weather events.
      •   Treatment works that receive wastes from industrial categories that have
          ELGs for BOD5 and TSS less stringent than the secondary treatment
          requirements in 40 CFR Part 133, can qualify to have their BOD5 and TSS
          limits adjusted upwards provided that:  (1) the permitted discharge is less
          than would be permitted under the corresponding ELGs for direct
          discharges,  and (2)  the flow or loading of such pollutants introduced by the
          industrial category exceeds ten percent of the design flow or loading of the
          POTW.
      •   Treatment works that use waste stabilization ponds as the principal process
          for secondary treatment and whose operation  and maintenance data
          indicate that the TSS values specified in the equivalent-to-secondary
          regulations (discussed in Section 5.2.2) cannot be achieved, can qualify to
          have their minimum TSS levels adjusted upwards.
      •   Treatment works that receive less concentrated wastes from separate
          sewer systems can  qualify to have their percent removal limit reduced or
          receive a mass loading limit provided that: (1) the facility can consistently
          meet its permit effluent concentration limits but cannot meet its percent

                                          &ER& NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 77

-------
 Chapter 5                                      Technology-Based Effluent Limits

          removal limits because of less concentrated effluent water, (2) the facility
          would have been required to meet significantly more stringent limitations
          than would otherwise be required by the concentration-based standards,
          and (3) the less concentrated effluent is not the result of excessive
          infiltration/inflow (I/I).
          [Note:  The determination of excessive I/I is based on (1) the "excessive I/I"
          definition in 40 CFR §35.2005(b)(16) as the quantities of I/I which can be
          economically eliminated from a sewer system  as determined in a cost-
          effectiveness analysis that compares the costs for correcting the I/I
          conditions to the total costs for transportation and treatment of the I/I and
          (2) I/I is not excessive if the total flow (i.e.,  wastewater plus I/I) to the
          POTW is less than 275 gallons per capita per day.]
      •   Treatment works receiving less concentrated wastes from  combined sewers
          during dry weather can qualify to have their percent removal limit reduced
          or receive a  mass loading limit provided that:  (1) the facility can
          consistently  meet its permit effluent concentration limits, but cannot meet its
          percent removal limits because of less concentrated  effluent water, (2) the
          facility would have been required to meet significantly more stringent
          limitations than would otherwise be required by the concentration-based
          standards, and (3) the less concentrated influent wastewater does not result
          from either excessive infiltration or clear water industrial discharges during
          dry  weather  periods. If the  less concentrated  influent is the result of clear
          water industrial discharges, the treatment works must control such
          discharges pursuant to 40 CFR Part 403.
          [Note:  The determination of excessive infiltration is based on (1) the
          "excessive infiltration" definition  in 40 CFR  §35.2005(b)(28) as the quantity
          of flow which is less than 120 gallons per capita per day (domestic flow and
          infiltration) or the quantity of infiltration which cannot be economically and
          effectively eliminated from a sewer system as determined  in a cost
          effectiveness analysis and (2) the criterion  that either 40 gallons per capita
          per day or 1,500 gallons per inch diameter per mile of sewer may be used
          as the threshold value for that portion of the dry weather base flow
          attributed to  infiltration.]


      The NPDES regulations also provide for a waiver  from secondary treatment
requirements for discharges into marine waters. In these instances, the POTW must
file a modification request for a marine discharge in accordance with the requirements
of 40 CFR Part 125, Subpart G.  More detail on marine variance requests is provided
in Section 10.1.3.
78 - *EWV NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 5                                       Technology-Based Effluent Limits

5.2.2 Equivalent-to-Secondary Treatment Definition
      Following publication of the secondary treatment regulations, legislative history
indicates that Congress was concerned that EPA had not "sanctioned" the use of
certain biological treatment techniques that were effective in achieving significant
reductions in BOD5 and SS for secondary treatment. Therefore, to prevent
unnecessary construction of costly new facilities, Congress included language in the
1981 amendment to the Construction Grants statutes [Section 23 of Pub. L. 97-147]
that required EPA to provide allowances for alternative biological treatment
technologies, such as a trickling filter or waste stabilization pond.  In response to this
requirement, definition of secondary treatment was modified on September 20, 1984,
and June 3, 1985, and published in the revised secondary treatment regulations
contained in 40 CFR §133.105. These regulations allow  alternative limits for facilities
using trickling filters and waste stabilization ponds that meet the requirements for
"equivalent to secondary treatment."  Several important concepts form the basis for
this revision of the regulations:

      •   Certain classes of biological treatment facilities that are capable of
          achieving significant reductions in BOD5 and TSS, but cannot consistently
          achieve secondary treatment, should be defined as separate and distinct
          from secondary treatment facilities.
      •   These facilities (equivalent-to-secondary) are cheaper and easier to operate
          and, therefore, are utilized by smaller communities. The provisions
          established by EPA should provide for continued use of these technologies
          where possible.
      •   The technology-based effluent limitation approach  used to establish
          secondary treatment should be retained for equivalent-to-secondary
          treatment limits.
      •   Water quality must not be adversely affected by the application of
          equivalent-to-secondary treatment.
      •   Costly treatment plant upgrading or replacement should be avoided where
          equivalent facilities are  operating sufficiently (e.g.,  achieving their original
          design performance levels).
      •   Regulations should address variations in facility performance due to
          geographic, climatic, or seasonal conditions.

      In recognition of the above factors, the revisions to include a definition for
equivalent-to-secondary treatment entail  a change in the traditional definition of
secondary treatment for some POTWs. The capability and performance of an

                                                NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 79

-------
 Chapter 5                                       Technology-Based Effluent Limits

individual plant is assessed, and limits are selected from a range of possible values.
Although this process has been used for industrial facilities, the concept has generally
not been applied to municipal permits (with the exception of interim permit limits).

      To be eligible for equivalent-to-secondary limitations, a POTW must meet all of
the following criteria:

      •   The principal treatment process must be either a trickling filter or waste
          stabilization pond (e.g., the largest percentage of BOD5 and TSS removal is
          provided by the trickling filter or waste stabilization pond system).
      •   The effluent quality consistently achieved, despite proper operations and
          maintenance, is in excess of  30 mg/l BOD5 and TSS.
      •   Water quality is not adversely affected  by the discharge.
      •   The treatment works as a whole provides significant biological treatment
          such that a minimum 65 percent reduction of BOD5 is consistently attained
          (30-day average).

      A treatment works that is operating beyond its design hydraulic or organic
loading limit is not considered an eligible facility.  If overloading or structural failure is
causing poor performance, the solution to the problem is construction, not effluent
limitations adjustment.  There are several important implications of the equivalent-to-
secondary treatment regulation as it applies to specific municipal permitting issues.
These issues  are discussed below.

New Facility Limitations

      As specified in 40 CFR §133.105(f), the permitting authority must set more
stringent limits for new facilities if an analysis of new plant performance shows that
more stringent limits than the maximum equivalent-to-secondary limits (45/45) can be
met.  Recently, a wide range of designs (e.g., solids contact channels, covers) have
been used on trickling filters to improve their performance.  This situation creates a
performance dichotomy between old trickling filters and current state-of-the-art plants.
The regulations recognize this disparity  and encourage States to establish separate
limits for new  trickling filters based on current design practices in the State. Where
possible, an analysis of similar plants is the preferred method for establishing permit
limits where in-state data on new trickling filters are not available. Where no
80 - 6BK NPOES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 5                                      Technology-Based Effluent Limits

performance data are available for determining new plant capability, literature values
may be used.

Calculation of Permit Limits for Equivalent-to-Secondary Facilities

      In most cases, the permit limits for equivalent-to-secondary facilities will be
selected from the 30 to 45 mg/l BOD5 and TSS monthly average, and 45 to 65 mg/l
BOD5 and TSS weekly average range established by the regulation. Obviously,  not all
permits  will be set at the 45 mg/l monthly average and 65 mg/l weekly average top of
the range.  The selection should be based on current  performance data for the last
two years of operation, at a minimum.

      Where the  plant performance data contain erroneous values because of plant
upsets,  or other situations not associated with poor operation or maintenance, an
adjustment to the permit limit calculation may be made. The data for the month  in
question may be adjusted by dropping the erroneous daily value and recalculating the
monthly average based on the remaining daily values.  Another alternative is to
analyze monthly average values for a period greater than two years and drop the
monthly averages that are erroneous because of explained upset situations.
Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR)  data should be used for calculations whenever
possible.  The DMRs must support the permit writer's  decision for an equivalent  to
secondary facility.  It should be noted that the burden  of proof for performance data
and demonstration of proper operation and maintenance is the responsibility of the
municipality.

      A trickling filter or lagoon will often be combined with another biological process
(i.e., activated sludge process) in one treatment plant.  In this case,  if the trickling filter
or lagoon qualifies for equivalent-to-secondary limits, the permit limits for the  treatment
plant can be derived by averaging the equivalent-to-secondary and conventional
secondary treatment limits.  To accomplish this, a flow-weighted average of the two
effluent  concentration limits should be calculated and applied as the outfall limitation
for the permit.  An alternative to this approach is the use of internal waste stream
limitations as authorized by 40 CFR §122.45(h) for each biological process effluent
line. The permit writer should encourage the continued use of existing trickling filters
and lagoons, where appropriate, through the application of appropriate equivalent-to-
secondary limits.  However, the permit writer must be  sure that these facilities are

                                           6ERA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 81

-------
 Chapter 5                                      Technology-Based Effluent Limits

capable of meeting the proposed effluent limits without causing water quality impacts
before the permit limits can be adjusted.  If one cannot determine this, equivalent-to-
secondary limits cannot be used in the permit.

Alternative State Requirements (ASRs)

      The Alternative State Requirement (ASR) provision contained in 40 CFR
§133.105(d} of the regulation allows States the flexibility to set permit limits above the
maximum levels of 45 mg/l monthly average and 65 mg/l weekly average BOD5 and
TSS from lagoons meeting certain requirements.  Where lagoon suspended solids
requirements are already above 45 mg/l in accordance with 40 CFR §133.103(c), an
ASR by the State is not necessary, unless higher limits are desired. To establish an
ASR, the State must do two things:

      •   Identify a group of equivalent facilities  that warrant different limits in
          exceedance of the equivalent-to-secondary values contained in 40 CFR
          Part 133
      •   Justify the higher permit limitations for these facilities.

      The group of  facilities can be selected because of climatic or geographic
location, the type of technology used, or any other supportable criteria.  The analysis
of plant data for the group must be statistically sound and should follow the methods
presented in EPA's  Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics
Control.^  The ASR must be approved by the EPA Region before permits can be
written using the ASR values. The public notice of a proposed ASR is the
responsibility of the  State.  EPA has  published approved ASRs in 49 FR 37005,
September 20, 1984.  Exhibit 5-7 is  a summary of the ASRs for each State.

Carbonaceous BOD Limits

      EPA recognizes that the carbonaceous BOD (CBOD) test can provide accurate
information on treatment plant performance in many cases.  However, the use of
CBOD in permits should be focused  on facilities with known or suspected nitrification
   12USEPA (1991).  Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control. EPA-
505/2-90-001.  Office of Water Enforcement and Permits.

82 - dEftt NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 5                                     Technology-Based Effluent Limits

problems such as underloaded facilities and new facilities with long detention times.
These conditions favor nitrifying bacteria and can lead to erroneous BOD5 test results.

      The equivalent-to-secondary treatment regulations in 40 CFR §133.105(e) allow
optional use of a CBOD limit and test procedure in municipal permits as a substitute
for the standard BOD5.  This substitution is at the discretion  of the permitting authority.
To establish a CBOD limit for an equivalent-to-secondary treatment facility, the
permitting authority must have data to show that nitrifying  bacteria in the treatment
plant are causing the BOD5 test results to be significantly impacted.  Extensive
BOD5/CBOD comparisons should not be necessary because the actual CBOD limit will
be established by (1) determining the BOD5 limit that can be met through proper
operation and maintenance, and (2) if the BOD5 limit is between 30 and 45 mg/l,
setting the CBOD limit 5 units lower (e.g., between 25 and 40 mg/l).

      The EPA-approved test procedures m 40 CFR Part 136 now contain a CBOD
(nitrogen inhibited) test procedure.  The CBOD  test can be specified for any municipal
permit.  However, the BOD5/CBOD relationship  (5 mg/l difference) may not apply
outside the 30 to 45 mg/l BOD5  range.   If CBOD limits will be used for equivalent-to-
secondary permits above 45 mg/l (BOD5), a BOD./CBOD relationship should be
established during the ASR process. Where parallel BOD5/CBOD test data are
available, they must be submitted to the  EPA Regional office with the proposed ASRs
for approval.  For permit limits below 30 mg/l BOD5 the corresponding CBOD limit
should be developed during an advanced treatment review or from the wasteload
allocation. The use of CBOD in the permit is not a substitute for nitrogen or ammonia
limits  if in-stream nitrification or ammonia toxicity is creating  a problem.
                                         6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 83

-------
 Chapter 5
Technology-Based Effluent Limits
                             EXHIBIT 5-7
                          State-Specific ASRs
Location
Alabama
Alaska
Arizona
Arkansas
California
Colorado
Aerated ponds
All others
Connecticut
Delaware
District of Columbia
Florida
Georgia
Guam
Hawaii
Idaho
Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Controlled discharge, 3 cell
All others
Kansas
Kentucky
Louisiana
Maine
Maryland
Massachusetts
Michigan: Controlled seasonal discharge
Summer
Winter
Minnesota
Mississippi
Missouri
Montana
Alternate TSS Limit
(30-day average)
(mgfl)
90
70
90
90
95

75
105
None
None
None
None
90
None
None
None
37
70

Case-by-case but not greater than 80
80
80
None
90
45
90
None

70
40
None
90
80
100
84 - &B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 5
Technology-Based Effluent Limits
                              EXHIBIT 5-7
                    State-Specific ASRs (continued)
Location
Nebraska
North Carolina
North Dakota
North and East of Missouri River
South and West of Missouri River
Nevada
New Hampshire
New Jersey
New Mexico
New York
Ohio
Oklahoma
Oregon
East of Cascade Mountains
West of Cascade Mountains
Pennsylvania
Puerto Rico
Rhode Island
South Carolina
South Dakota
Tennessee
Texas
Utah
Vermont
Virginia
East of Blue Ridge Mountains
West of Blue Ridge Mountains
East slope counties: Loudoun, Fauquier,
Rappahannock, Madison, Green, Albemarle,
Nelson, Amherst, Bedford, Franklin, Patrick.
Virgin Islands
Washington
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Wyoming
Trust Territories and N. Marianas
Alternate TSS Limit
(30-day average)
(mg/l)
80
90

60
100
90
45
None
90
70
65
90

85
50
None
None
45
90
120
100
90
None
55

60
78
Case-by-base application of 60/78 limits.
None
75
80
80
100
None
Source: 49 FR 37005; 9/20/84
                                       &EPA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 85

-------
Chapter   6
Water Quality-Based Effluent

Limits

     Permit writers must consider the impact of every proposed surface water
discharge on the quality of the receiving water. Water quality goals for a water body
are defined by State water quality standards. A permit writer may find, by analyzing
the effect of a discharge on the receiving water, that technology-based permit limits
are not sufficiently stringent to meet these water quality standards. In such cases, the
CWA and EPA regulations require development of more stringent, water quality-based
effluent limits (WQBEL) designed to ensure that water quality standards are met.  In
order to develop  effective WQBELs, permit writers must be familiar with State water
quality standards methods for predicting water quality impacts from discharges, and
procedures for establishing WQBELs. This chapter provides basic information on
these subjects.  For more detailed information on water quality-based permitting, refer
to the Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control (TSD),13
or equivalent State or regional procedures.
   I3USEPA (1991). Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control. EPA-
505/2-90-001. Office of Water Enforcement and Permits.


                                       NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 87

-------
 Chapter 6                                    Water Quality-Based Effluent Llmfts

6.1   Overview of Water Quality Standards
      WQBELs involve a site-specific evaluation of the discharge and its effect on the
receiving water.  A WQBEL is designed to protect the quality of the receiving water by
ensuring that State water quality standards are met.  To understand how to develop
WQBELs, the permit writer must understand State water quality standards and the
water quality goals they define.

      Section 303(c) of the CWA requires every State to develop water quality
standards applicable to all water bodies or segments of water bodies that lie within the
State.  Once standards are  developed, EPA must approve or disapprove them. Water
quality standards should (1) include provisions for restoring and maintaining the
chemical, physical, and biological integrity of State waters, (2) provide, wherever
attainable, water quality for  the protection and propagation of fish, shellfish, and
wildlife and recreation in and on the water ("fishable/swimmable"), and (3) consider the
use and value of State waters for public water supplies, propagation of fish and
wildlife, recreation, agriculture and industrial purposes, and navigation. Currently,
States are required to review their water quality standards at least once every three
years and revise them as necessary.  When writing a permit, the permit writer must
use the most current State water quality standards.  For more information regarding
procedures for developing water quality standards, refer to EPA's Water Quality
Standards Regulation at 40 CFR Part 131 and the Water Quality Standards
Handbook: Second Edition.u

      Under §510 of the CWA, States may develop water quality standards more
stringent than required by the Water Quality Standards Regulation.  Also, EPA reviews
and approves or disapproves State-adopted water quality standards. EPA's review is
to ensure that the State water quality standards meet the requirements of the CWA
and the Water Quality Standards Regulation.  EPA may promulgate a new or revised
standard for a State where  necessary to meet the requirements of the CWA.
   14USEPA(1994). Water Quality Standards Handbook:  Second Edition.  EPA 823-B-94-005a.
Office of Water.

88 - 0BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 6                                    Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

6.1.1 Components of Water Quality Standards
      Water quality standards are composed of three parts:

      •   Use classifications
      •   Numeric and/or narrative water quality criteria
      •   Antidegradation policy.

Each of these three components is described below.

Use Classification

      The first part of a State's water quality standard is a classification system for
water bodies based on the expected beneficial uses of those water bodies.  The CWA
describes various uses of waters that are considered desirable and should be
protected. These uses include public water supply, recreation, and propagation of fish
and wildlife.  The States are free to designate more specific uses (e.g., cold water
aquatic life, agricultural), or to designate uses not mentioned in the CWA, with the
exception of waste transport and assimilation which is not an acceptable designated
use (see 40 CFR §131.10(a)).  Designated uses should support the "fishable/
swimmable" goal of Section 101(a)(2) of the CWA where such uses are attainable.  A
State must perform a use attainability analysis under 40 CFR §131.10(j) where it: (1)
does not designate a "fishable/swimmable" use for a water; (2) wishes to remove a
"fishable/swimmable" designated use; or (3) wishes to adopt subcategories of a
designated "fishable/swimmable" use that would require less stringent criteria. The
use attainability analysis is a structured scientific assessment of the factors affecting
the attainment of a use. The analysis may include physical, chemical, biological, and
economic factors as described in 40 CFR §131.10(g).

Water Quality Criteria
      The second part of  a State's water quality standard is the water quality criteria
deemed necessary to support the designated uses of each water body. Section
303(a-c) of the CWA requires States to adopt criteria sufficient to protect designated
uses for State waters.  These criteria may be numeric or narrative. The CWA requires
States to adopt numeric criteria for certain toxic pollutants where they are necessary
to protect designated uses.  EPA's Water Quality Standards Regulation encourages

                                           6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 89

-------
 Chapter 6                                     Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

States to adopt both numeric and narrative water quality criteria.  See Section 6.1.2,
Establishing Water Quality Criteria, of this manual for additional information on the
development of numeric and narrative criteria.


Antidegradation Policy

      The third part of a State's water quality standard is the State's antidegradation
policy.  Each State is required to adopt an antidegradation policy consistent with
EPA's antidegradation regulations (40 CFR §131.12) and to identify the methods it will
use for  implementing the policy. Antidegradation policies provide three tiers of
protection from degradation of water quality:


      •   Tier 1—Protects existing uses and provides the absolute floor of water
          quality for all waters of the United States.  Existing instream water uses are
          those uses that were attained on or after November 28, 1975, the date of
          EPA's  first Water Quality Standards Regulation, or uses for which existing
          water quality is suitable unless prevented by physical problems such as
          substrate  or flow.
      •   Tier 2—Protects the level of water quality necessary to support propagation
          of fish, shellfish, and wildlife and recreation in and on the  water in waters
          that are currently of higher quality than required to support these uses.
          Before water quality in Tier 2 waters can be lowered, there must be an
          antidegradation review consisting of: (1) a finding that it is necessary to
          accommodate important economical or social development in the area
          where  the waters are located; (2) full satisfaction of all intergovernmental
          coordination and public participation provisions; and (3) assurance that the
          highest statutory and regulatory requirements for point sources and best
          management practices for nonpoint  sources are achieved. Furthermore,
          water quality may not be lowered to less than the level necessary to fully
          protect the "fishable/swimmable" uses and other existing uses.
      •   Tier 3—Protects the quality of outstanding national resources, such as
          waters of  national and State parks and wildlife refuges and waters of
          exceptional recreational or ecological significance.  There may be no new
          or increased discharges to these waters and no new or increased
          discharges to tributaries of these waters that would result in lower water
          quality (with the exception of some limited activities that result in temporary
          and short-term changes in water quality).
90 - *B¥V NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 6                                     Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

Additional information on water quality standards is available in the Water Quality
Standards Handbook: Second Edition.15

6.1.2 Establishing Water Quality Criteria
      Water quality criteria set ambient levels of individual pollutants or parameters,
or describe conditions of a water body that, if met, will generally protect the
designated use of the water.  Water quality criteria are developed to protect aquatic
life and human health, and, in some cases, wildlife from the deleterious effects of
pollutants.  Section 304(a) of the CWA directs EPA to publish water quality criteria
guidance to assist States in developing water quality standards.  EPA criteria or
guidance consists of three components:

      •   Magnitude—The level of pollutant (or pollutant parameter), generally
          expressed as a concentration, that is allowable.
      •   Duration—The period of time (averaging  period) over which the instream
          concentration is averaged for comparison with criteria concentrations.
      •   Frequency—How often criteria can be exceeded.

      EPA's efforts on criteria development have been focused on the 65 pollutants
listed in Section 307(a)  of the CWA.  Some of the 65 pollutants on the list are actually
families or classes of organic compounds consisting of many individual chemicals.
EPA translated this list into a new list  of 129 priority toxic pollutants.  Subsequently,
two volatile chemicals and one water unstable chemical  were removed from the list so
that the present list contains 126 priority toxic pollutants.  Criteria for the priority toxic
pollutants that EPA has developed to  date are contained in individual criteria
documents and summarized in a document entitled Quality Criteria for Water 1986,16
more commonly referred to as the Gold Book.
   15USEPA(1994).  Water Quality Standards Handbook: Second Edition.  EPA 823-B-94-005a. Office of
Water.

   16USEPA (1986). Quality Criteria for Water, 1986. EPA-440/5-86-001.  Office of Water Regulations
and Standards.

                                           6ER& NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 91

-------
 Chapter 6                                       Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

Numeric  Criteria

       Numeric water quality criteria are values expressed as levels, constituent
concentrations, toxicity units (see discussion of whole effluent toxicity below), or
numbers deemed necessary to protect designated uses. These criteria often form the
basis for NPDES WQBELs.  They also can be useful in assessing and managing
nonpoint sources.  In 1987, Congress increased the emphasis of the CWA on numeric
criteria for toxic pollutants by enacting Section 303(c)(2)(B) of the act.  This section
requires States to adopt numeric criteria for the 126 priority toxic pollutants for which
EPA has developed criteria guidance and where the discharge or presence of the
pollutant could reasonably be expected to  interfere with the designated uses of a
water body.  States may establish numeric criteria using EPA criteria guidance,
modified to reflect site specific conditions,  or other scientifically defensible methods.

       EPA criteria for the protection of aquatic life address both  short-term (acute)
and long-term (chronic) effects  on both freshwater and saltwater  species.  The
following example shows the current EPA  criteria for cadmium.
  Example:
  Aquatic Life
  The procedures described in the Guidelines for Deriving Numerical National Water Quality Criteria for the
  Protection of Aquatic Organisms and Their Uses indicate that, except possibly where a locally important
  species is very sensitive, freshwater aquatic organisms and their uses should not be affected unacceptably
  if the 4-day average concentration (in ug/L) of cadmium does not exceed the numerical value given by
  gio.7esziiiKhaiAwwn-3.49Si morg tnan once every 3 years on the average and if the one-hour average
  concentration (in ug/L) does not exceed the numerical value given by e<1•1Mfln more tnan once
  every 3 years on the average.  For example,  at hardnesses of 50, 100, and 200 mg/L as CaCO3 the 4-day
  average concentrations of cadmium are 0.66, 1.1, and 2.0 ug/L, respectively, and the 1-hour average
  concentrations are 1.8, 3.9 and 8.6 ug/L. If brook trout, brown trout,  and striped bass are as sensitive as
  some data indicate, they might not be protected by this criterion.
       Human health criteria are designed to protect people from exposure resulting
from consumption of water and fish or other aquatic life (e.g., mussels, crayfish).  The
following example contains EPA's human health criteria for cadmium.
92 - dB% NPOES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
  Chapter 6                                       Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits
  Example:
  Human Health
  The ambient water quality criterion for cadmium is recommended to be identical to the existing drinking
  water standard which is 10 ug/L.  Analysis of the toxic effects data resulted in a calculated level which is
  protective of human health against the ingestion of contaminated water and contaminated aquatic
  organisms.  The calculated value is comparable to the present standard. For this reason a selective
  criterion based on exposure solely from consumption of 6.5 grams of aquatic organisms was not derived.
Narrative Criteria

       All States have adopted narrative criteria to supplement numeric criteria for
toxicants.  Narrative criteria are statements that describe the desired water quality
goal.  Examples of narrative criteria are provided  below.  Narrative criteria can be the
basis for limiting specific pollutants where the State has no numeric criteria for those
pollutants or they can be used to limit toxicity where the toxicity cannot be traced to a
specific pollutant. EPA's Water Quality Standards Regulation requires States to
develop implementation procedures for narrative criteria that address all mechanisms
to be used by the State to ensure that narrative criteria are attained.
  Example:
  Narrative criteria can be statements, requiring that discharges be "free from toxics in toxic amounts" or
  "free of objectionable color, odor, taste, and turbidity."
6.1.3  Future Directions for Water Quality Standards
       The water quality standards program is constantly evolving.  New scientific,
regulatory, and policy developments affect the nature of the program.  For example,
three new areas where criteria are being developed include biological, sediment, and
wildlife criteria.

       •   Biological Criteria — EPA is developing numerical values or narrative
          expressions that describe the reference biological integrity of aquatic
          communities inhabiting unimpaired waters of a designated aquatic life use.
          The biological communities in these waters represent the best attainable
          condition for the organisms.  According to EPA policy, States should
          develop and implement biological criteria in their water quality standards.
       •   Sediment Criteria — Sediment contamination can result from the deposition
          of toxicants over long  periods of time and is also responsible for water
                                                   NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 93

-------
 Chapter 6                                   Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

          quality impacts when these toxicants are released back into the water
          column.  EPA has proposed sediment criteria for five organic chemicals
          (phenanthrene, fluoranthene, dieldrin, acenaphthene, and endrin)
          (59 Ffl 2652; 1/18/94). EPA also is developing sediment criteria for metals,
          and has  begun development of implementation guidance for sediment
          criteria.
      •   Wildlife  Criteria—EPA is undertaking an initiative to develop numeric
          wildlife criteria to establish ambient concentrations of certain chemicals to
          protect mammals and birds from  adverse impacts due to consumption of
          food and/or water containing those  chemicals.

6.2   Approaches to Implementing  Water Quality Standards
      The control of toxic discharges  to waters of the United States in an important
objective of the CWA.  To effectively accomplish this objective, EPA recommends an
integrated approach to implementing water quality standards and developing WQBELs.
This integrated approach includes three elements: a chemical-specific approach, a
whole effluent toxicity (WET) approach, and a biological criteria or bioassessment
approach. Each of the three approaches is briefly described below. Exhibit 6-1
summarizes the capabilities  and limitations of  each approach.

6.2.1 Chemical-Specific Approach
      The chemical-specific approach uses the chemical-specific criteria for protection
of aquatic life, human health, and wildlife adopted into a State's water quality
standards. The criteria are used as the basis to analyze an effluent, decide which
chemicals need controls, and derive permit  limits that will control those chemicals to
the extent necessary to achieve water quality  standards in the  receiving water.
Chemical-specific WQBELs in NPDES permits involve a site-specific evaluation of the
discharge and its effect upon the receiving water. This approach allows for the control
of individual chemicals before a water quality impact has occurred or to assist  in
returning water quality to a level that will meet designated uses.

6.2.2 Whole Effluent Toxicity (WET) Approach
      WET, the second approach to water quality-based toxics control, protects the
receiving water quality from  the aggregate toxic effect of a mixture of pollutants in the
effluent.  WET tests measure the degree of response of exposed aquatic test
organisms to an effluent.  The WET approach is useful for complex effluents where it

94 - &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
  Chapter 6
                         Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits
                                  EXHIBIT 6-1
                 Components of an Integrated Approach to
                     Water Quality-Based Toxics Control
  Control Approach
      Capabilities
         Limitations
 Chemical-Specific
Human health protection
Complete toxicology
Straightforward treatability
Fate understood
Less expensive testing if
only a few toxicants are
present
Prevents impacts
Does not consider all toxics
present
Bioavailability not measured
Interactions of mixtures (e.g.,
additivity) unaccounted for
Complete testing can be expensive
Direct biological impairment not
measured
 Whole effluent
 toxicity
Aggregate toxicity
Unknown toxicants
addressed
Bioavailability measured
Accurate toxicology
Prevents impacts
No direct human health protection
Incomplete toxicology (few
species may be tested)
No direct treatment
No persistency or sediment
coverage
Conditions in  ambient may be
different
Incomplete knowledge  of
causative toxicant
 Bioassessments
Measures actual receiving
water effects
Historical trend analysis
Assesses quality above
standards
Total effect of all sources,
including unknown sources
Critical flow effects not always
assessed
Difficult to interpret impacts
Cause of impact not identified
No differentiation of sources
Impact has already occurred
No direct human health protection
may be infeasible to identify and regulate all toxic pollutants in the discharge or where
chemical-specific pollutant limits are set, but synergistic effects are suspected to be
problematic. The WET approach  allows the permit writer to be protective of the
narrative "no toxics in toxic amounts" criterion that is applicable to all waters of the
United States and implement numeric criteria for toxicity (see the discussion below on
acute and chronic toxicity).

      There are two types of WET tests:  acute and chronic.  An acute toxicity test is
usually conducted over a short time period (e.g., 48 hours) and the endpoint
measured is mortality.  The endpoint for an acute test is often expressed as an  LC50
                                                  NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 95

-------
 Chapter 6                                    Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

(i.e., the concentration of effluent that is lethal to 50 percent of the exposed test
organisms). A chronic toxicity test is usually conducted over a longer period of time
(e.g., 7 days) and the endppint measured is mortality and sublethal effects, such as
changes in reproduction and growth. The endpoint is often expressed as the no
observed effect concentration (NOEC), the lowest observed effect concentration
(LOEC), or the inhibition concentration (1C).  The NOEC is the highest concentration of
effluent  at which no adverse effects  are observed on the aquatic test organisms. The
LOEC is the lowest concentration of effluent that causes observable adverse effects in
exposed test organisms.  The 1C is an estimate of the effluent concentration that
would cause a given percent reduction in a biological measurement of the test
organisms.

      To express criteria, facilitate modeling, and express permit limits, EPA
recommends that toxicity be expressed in terms of "toxic units."  A toxic unit (TU) is
merely the inverse of the sample fraction.  Toxicity, expressed as percent sample, is
divided  into 100 to obtain toxic units.
  Example:
  If a chronic test result is a NOEC of 25 percent effluent, that result can be expressed as 100/25 or 4.0
  chronic toxic units (4.0 TUc);
  If an acute test result is a LCSO of 60 percent, that result can also be expressed as 100/60 or 1.7 acute
  toxic units (1.7 TUa).
      It is important to distinguish acute toxic units (TUa) from chronic toxic units
(TUc). The  difference between TUa and TUc can be likened to the difference
between miles and kilometers.  Thus, to compare a TUa and a TUc, a conversion
factor called an acute-to-chronic ratio (ACR), must be developed. The ACR is a
conversion factor that changes TUa into equivalent TUc.  If data are insufficient to
calculate an ACR (i.e., less than 10 sets of WET data), EPA recommends a default
value of ACR=10.  Where sufficient data are available, the ACR  should be calculated
as the mean of the individual ACRs for each pair of acute and chronic WET test data.
The following examples show:  (1) how the ACR converts TUa into TUc; (2) how to
calculate an ACR from existing data; and (3) how the ACR allows permit writers to
compare TUa and TUc.
96 - SB* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Chapter 6
                     Water Quality-Based Effluent Llmtts
Acute to Chronic Ratio Formulas:
                           ACR =  Acute Endpoint  _
              By definition:
              Thus:
              Substituting:
                                 Chronic Endpoint   NOEC
                                       TUc
                           LC»-f3i    NOEC=TUC
                                 LC
                                   so
                  NOEC
ACR =  LCso  =
                                                   TUc
                                 NOEC   (100mJc)   TUa
Example 1:



Given: LC50 = 28%

      NOEC= 10%

Example 2:


Given: TUc = 10.0

      TUa= 3.6
ACR -
ACR "
              28%
      NOEC
ACR =
      TUa    3.6
                 = 2.8
Example:
Toxicity data from POTW Discharge Monitoring
(% Effluent) p
62
18
68
61
63
70
17
35
35
35
47
Mean 46
* Calculated value.

Reports (C. dubia):
NOEC
4, Effluent)
10
10
25
10
25
25
5
10
10
25
10
15


Acute to Chronic Ratio*
(ACR)
6.2
1.8
2.7
6.1
2.5
2.8
3.4
3.5
3.5
1.4
4.7
3.5

                                                 NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 97

-------
 Chapter 6                                        Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits
 Example:

            Where:   Wasteload Allocation (WLA)      =   toxicity level in discharge that will meet
                                                   state water quality criteria (calculated
                                                   value)
                    Acute WLA                  =   1.5 TUa
                    Chronic WLA                 =   4.9 TUc

            Because TUc and TUa are in different units, we can use the ACR to convert TUa to TUc
            assuming an ACR = 10 (default value).

                    TUa x ACR     =      TUa.c
                                         [where "TUa.c" = acute toxicity expressed in chronic
                                         toxicity units]
                    1.5 TUa x 10    =      15 TUa.c

                    4.9 TUc < 15 TUa.c: therefore the chronic WLA (4.9 TUc) is more stringent than
                    the acute WLA (1.5 TUa); thus 4.9 TUc is used to develop the permit limit.

 The ACR allows us to directly compare the chronic WLA of 4.9 TUc with the acute WLA of 1.5 TUa.
 Using the ACR of 10, we can express 1.5 TUa in chronic toxicity units as 15 TUa,c. We see that 4.9 TUc
 is less than 15 TUa,c, (the acute  WLA expressed in chronic toxicity units).  The more stringent value
 should be used for developing permit limits.  Thus, the appropriate requirement that would meet both
 acute and chronic criteria for toxicity is 4.9 TUc.
6.2.3  Biological Criteria or Biological Assessment Approach
       The biological criteria or biological assessment approach is the third approach
to water quality-based toxics control.  This approach  is  used to assess the overall
biological integrity of an aquatic community.  Biological  criteria, or "biocriteria," are
numerical values or narrative  statements that describe the reference biological integrity
of aquatic communities inhabiting waters of a given designated aquatic life use.  When
incorporated into State water  quality standards, biological criteria  and aquatic life use
designations serve as direct, legal endpoints for determining aquatic life use
attainment. Once biocriteria are developed, the biological condition of a water body
may be assessed through a biological assessment, or "bioassessment." A
bioassessment is an evaluation of the biological condition  of a waterbody using
biological surveys and other direct measurements of  resident biota in surface waters.
A biological survey, or "biosurvey," consists of collecting, processing, and analyzing
representative portions of a resident aquatic  community to determine the community
structure and function.  The results of biosurveys may be compared  to the reference
water body to  determine if the biocriteria for the designated use of the water body are
98 - &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 6                                    Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

being met.  EPA issued guidance on this approach in Biological Criteria: National
Program Guidance for Surface Waters."

      To be fully protective of water quality, EPA developed the concept of
"independent application" to characterize the relationship of the three approaches to
implementing water quality standards.  Independent application says that the results of
one approach should not be used to contradict or overrule the results of the others.
Independent application recognizes that each approach has unique as well as
overlapping attributes, sensitivities,  and program applications; thus, no single approach
for detecting impact should be considered uniformly superior to any other approach.
For example, the inability to detect receiving water impacts using a biosurvey alone is
insufficient evidence to waive  or relax a permit limit established using either the
chemical-specific or WET method.

6.3   Determining the Need for WQBELs
      Once the  applicable designated uses and water quality criteria for a water body
are determined, the permit writer must ensure that dischargers do not cause
exceedences of these criteria. If, after technology-based limits are applied, the permit
writer projects that a point source discharger may exceed an applicable criterion, a
WQBEL must be imposed.  EPA regulations at 40 CFR §122.44(d) require that all
effluents be characterized by the permitting authority to determine the need for
WQBELs in the permit.

6.3.1 Defining "Reasonable Potential" to Exceed Applicable Criteria
      In deciding whether or  not WQBELs are needed to protect water quality, a
permit writer must determine whether the discharge causes, has the reasonable
potential to cause,  or contributes to an excursion of numeric or narrative water quality
criteria.  EPA's regulation at 40 CFR §122.44(d)(1) establishes the basis for
determining if there is an excursion of the numeric or narrative water quality criteria.
At a minimum, the permit writer must make this determination at each permit
reissuance and must develop WQBELs as necessary to control the discharge  of
pollutants.
   17USEPA (1990). Biological Criteria: National Program Guidance for Surface Waters. EPA-440/
5-91-004.  Office of Science and Technology.

                                           &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 99

-------
 Chapter 6                                     Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

Reasonable Potential and Numeric Criteria

      When conducting an effluent characterization to determine if WQBELs are
needed based on chemical-specific numeric criteria in the water quality standards, the
permit writer projects the receiving water concentration of pollutants contained in the
effluent once that effluent enters the receiving water.  If the projected concentration
exceeds the applicable numeric water quality criterion for a specific pollutant, there is
reasonable potential that the discharge may cause or contribute to an excursion  above
the applicable water quality standards and the permit writer must develop a WQBEL.

      If a State has numeric criteria for WET, the permit writer projects the toxicity
once the effluent enters the receiving water. The  permit writer then compares the
toxicity of the receiving water to the applicable State water quality criteria.  If the
projected toxicity exceeds the applicable numeric water quality criterion for WET, there
is reasonable potential that the discharge may cause or contribute to an excursion
above the applicable water quality standards and the permit writer must develop a
WQBEL for WET.

Reasonable Potential and Narrative Criteria

      If the permit writer determines that a discharge causes, has the reasonable
potential to cause, or contributes to an in-stream excursion above a narrative
criterion, the permit must contain effluent limits for WET unless the permit writer
demonstrates that chemical-specific limits for the effluent are sufficient to attain and
maintain applicable numeric and narrative water quality criteria.

      The permit writer must investigate effluents for the presence of specific
chemicals for which the State has not adopted numeric criteria, but which may be
contributing to an excursion above a  narrative criterion. In such cases, permit writers
must establish limits using one of three options: (1) use EPA's national criteria,  (2)
develop their own criteria, or (3) control the pollutant  through the use of an indicator.
100 - 6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 6                                     Water Quality-Based Effluent Lfmtts

General Considerations

      When determining whether WQBELs are needed in a permit, the permit writer
is required to consider, at a minimum:  (1} existing controls on point and nonpoint
sources of pollution; (2) the variability of the pollutant or pollutant parameter in the
effluent; (3) the sensitivity of the species to toxicity testing; and (4) where appropriate,
the dilution of the effluent in the receiving water (40 CFR §122.44(d)(ii)). The permit
writer also must consider whether technology-based limits are sufficient to maintain
State water quality standards.  Finally, the permit writer should consider other
available data and information pertaining to the discharger (e.g., compliance history,
in-stream survey data, dilution,  data from similar facilities) in addition to effluent
monitoring data to assist in making an informed reasonable potential determination.

6.3.2 Determining Reasonable Potential  With Effluent Monitoring Data
      When characterizing an effluent for the need for a WQBEL, the permit writer
should use any available effluent monitoring data as well as other information
pertaining to the discharge (e.g., type of industry, compliance history, stream surveys)
as the basis for a decision. The permit writer may already have effluent data available
from previous monitoring,  or he or she may decide to require the permittee to
generate effluent  monitoring data prior to permit issuance or as a condition of the
issued permit. EPA recommends monitoring data be generated prior to permit limit
development for the following reasons:  (1) the presence or absence of a pollutant can
be more clearly established or refuted;  and (2) effluent variability can be more clearly
defined.  Data collection should begin far enough in advance of  permit development to
allow sufficient time for conducting toxicity tests and chemical analyses.

      The permit writer can use the available effluent data and  a water quality model
to perform a reasonable potential analysis.  The mass balance equation, presented in
Exhibit 6-2, is a simple water quality model that can be used for this analysis.  The
permit writer would use the maximum observed effluent concentration,  or a statistically
projected worst-case value, to calculate a projected in-stream concentration,  under
critical stream conditions.  The  permit writer would then compare the projected
receiving water concentration to the applicable water  quality criteria to determine
whether a water quality-based effluent limit is needed.
                                                NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -101

-------
 Chapter 6                                     Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits
                                 EXHIBIT 6-2
               Basic Mass Balance Water Quality Equation
  Q j = waste discharge flow in million gallons per day (mgd) or cubic feet per second
       (cfs)
  GJ = pollutant concentration in waste discharge in  milligrams per liter (mg/1)
  Qs = background stream flow in mgd or cfs above point of discharge
  Cs = background in-stream pollutant concentration in mg/1
  Qr = resultant in-stream flow, after discharge in mgd or cfs
  Cf = resultant in-stream pollutant concentration in  mg/1 in the stream reach (after
       complete mixing occurs)
      AH toxic effects testing and exposure assessment parameters, for both effluent
toxicity and individual chemicals,  have some degree of uncertainty associated with
them. The more limited the amount of data, the larger the uncertainty.  To better
characterize the effects of effluent variability and reduce uncertainty in the process of
deciding whether to require an  effluent limit EPA has developed a statistical approach
to determining reasonable potential. This approach is described in detail in  Chapter 3
of the Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control*6
(hereafter referred to  as the "TSD"). The statistical approach combines knowledge of
effluent variability with the uncertainty due to a limited number of data to project an
estimated maximum concentration for the effluent.  This projected maximum
concentration, after considering dilution, can then be compared to an appropriate
water quality criterion to determine  the need for an effluent limit.
Example:
Discussion:
Qs = Available dilution from upstream river flow
Qd = Discharge flow
Cs = Upstream river concentration
Cd = Statistically projected maximum discharge concentration
C, = Receiving water concentration
Water Quality Criterion
Qd Cd + Qs Cs (0.31 cfs) (2.0mg/l) + (1.2ds) (0.8mg/l)
Qr (1.2 cfs) + (0.31 cfs)
Cr = 1 .05 mg/l
Since the downstream concentration (Cr) exceeds the water quality
reasonable potential for water quality standards to be exceeded.
= 1 .2 cfs
= 0.31 cfs
= 0.8 mg/l
= 2.0 mg/l
= 1 .0 mg/l
criterion, there is a
   18USEPA (1991).  Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control. EPA-
505/2-90-001. Office of Water Enforcement and Permits.

102 - oEFVX NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 6
                                  Water Quality-eased Effluent Limits
 Example:
 Discussion:
                                        (eg
c, =
c. =
Q, =

c! =
                         Receiving water (downstream) concentration
                         (in toxic units)
                         Receiving water background
                         concentration
                         Receiving water flow
                         Discharge flow
                         Discharge TUa
                                 TUc
                       = Downstream flow
                    Water quality criterion for
                    acute protection
                    Water quality criterion for
                    chronic protection
                               = OTU
                               = 23.6 cfs (for acute
                                protection)
                                70.9 cfs (the7Q10for
                                chronic protection)
                               = 7.06 cfs
                               = 2.49 TUa
                               = 6.25 TUc
                                 0.3 TUa
                               = 1.0 TUc
     _ (2.49) (7.06)
    r        (7.06 +

     _  (6.25) (7.06)
           (7.06
                (0) (23.6) _
              23.6)

              - (0) (70.9)  .
              70.9)
                                                     for
Since the downstream concentration (Cr) exceeds the water quality criterion for acute
toxicity (0.3 TUa), there is reasonable potential for water quality standards for toxicity to
be exceeded.
6.3.3  Determining Reasonable Potential Without Effluent Monitoring Data
       If the permit writer so chooses, or if the circumstances dictate, he or she may
decide to develop and impose a WQBEL without facility-specific effluent monitoring
data.  WQBELs can be set for a single parameter or WET based on the available
dilution and the water quality criterion or State standard in the absence of facility-
specific effluent monitoring data.  In justifying a limit, the more information the permit
writer can acquire to support the limit, the better will be the regulatory authority's
position  in defending the limit, if necessary.  Types  of information that the permit  writer
may find useful include: type of industry or POTW, existing data on toxic  pollutants,
history of compliance problems and toxic impact, and type of receiving water and
designated use.  The permit writer must provide adequate justification for the limit in
the permit development rationale or in the permit fact sheet.  The permit writer may
                                                  NPOES Permit Writers' Manual -103

-------
 Chapter 6                                    Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

well find that he or she would benefit from the collection of effluent monitoring data
prior to establishing the limit.  The TSD19 provides guidance on collecting monitoring
data for establishing WQBELs.

       If the permit writer, after evaluating all available information on the effluent, in
the absence of effluent monitoring data, is not able to decide whether the discharge
causes, has the reasonable potential to cause, or contributes to an excursion above a
numeric or narrative criterion for WET or for individual toxicants, the permit writer
should require WET or chemical-specific testing to gather further data. In such cases,
the permit writer can require the monitoring prior to permit issuance, if sufficient time
exists, or may require the testing as a condition of the issued (or reissued) permit.
The permit writer could then include a clause in the permit that would allow the
permitting authority to reopen the permit and impose an effluent limit if the effluent
testing establishes that there is reasonable potential that the discharge will cause or
contribute to an excursion above a water quality criterion.

6.4    Exposure Assessment and Wasteload Allocation
       Before calculating a WQBEL, the permit writer must first determine the point
source's wasteload allocation  (WLA). The WLA is the fraction of a total maximum
daily load (TMDL) for the water body that is assigned to the point source. This section
discusses the concepts of the TMDL and WLA, describes methods for assessing
exposure to pollutants in the receiving water, and explains how WLAs for a point
source are calculated.

6.4.1  Total Maximum Daily Loads
       A TMDL is a determination of the amount of a pollutant, or property of a
pollutant, from point, nonpoint, and natural background sources, including a margin of
safety, that may be discharged to a water quality-limited water body. Any loading
above this capacity risks violating water quality standards. TMDLs can be expressed
in terms of chemical mass per unit of time, by toxicity, or by other appropriate
measures. Exhibit 6-3 provides a graphic illustration of allocations  under a TMDL.
   19USEPA (1991)- Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control. EPA-
505/2-90-001. Office of Water Enforcement and Permits.
104 - «BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 6
         Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits
                               EXHIBIT 6-3
                         Components of a TMDL
                    OttwrLMd*
                 (Nonpoint Background)
• Wasteload allocations (WLAs)
  are assigned to each point
  source discharge
• Load allocations (LAs) are
  assigned to nonpoint sources
• WLAs and LAs are
  established so that predicted
  receiving water
  concentrations do not exceed
  water quality criteria
      Section 303(d) of the CWA established the TMDL process to provide for more
stringent water quality-based controls when technology-based controls are inadequate
to achieve State water quality standards. These statutory requirements were codified
at 40 CFR §130.7.  When implemented accordingly, the TMDL process can broaden
the opportunity for public comment, expedite water quality-based NPDES permitting,
and lead to technically sound and legally defensible decisions for attaining and
maintaining water quality standards. Also, the TMDL process provides a mechanism
for integrating point and nonpoint pollutant sources into one evaluation.

      Based on the TMDL, point source WLAs and nonpoint source load allocations
(LAs) are established so that predicted receiving water concentrations do not exceed
water quality criteria.  TMDLs, WLAs, and LAs are established at levels necessary to
attain and maintain the applicable narrative and numerical water quality standards,
with seasonal variations and a margin of safety that account for any lack of knowledge
concerning the relationship between point source and nonpoint source loadings and
water quality.

      In some cases, the waterbody segment under consideration may contain only
one point source discharger.  In this situation, States typically develop a simple TMDL
                                             NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -105

-------
 Chapter 6                                    Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

that considers the point source and background contributions of a pollutant from other
sources. For other waterbody segments, a TMDL may not be available at the time the
permit must be issued, or a TMDL may not be required at all.  In such cases,
permitting authorities have historically developed a single WLA for a point source
discharging to the waterbody segment. Both simple TMDLs and single WLAs
commonly rely on mass balance and simplified water quality models which assume
steady-state, or constant conditions for variables such as background pollutant
concentrations and stream flow. EPA has encouraged States to develop TMDLs for
more difficult water quality problems involving multiple point and nonpoint source
pollutant loads. These types of TMDLs require complex water quality models capable
of simulating rainfall events and analyzing cumulative chemical fate and transport.
Simple, steady-state modeling and more complex, dynamic modeling are discussed in
greater detail in Section 6.4.3 below.

       EPA is supporting innovative approaches linked to developing and implementing
TMDLs, such as watershed-based trading.  Trading means that pollution sources can
sell or barter their ability to reduce pollution with other sources that are unable to
reduce their pollutant loads as economically.  TMDLs provide a basis for successful
trading because they can be adapted to incorporate trades, and because the data and
analyses generated in TMDLs allow water quality managers to better understand and
predict the effects of proposed  trades. The success of trading will rely on reasonable
assurance that a TMDL will be implemented.

       Further guidance related to establishing TMDLs can be found  in Chapter 4 of
EPA's TSD20 and in the Guidance for Water Quality-Based Decisions:  The TMDL
Process."

6.4.2  Calculating Wasteload Allocations
       Before calculating a WQBEL, the permit writer must first know the  WLA for the
point source involved. As discussed above, the WLA is the fraction of a receiving
   ^USEPA (1991}. Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control. EPA-
505/2-90-001. Office of Water Enforcement and Permits.

   21USEPA 1991, Guidance for Water Quality-Based Decisions: The TMDL Process. EPA-440/4-91-0001.
Office of Water.

106 - &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 6                                    Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

water's TMDL that is allocated to one of its existing or future point sources of pollution.
The appropriate WLA is determined through an exposure assessment.  Water quality
models are the primary tools utilized by regulatory agencies in conducting an exposure
assessment to determine a WLA.  Models establish a quantitative relationship
between a waste's load and its impact on water quality. Modeling is usually
conducted by a specialized work group within the regulatory agency; however, it is
important that the permit writer understand this process.  The permit writer will use the
end result of the  model, a WLA, to derive a WQBEL.

6.4.3 Selecting a Water Quality  Model
      Determining which model is appropriate for a given discharge and receiving
water is based upon whether or not there is rapid and complete mixing of the effluent
with the receiving water. If the receiving water does not have rapid and complete
mixing, a mixing  zone assessment is recommended.  If there is rapid and complete
mixing near the discharge point, a complete mix assessment involving fate and
transport models is recommended.

Mixing Zone Assessment

      In incompletely mixed discharge receiving water situations, mixing zone
modeling is appropriate. Mixing zones are areas where an effluent undergoes initial
dilution and are extended to cover secondary mixing in the ambient water body. A
mixing zone is an allocated impact zone in the receiving water where acute and
chronic water quality criteria can be exceeded as long as toxic conditions are
prevented and the designated use of the water is not impaired as a result of the
mixing zone.

      The CWA  allows mixing zones at the discretion of the State.  Individual State
policy determines whether or not a mixing zone is allowed. EPA recommends that
States make a definitive statement in their water quality standards on whether or not
mixing zones are allowed and how they will be defined. EPA provides guidance on
when to require a mixing zone and how to determine the boundaries and size of a
mixing zone.
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 107

-------
 Chapter 6                                     Water Quality-Based Effluent Umtts

      In general, there are two stages of mixing:  discharge-induced and ambient
induced. The first stage is controlled by discharge jet momentum and buoyancy of the
effluent.  This stage generally covers most of the mixing zone allowed by State water
quality standards.  Beyond the point of discharge-induced mixing, mixing is controlled
by ambient turbulence. Both discharge-induced mixing and ambient-induced mixing
models are available for mixing zone analyses.  The Water Quality Standards
Handbook2 and Chapter 4 of the TSD23 provide further guidance on mixing zones
and how to conduct a mixing zone analysis.

Complete Mix Assessment

      If the distance from the outfall to complete mixing is insignificant, then mixing
zone modeling is not necessary. For completely mixed discharge receiving water
situations, there are two major types of fate and transport water quality models:
steady-state and dynamic.  Model selection depends on the characteristics of the
receiving water,  the availability of effluent data, and the level of sophistication desired.
The minimum data required for model input include receiving water flow, effluent flow,
effluent concentrations, and background pollutant concentrations.

a.    Steady-State Modeling

      A steady-state model requires single, constant inputs for effluent flow, effluent
      concentration, background receiving water concentration, receiving water flow,
      and meteorological conditions (e.g., temperature).  If only a few  pollutant or
      effluent toxicity measurements are available or if a  daily receiving water flow
      record is not available, steady-state assessments should be used. Steady-state
      models calculate WLAs at critical conditions that are usually combinations of
      worst-case assumptions of receiving water flow, effluent pollutant
      concentrations, and environmental effects.  For example, a steady-state model
      for ammonia considers the maximum effluent discharge to occur on the day of
      the lowest river flow, highest upstream concentration, highest pH, and highest
      temperature. WLAs and permit limits derived from  a steady-state model will be
   22USEPA (1994). Water Quality Standards Handbook: Second Edition. EPA 823-B-94-005a.
Office of Water.

   23USEPA {1 991 ). Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control.  EPA-
505/2-90-001. Office of Water Enforcement and Permits.
108 - £BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 6                                      Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

      protective of water quality standards at the critical conditions and for all
      environmental conditions less than critical.

      Steady-state modeling involves the application of a mass balance equation that
      allows the analyst to equate the mass of pollutants upstream of a given point
      (generally at a pollutant discharge, tributary stream or lateral inflow) to the mass
      of pollutants downstream after complete mixing.  The basic formula for the
      mass balance model was presented as Exhibit 6-2.  This model  assumes that
      pollutants are conservative and additive, and considers only dilution as a
      mitigating factor affecting the pollutant concentration  in-stream. The formula
      can be modified to account for factors such as degradation or sorption of the
      pollutant  (in addition to dilution) where appropriate and feasible.  A number of
      steady-state toxicant fate and transport models that consider factors affecting
      in-stream pollutant concentrations other than dilution  are available and are
      discussed in Chapter 4 of the TSD24.

      The simple mass balance equation can be  rearranged as follows to determine
      the downstream effect of a particular discharge concentration:
                                      QdCd+QsCs
      The equation can be further rearranged to determine the WLA necessary to
      achieve a given in-stream concentration (Cr), such as a water quality criterion:
                                      CA-C.Q.
                                 Cfl"—~
 Example:

 Assume a stream has a critical design flow of 1.2 cfs and a background zinc concentration of 0.80 mg/l.
 The State water quality criterion for zinc is 1.0 mg/l or less. The WLA for a discharge of zinc with a flow
 of 200,000 gpd is [Note: 200,000 gpd = 0.31  cfsj:

           Cd = t(1.0)(0.31+1.2)-(0.8)(1.2)]/0.31 = (1.51-0.96)/0.31 = 0.55/0.31 = 1.77 mg/l
   2
-------
 Chapter 6                                    Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

      Most States have adopted both acute and chronic numeric criteria for at least
      some pollutants. As such, steady-state WLA models should be used to
      calculate the allowable effluent load that will meet criteria at the appropriate
      design up-stream flow for those criteria. Each State specifies the appropriate
      design up-stream flow at which its water quality criteria should be applied.  EPA
      recommends a design upstream flow for acute aquatic life criteria at the 1Q10
      (1-day low flow over a 10-year period)  and for chronic aquatic life criteria at the
      7Q10 (7-day low flow over a 10-year period).  EPA also recommends that the
      receiving water harmonic mean flow be used as the design upstream flow for
      human health  protection.

      Once a permit writer has a WLA for each applicable criterion, those WLAs must
      be translated into long term average effluent concentrations and, subsequently,
      maximum daily and average monthly permit limits.  This process is discussed in
      Section 6.5 - Permit Limit Derivation. Calculating WLAs and the associated
      long-term average effluent concentrations for each applicable criteria and using
      the most stringent long-term average effluent concentration to calculate permit
      limits will ensure that the permit limits are protective of all applicable criteria.

b.    Dynamic Modeling

      If adequate receiving water flow and effluent concentration data are available to
      estimate frequency distributions of effluent  concentrations, one of the dynamic
      modeling techniques could be used to  develop WLAs.  In general, dynamic
      models account for the daily variations of and relationships between flow,
      effluent, and environmental conditions, and therefore,  directly determine the
      actual probability that a water quality standard will be  exceeded. The three
      dynamic modeling techniques recommended by EPA include:  continuous
      simulation, Monte Carlo simulation, and lognormal probability modeling.

      •   Continuous simulation is a fate and transport modeling technique that
          uses time  series input data to predict receiving water quality concentrations
          in the same chronological order  as that of the input variables.
      •   Monte Carlo simulation is a modeling technique that involves random
          selection of sets of input data for use in repetitive model runs in order to
          predict the probability distributions of receiving water quality concentrations.
      •   Lognormal probabilistic dilution is a modeling technique that calculates
          the probability distribution of  receiving  water quality concentrations from the
          lognormal  probability distributions of the input variables.
110 - *B*V NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 6                                     Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

      These methods calculate a probability distribution for receiving water
      concentrations rather than a single, worst-case concentration based on critical
      conditions.  Thus, they determine the entire effluent concentration frequency
      distribution required to produce the desired frequency of criteria compliance.

      Chapter 4 of the TSD25 describes steady-state and dynamic models in detail
      and includes specific model recommendations for toxicity and  individual toxic
      pollutants for each type of receiving water—rivers, lakes, and estuaries. In
      addition, EPA has issued detailed guidelines on the use of fate and transport
      models of individual toxicants. Specific references for these models may be
      found in the Watershed Tools Directory - A Collection of Watershed Tools,
      available through the Assessment and Watershed Protection Division  of the
      Office of Wetlands, Oceans and Watersheds [available through the internet at
      http://www.epa.gov].  These manuals describe in detail the transport and
      transformation processes involved in water quality modeling.

6.5   Permit  Limit Derivation
      WLAs are the outputs of water quality models, and the requirements of a WLA
must be translated into a permit limit.  The goal of the permit writer is to derive permit
limits that are enforceable, adequately account for effluent variability, consider
available receiving water dilution, protect against acute and chronic impacts,  account
for compliance monitoring sampling  frequency, and assure attainment of the  WLA and
water quality standards. To accomplish these objectives, EPA recommends  that
permitting authorities use the statistical permit limit derivation procedure discussed in
Chapter 5 of the TSD26 with outputs from either steady-state or dynamic water quality
models.  EPA believes this procedure will result in the most defensible, enforceable,
and protective WQBELs for both specific chemicals and WET.
   25USEPA (1991). Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control. EPA-
505/2-90-001. Office of Water Enforcement and Permits.
   26:
    ibid.
                                          AEPA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -111

-------
 Chapter 6                                      Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

6.5.1 Expression of Permit Limits
      The NPDES regulations at 40 CFR §122.45(d) require that all permit limits be
expressed, unless impracticable, as both average monthly limits (AMLs) and maximum
daily limits (MDLs) for all discharges other than POTWs, and as average weekly limits
(AWLs) and AMLs for POTWs.  The MDL is the highest allowable discharge measured
during a calendar day or 24-hour period representing a calendar day.  The AML is the
highest allowable value for the average of daily discharges obtained over a calendar
month.  The AWL is the highest allowable value for the average of daily discharges
obtained over a calendar week.
                                   Technical Note
  In lieu of an AWL for POTWs, EPA recommends establishing an MDL (or a maximum test result for
  chronic toxicity) for toxic pollutants and pollutant parameters in water quality permitting.  This is
  appropriate for at least two reasons.  First, the basis for the 7-day average for POTWs derives from the
  secondary treatment requirements. This basis is not related to the need for assuring achievement of
  water quality standards. Second, a 7-day average, which could comprise up to seven or more daily
  samples, could average out peak toxic concentrations and therefore the discharge's potential for causing
  acute toxic effects would be missed.  A MDL, which is measured by a grab sample, would be
  toxicologically protective of potential acute toxicity impacts.
      The objective is to establish permit limits that result in the effluent meeting the
WLA under normal operating conditions virtually all the time. It  is not possible to
guarantee, through permit limits, that a WLA will never be exceeded. It is possible,
however, using the recommended permit limit derivation procedures to account for
extreme values and establish low probabilities of exceedance of the WLA in
conformance with the duration and frequency requirements  of the water quality
standards.

      Since effluents are variable, and permit limits are  developed based on a low
probability  of exceedance, permit limits should take effluent variability into
consideration and ensure that the requisite loading from the WLA is not exceeded
under normal conditions.  In effect, the limits must force  treatment plant performance
levels that, after considering acceptable effluent variability, will only have a low
statistical probability of exceeding the WLA and will achieve the desired loadings.

6.5.2 Limits Derived from Steady-State Model Outputs
      A permit limit derived from a steady-state model output depends on the type of
WLA.  WLAs based on protecting  aquatic life will have two  results:  acute and chronic

112 - 6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter 6                                    Water Quality-Based Effluent Llmtts

requirements because State water quality standards generally provide both acute and
chronic protection for aquatic life.  In contrast, WLAs based on protecting human
health will have only a chronic requirement.  In either case, these WLA outputs need
to be translated into maximum daily limits and average monthly limits.  The acute and
chronic WLA can be achieved for either specific chemicals or WET by using the
following methodology to derive  permit limits:

      •   Calculate a treatment performance level {frequency distribution described
          by a long-term average or LTA and a coefficient of variation or CV) that will
          allow the effluent to meet the WLA requirements modeled (there will be a
          calculation for the acute WLA requirement and a calculation for the chronic
          WLA requirement)
      •   For WET only, convert the acute WLA into an equivalent chronic WLA by
          multiplying the acute WLA by an acute-to-chronic ratio (ACR)
          (e.g., 2.0 TUa x 10 = 20 TUc where ACR = TUc/TUa  = 10)
      •   Derive permit limits directly from whichever performance level is more
          protective.

      EPA has developed tables (see Tables 5-1  and 5-2 in Chapter 5 of the TSD27)
that permit writers can use to quickly determine the values necessary to translate a
WLA  into a permit limit.  In addition, some permit authorities have developed their own
computer programs to compute WQBELs from the appropriate inputs.

      Some State  water quality criteria and the corresponding WLAs are reported as
a single value from which to define an acceptable level of effluent quality.  An example
of such a requirement is "copper concentration must not exceed  0.75 milligrams per
liter (mg/l) in stream."  Steady state analyses assume that the effluent is constant and
that the WLA value will never be exceeded.  This  assumption presents a problem in
deriving permit limits because permit limits need to consider effluent variability. Where
there is only one water quality criterion and only one WLA, permit limits can be
developed using the following procedure:

      •   Consider the  single WLA to be the chronic WLA
   27USEPA (1991). Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control. EPA-
505/2-90-001.  Office of Water Enforcement and Permits.

                                         6B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -113

-------
 Chapter 6                                   Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

      •   Calculate a treatment performance level (an LTA and CV) that will allow the
          effluent to meet the WLA requirement modeled
      •   Derive maximum daily and average monthly permit limits based on the
          calculated LTA and CV.

6.5.3 Limits Derived from Dynamic Model Outputs
      The least ambiguous and most exact way that a WLA for specific chemicals or
whole effluent toxicity can be specified is through the use of dynamic modeling from
which the wasteload allocation is expressed as a required effluent performance in
terms of the LTA and CV of the daily values. When a WLA is expressed as such,
there is no confusion about assumptions used and the translation to permit limits. A
permit writer can readily design permit limits to achieve the WLA objectives. Once the
WLA and corresponding LTA and CV are determined, the permit limit derivation
procedure found in Chapter 5 of the TSD28 may be used to develop effluent limits
both for specific chemicals and for whole effluent toxicity.

6.5.4 Special Considerations Permits Protecting  Human Health
      Developing permit limits for pollutants affecting human health  is somewhat
different from setting limits for other pollutants because the exposure period is
generally longer than one month, and can be up to 70 years, and the average
exposure rather than the maximum exposure is usually of concern.  Because
compliance with permit  limits  is normally determined on a daily or monthly basis, it is
necessary to set human health permit limits that meet a given WLA for every month.
If the procedures for aquatic  life protection were used for developing permit limits for
human health pollutants, both the MDL and AML would exceed the WLA necessary to
meet the required criteria concentrations.  In  addition, the statistical derivation
procedure is not applicable to exposure periods over 30 days.  Therefore, the
recommended approach for setting WQBELs for human health protection is to set the
average monthly limit equal to the WLA and calculate the maximum  daily limit based
on effluent variability and the number of samples per month using the statistical
procedures described in Chapter 5 of the TSD29.
   Z8USEPA (1991).  Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control.  EPA-
505/2-90-001.  Office of Water Enforcement and Permits.
   29:
    'ibid.
114 - 6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Chapter  7
Monitoring  and  Reporting

Conditions

     Having developed the effluent limits for a municipal or industrial discharger, the
permit writer's next step is to establish monitoring and reporting requirements.
Requiring the permittee to routinely self-monitor its discharge and to report the
analytical results of such monitoring provides the permitting authority with the
information necessary to evaluate discharge characteristics and compliance status.
Periodic monitoring and reporting also serve to remind the permittee of its compliance
responsibilities and provides feedback regarding the performance of the treatment
facility(s) operated by the permittee. Permit writers should be aware of and concerned
with the potential problems that may occur in a self-monitoring program such as
improper sample collection procedures, poor analytical techniques, and poor or
improper report preparation and documentation.  To prevent or minimize these
problems, the permit writer should clearly detail monitoring and reporting requirements
in the permit.
                                     NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -115

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions                                  Chapter 7

      The monitoring and reporting conditions section of a NPDES individual permit
should contain specific requirements for the following items:

      •   Sampling location
      •   Sample collection method
      •   Monitoring frequencies
      •   Analytical methods
      •   Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

      Several factors should be considered in determining the specific requirements
to be imposed.  Basic factors that may affect sampling location, sampling method, and
sampling frequency are:

      •   Applicability of "effluent limitations guidelines" (ELG)
      •   Effluent and process variability
      •   Effect of flow and/or pollutant load on the receiving water
      •   Characteristics of pollutants discharged
      •   Permittee compliance history.

These factors must be carefully considered by the permit writer, as any error could
lead to inaccurate compliance determination,  misapplication of national ELGs, and/or
misapplication of State water quality standards.

      The following sections provide an overview of the considerations involved in
determining  appropriate monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements, and
describe how to properly incorporate the requirements in a NPDES permit.

7.1   Establishing Monitoring Conditions
      The NPDES Program is structured such that facilities that discharge pollutants
in waters of  the United States are required to periodically evaluate compliance with the
effluent limitations  established in their permit and provide the results to the permitting
authority.  In addition, NPDES  permits can require the permittee to monitor for
additional parameters or processes not directly linked to the effluent discharge such as
storm water, combined sewer overflows,  municipal sludge, and/or treatment plant
influent.  This section  describes the regulatory requirements and authorities for
116 - dBft NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions                                  Chapter 7

monitoring conditions, and describes  how these conditions can be incorporated in
NPDES permits.

      The regulations requiring the establishment of monitoring and reporting
conditions in NPDES permits are found in 40 CFR §122.44(i) and 40 CFR §122.48.
Section 122.44(i) requires permittees  to monitor pollutant mass (or other applicable
unit of measure), effluent volume, provide other measurements (as appropriate), and
to utilize the test methods established at 40 CFR  §136.  Section  122.41 (i) also
establishes that NPDES permittees (with certain specific exceptions) must monitor for
all limited  pollutants and report data at least once per year.

      EPA regulations at 40 CFR §122.48 state that all permits must specify require-
ments concerning the proper use, maintenance, and installation of monitoring equip-
ment  or methods (including biological monitoring methods when appropriate).  All
permits must also specify the required monitoring  including the type, intervals, and
frequency sufficient to yield data that  are representative of the activity.  The following
sections focus on ensuring that permit monitoring  conditions properly address these
regulatory requirements.

7.1.1  Monitoring Location
      The NPDES  regulations do not specify the  exact location to be used for
monitoring. The permit writer is responsible for determining the most appropriate
monitoring location and explicitly specifying this in the permit. Ultimately, the
permittee  is responsible for providing  a safe and accessible sampling point that is
representative of the discharge (40 CFR §122.41 (j)(1)).

      Specifying the appropriate monitoring location in a NPDES permit is critical to
producing valid compliance data.  Important factors to consider in selecting a
monitoring location  include:

      •   The wastewater flow should be measurable
      •   The location should be easily and safely accessible
      •   The sample must be representative of  the effluent during the time period
          that is monitored.
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -117

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions                                    Chapter 7
                                   Technical Note

 When establishing monitoring locations for determining NPDES permit compliance, permit writers must
 select locations that are representative of the expected wastewater discharge. Locations should be
 established where the wastewater is well mixed, such as near a parshall flume or at a location in a sewer
 with hydraulic turbulence. Weirs tend to enhance the settling of solids immediately upstream and the
 accumulation of floating oil or grease immediately downstream. Such locations should be avoided for
 sampling.
      The most logical monitoring point for an effluent is just prior to discharge to the
receiving water. This is particularly true for ensuring compliance with water quality-
based effluent limits (WQBELs).  However, there are instances when the permit writer
may need to specify alternate monitoring locations in a permit.


      One typical instance that necessitates establishing an alternative monitoring
location occurs when a facility combines a variety of process and non-process
wastewaters prior to discharge through a common outfall structure. Under certain
circumstances, when a variety of wastewaters are combined, requiring  monitoring only
at the final combined outfall may  not be appropriate. To address this situation, 40
CFR §122.45(h) allows permit writers to establish monitoring locations at internal
outfalls.  Examples of situations that may  require designation of internal monitoring
locations include:


      •   To ensure compliance with effluent limitations guidelines and
          standards (at non-municipal facilities)—When non-process wastewaters
          dilute process wastewaters regulated under effluent guidelines, monitoring
          the combined discharge may not accurately depict whether the facility is
          complying with the effluent guidelines.  Under these circumstances, the
          permit writer may consider requiring monitoring for compliance with
          technology-based  effluent limits (based  on application of effluent guidelines)
          before the process wastewater is combined with the other wastewaters.
      •   To ensure compliance with secondary treatment standards (for
          POTWs  only)—Certain POTWs include treatment processes that are
          ancillary to the secondary treatment process that may impact their ability to
          monitor for compliance with secondary treatment standards.  Under these
          circumstances, the permit writer may consider requiring monitoring for
          compliance with secondary treatment standards just after the secondary
          treatment process (e.g., require monitoring of effluent just after secondary
          clarification) before any additional treatment processes.
      •   To allow detection  of a pollutant—Instances may arise where the
          combination of process and non-process wastewaters result in dilution  of a
          pollutant of concern  that will not be detectable using approved analytical


118 - «B* NPDES  Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions                                   Chapter 7

          methods.  Establishing monitoring for the pollutant at an internal location
          will enable characterization of the pollutant prior to dilution with  other
          wastewaters.

      When  establishing internal monitoring points, permit writers need to consider
the location of wastewater treatment units within the facility.  This is particularly true
when establishing internal monitoring locations for determining compliance with
technology-based effluent limits.  A facility will most likely not be able to comply with
technology-based effluent limits if the permit writer establishes the monitoring location
prior to the wastewater treatment unit.

      Permit writers may also need to require monitoring of influent to the wastewater
treatment units for certain facilities.  Influent monitoring must be required for POTWs
to  ensure compliance with the 85 percent removal condition  of the secondary
treatment standards. Influent monitoring at  non-POTWs may also be desired to
determine influent characteristics, and if additional information related to the
performance  of the wastewater treatment unit is needed.

      Exhibit 7-1 provides examples of how to specify sampling locations in a permit
either by narrative or diagram.

7.1.2 Monitoring Frequency
      The frequency for  monitoring pollutants should  be determined on a case-by-
case basis, and decisions for setting the frequency should be set forth in the fact
sheet. Some States have their own recommended sampling guidelines that can help
a permit  writer determine an appropriate sampling frequency.  The  intent is to
establish a frequency of monitoring that will  detect most events of noncompliance
without requiring needless or burdensome monitoring.

      To establish a monitoring frequency,  the permit writer should estimate the
variability of the concentration of the parameter by reviewing effluent data for the
facility (e.g., from DMRs) or in the absence  of actual data, information from similar
dischargers.  A highly variable discharge should require more frequent monitoring  than
a discharge that is relatively consistent over time (particularly in terms of flow and
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -119

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions
                                    Chapter 7
                                 EXHIBIT 7-1
          Examples of Specifying Sampling Locations in Permits
 NARRATIVE:

 Part I. SELF-MONITORING REQUIREMENTS

     A. Sample Locations

        1.  Discharge from the Chemistry-Fine Arts Building shall be sampled at outfall 001
       2.  Discharge from the Duane Physics Building shall be sampled at outfall 002
       3.  Discharge from the Research Lab No. 1 shall be sampled at outfall 003

 DIAGRAM:

 Part I. EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS

     A. Sample Locations

 Outfall Description

 001   Discharge Pipe—Discharge of wastewater generated by all regulated metal finishing
       processes at the facility.  Samples shall be collected at the point indicated on the attached
       diagram.
                                  ^Parshall Flume
                                             Outfall 001
                                                            Receiving
                                                             Stream
                  Final pH
                 Adjustment
                   Tank
'Sample Point
pollutant concentration). In addition to the estimated variability, other factors that
should be considered when establishing appropriate monitoring frequencies include:


      •   Design capacity of treatment facility—As an example, at equivalent
          average flow rates, a large lagoon system that is not susceptible to
          bypasses requires less frequent monitoring than an overloaded treatment
          facility that experiences fluctuating flow rates due to infiltration or large
          batch discharges from an industrial user system. The lagoon should have a
          relatively low variability compared to the facility receiving batch discharges.
120 - «B¥V NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions                                  Chapter 7

      •   Type of treatment method used—The type of wastewater treatment used
          by the facility will determine the need for process control monitoring and
          effluent monitoring.  An industrial facility with biological treatment would
          have similar monitoring frequencies to a secondary treatment plant with the
          same units used for wastewater treatment.  If the treatment method is
          appropriate and achieving high pollutant removals on a consistent  basis, the
          need for monitoring  may be less than a plant with little treatment or
          insufficient treatment.
      •   Post compliance record/history—The monitoring frequency may be
          adjusted to reflect the compliance history of the facility. A facility with
          problems achieving compliance generally should be required to perform
          additional monitoring to characterize the source or cause  of the problems or
          to detect noncompliance.
      •   Cost of monitoring relative to discharger's capabilities—The permit
          writer should not require excessive  monitoring unless it is necessary to
          provide sufficient information about  the discharge (analytical costs  are
          addressed in Section 7.1.5).
      •   Frequency of the discharge—If wastewater is discharged  in batches on
          an infrequent basis,  the monitoring frequency should be different from a
          continuously discharged, highly concentrated wastewater, or a wastewater
          containing a pollutant that is found infrequently and at very low
          concentrations.  The production schedule of the facility (e.g., seasonal,
          daily), the plant washdown schedule, and other similar factors should be
          considered.
      •   Number of monthly samples used in developing permit  limit—The
          monitoring frequency should reflect  the number of monthly samples used in
          developing the permit limits, and/or  the monitoring frequencies used to
          develop any applicable effluent guidelines.
      •   Tiered Limits—Where the permit writer has included "tiered" limits in an
          NPDES permit, consideration should be given to varying the monitoring
          frequency requirements to correspond to the applicable tiers.  For  example,
          if a facility has seasonal discharge limits, it may be appropriate to  increase
          the monitoring frequency during the higher production season, and reduce
          the frequency during the off-season.


      An alternative method that can be used by permit writers to establish monitoring
frequencies is the quantitative approach described in the  Technical Support Document
for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control (TSD)30. In short, the TSD31 approach
   30USEPA (1991). Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control. EPA-
505/2-90-001. Office of Water Enforcement and Permits.
   31
    ibid.
                                          AEPA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -121

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions                                      Chapter 7

requires calculating the long-term average pollutant concentration (accounting for the
expected variability of the discharge) and comparing it to the permit limit to determine
the likelihood of noncompliance. The closer the long-term average is to the permit
limit, the more frequent the monitoring that should be required.  Obviously, this
quantitative approach requires a reasonable data set from which to calculate the long-
term average.  Permit writers should refer to the TSD32 for more information
regarding this approach.

       A permit writer may also establish a tiered monitoring schedule that reduces or
increases monitoring frequency during a permit cycle.  Tiered monitoring, which
reduces monitoring over time, may be useful for discharges where the initial sampling
shows compliance with effluent limits. If problems are found during the initial
sampling, more frequent sampling and more comprehensive monitoring can be
applied. This step-wise approach could lead to lower monitoring costs for permittees
while still providing an  adequate degree of protection of water quality.
                                   Regulatory Update
  In response to President Clinton's Regulatory Reinvention initiative, which established the goal of
  reducing monitoring and reporting burden by 25%, EPA issued Interim Guidance for Performance-Based
  Reductions of NPDES Permit Monitoring Frequencies on  April 19, 1996 (EPA-833-B-96-001). Under this
  guidance, NPDES reporting and monitoring requirements are reduced based on a demonstration of
  excellent historical performance. Facilities can demonstrate this historical performance by meeting a set
  of compliance and enforcement criteria and by demonstrating their ability to consistently discharge
  pollutants below the levels necessary to meet their existing NPDES permit limits.  Reductions are
  determined parameter-by-parameter, based on the existing monitoring frequency and the percentage
  below the limit that parameter is being discharged at. The reductions are incorporated into the permit at
  the time of permit reissuance. To remain eligible for these reductions, permittees are expected to
  maintain parameter  performance levels and good compliance and enforcement history that were used as
  the basis for granting the reductions.
7.1.3  Sample Collection Methods
       In addition to establishing the frequency of monitoring, the permit writer must
specify the type of sample that must be collected. The two basic sample collection
methods include "grab" and "composite."

       The analytical methods specified in 40 CFR Part 136 are required for all
monitoring performed under the NPDES Program, unless the permit specifically
   32USEPA (1991).  Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control.  EPA-
505/2-90-001.  Office of Water Enforcement and Permits.
122 - £Em NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions                                  Chapter 7

requires alternate methods. For many analytical procedures, the sample collection
method (grab or composite) is not specified in 40 CFR Part 136, thus it should be
specified in the discharge permit. 40 CFR Part  136 specifies that grab samples must
be collected for pH, temperature, dissolved oxygen, chlorine, purgeable organics,
sulfides, oil and grease, coliform bacteria and cyanide. The reason grab samples
must be taken for these parameters is that they evaluate characteristics that may
change during the time necessary for compositing.

      A "grab" sample is a single sample collected at a particular time and place that
represents the composition of the wastestream only at that time and place. When the
quality and flow of the wastestream being sampled is not likely to change over time, a
grab sample is appropriate. Grab samples should be used when:

      •   The wastewater characteristics are relatively constant.
      •   The parameters to be analyzed are likely to change with storage such as
          temperature, residual chlorine, soluble sulfide, cyanides, phenols,
          microbiological parameters and pH.
      •   The parameters to be analyzed are likely to be affected by the compositing
          process such as oil and  grease and  volatiles.
      •   Information on variability over a short time period is desired.
      •   Composite sampling is impractical or the compositing process is liable to
          introduce artifacts of sampling.
      •   The spatial parameter variability is to be determined.  For example,
          variability through the cross section and/or depth of a stream or a large
          body of water.
      •   Effluent flows are intermittent from well-mixed batch process tanks.  Each
          batch dumping event should be sampled.

Grab samples can measure maximum effect only when the sample is collected during
flows containing the maximum concentration of pollutants toxic to the test organism.

      Another type of grab sample is sequential sampling. A special type of
automatic sampling device collects relatively small amounts of a sampled
wastestream, with the interval between sampling either time or flow proportioned.
Unlike the automatic composite sampler, the sequential sampling device automatically
retrieves a sample and holds it in a bottle separate from other automatically retrieved
samples.  Many individual samples can be stored separately in the unit, unlike the
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 123

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions                                  Chapter 7

composite sampler which combines aliquots in a common bottle. This type of
sampling is effective for determining variations in effluent characteristics over short
periods of time.

      A "composite" sample is a collection of individual samples obtained at regular
intervals, usually based upon time or flow volume.  A composite sample is desirable
when the material being  sampled varies significantly over time either as a result of
flow or quality changes.  There are two general types of composites and the permit
writer should  clearly express which type is required in the permit:

      •   Time composite samples collect a fixed volume at equal time intervals and
          are acceptable when flow variability is not excessive. Automatically timed
          composited samples are usually preferred over manually collected
          composites.  Composite samples collected by hand are appropriate for
          infrequent analyses and screening.
          Composite samples can be collected manually if subsamples have a fixed
          volume at equal time intervals when flow variability is not excessive.
      •   Flow-proportional compositing is usually preferred when effluent flow
          volume varies appreciably over time.  The equipment and instrumentation
          for flow-proportional compositing have more downtime due to maintenance
          problems.
          When manually compositing effluent samples according to flow where no
          flow measuring device exists, use the influent flow measurement without
          any correction for time lag. The error in the influent and effluent flow
          measurement is insignificant except in those cases where extremely large
          volumes of water are impounded,  as in  reservoirs.

      There are numerous cases where composites are inappropriate. Samples for
some parameters should not be composited (pH,  residual chlorine,  temperature,
cyanides, volatile organics, microbiological tests, oil and grease, total phenols). They
are also not recommended for sampling batch or intermittent processes.  Grab
samples are needed in these cases to determine fluctuations  in effluent quality.

      For whole effluent toxicity (WET), composite samples are used unless it is
known  that the effluent is most toxic at a particular time.  Some toxic chemicals are
short-lived, degrade rapidly, and will not be present in the most toxic form after lengthy
compositing even with refrigeration or other forms  of preservation.  Grab samples
should be required for bioassays to be  taken under those circumstances.

124 - 4B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions                                  Chapter 7

      If a sampling protocol is not specified in the regulations, the duration of the
compositing time period and frequency of aliquot collection is established by the permit
writer. Whether collected by hand or by an automatic device, the time frame within
which the sample is collected should be specified in the permit.  The number of
individual  aliquots which compose the composite should also be specified. NPDES
application requirements  specify a minimum of four aliquots for non-stormwater
discharges lasting four or more hours.

      Eight types of composite samples and the advantages and disadvantages of
each  are shown in Exhibit 7-2. As shown in Exhibit 7-2, samples may be composited
by time or flow and a representative sample will be assured.  However, where both
flow and pollutant concentration fluctuate dramatically, a flow-proportioned composite
sample should be taken because a greater quantity of pollutant will be discharged
during these periods.  As an alternative, time-proportioned samples may be taken with
flow records used for weighing the significance of various samples.

      Continuous monitoring is another option for a limited number of parameters
such  as flow, total organic carbon (TOC), temperature, pH, conductivity, fluoride and
dissolved oxygen.  Reliability, accuracy and cost of continuous monitoring vary with
the parameter. Continuous monitoring can be expensive, so continuous monitoring
will usually only be an appropriate requirement for the most significant dischargers
with variable effluent.  The environmental significance of the variation of any of these
parameters in  the effluent should be compared to the cost of continuous monitoring.
                                  Technical Note
 When establishing continuous monitoring requirements, the permit writer should be aware that the
 NPDES regulations concerning pH limits allow for a period of excursion when the effluent is being
 continuously monitored (40 CFR §401.17).
7.1.4 Analytical Methods
      The permit writer must specify the analytical methods to be used for monitoring.
These are usually indicated as 40 CFR Part 136 in the standard conditions of the
permit [40 CFR §§1 22.41 (j)(4) and 122.44(i)].  In particular, analytical methods for
industrial and municipal wastewater pollutants must be conducted in accordance with
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 125

-------
Monitoring and Reporting Conditions
Chapter 7
                            EXHIBIT 7-2
                       Compositing Methods
Method 1 Advantages
Disadvantages
Comments
Time Composite
• Constant sample
volume, constant time
interval between
samples
Minimal instrumentation
and manual effort; requires
no flow measurement
May lack representativeness,
especially for highly variable
flows
Widely used in both
automatic samplers
and manual handling
Flow-Proportional Composite
• Constant sample
volume, time interval
between samples
proportional to stream
flow
• Constant time interval
between samples,
sample volume
proportional to total
stream flow at time of
sampling
• Constant time interval
between samples,
sample volume
proportional to total
stream flow since last
sample
Minimal manual effort
Minimal instrumentation
Minimal instrumentation
Requires accurate flow
measurement reading
equipment; manual
compositing from flowchart
Manual compositing from
flowchart in absence of prior
information on the ratio of
minimum to maximum flow;
chance of collecting too small
or too large individual discrete
samples for a given composite
volume
Manual compositing from flow
chart in absence of prior
information on the ratio of
minimum to maximum flow;
chance of collecting either too
small or too large individual
discrete samples for a given
composite volume
Widely used in
automatic as well as
manual sampling
Used in automatic
samplers and widely
used as manual
method
Not widely used in
automatic samplers
but may be done
manually
Sequential Composite
• Series of short period
composites, constant
time intervals between
samples
• Series of short period
composites, aliquots
taken at constant
discharge increments
Useful if fluctuations occur
and time history is desired
Useful if fluctuations occur
and time history is desired
Requires manual compositing
of aliquots based on flow
Requires flow totalizer;
requires manual compositing
of aliquots based on flow
Commonly used;
however, manual
compositing is labor
intensive
Manual compositing
is labor intensive
Continuous Composite
• Constant sample volume
• Sample volume
proportional to stream
flow
Minimal manual effort,
requires no flow
measurement
Minimal manual effort,
most representative
especially for highly
variable flows
Requires large sample
capacity; may lack
representativeness for highly
variable flows
Requires accurate flow
measurement equipment, large
sample volume, variable
pumping capacity, and power
Practical but not
widely used
Not widely used
126 - £BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions                                   Chapter 7

the methods specified pursuant to 40 CFR Part 136, which references one or more of
the following:

      •   Test methods in Appendix A of 40 CFR Part 13633
      •   Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater,  18th
          Edition34
      •   Methods for the Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastewater35
      •   Test Methods: Methods for Organic Chemical Analysis of Municipal and
          Industrial Wastewater.36

      The analytical methods contained in 40  CFR Part 136 are test methods
designed only for priority and conventional pollutants, and some nonconventional
pollutants.  In the absence of analytical methods for other parameters, the permit
writer must still specify the analytical methods to be used.  An excellent source of
analytical method information is the Environmental Monitoring Methods Index (EMMI).
The EMMI  is an official EPA database linking 50 EPA regulatory lists, 2,600
substances and 926 analytical methods on EMMI.  EMMI data correlate EPA's
regulated substances with their associated analytical methods, published detection
limits, and regulatory limits.  For more information, call NTIS at (703) 321-8547 for
system requirements.

7.1.5 Other Considerations in Establishing Monitoring Requirements
      The  regulations do not specifically require a permit writer to evaluate costs
when establishing monitoring conditions  in a permit. However, as a practical matter,
the permit writer should consider the cost of sampling that he/she  imposes on the
permittee.  The sample frequency and analyses impact the analytical cost.  The
estimated 1994-1995 costs for analytical procedures are shown in Exhibit 7-3.
   ^Guidelines Establishing Test Procedures for the Analysis of Pollutants Under the Clean Water Act
(40 CFR Part 136). (Use most current version)

   ^American Public Health Association, American Water Works Association, and Water Pollution
Control Federation (1992).  Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 18th Ed.

   35USEPA (1979). Methods for the Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastewater.  EPA-600/
4-79-020.  Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory.

   36USEPA (1982). Test Methods: Methods for Organic Chemical Analysis of Municipal and
Industrial Wastewater.  EPA-600/4-82-057.

                                          6EFA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -127

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Comtitions
Chapter 7
                                EXHIBIT 7-3
          Estimated Costs for Common Analytical Procedures
BOD5
TSS
TOC
Oil and Grease
Odor
Color
Turbidity
Fecal coliform
Metals (each)
Cyanide
Gasoline (Benzene, Toluene, Xylene)
Purgeable Halocarbons (EPA Method 601)
Acrolein and Acrylonitrile (EPA Method 603)
Purgeables (EPA Method 624)
Phenols (EPA Method 604)
Organochlorine Pesticides and PCBs (EPA Method 608)
Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons (EPA Method 610)
Dioxin (2, 3, 7, 8-TCDD (EPA Method 613))
Base/Neutrals and Acids (EPA Method 625)
Priority pollution scan
Acute WET
Chronic WET
$30
$15
$60
$35
$30
$30
$30
$15
$15
$35
$100
$113
$133
$251
$160
$157
$175
$400
$434
$2,000
$750
$1,500
1 Based on 1994-1995 costs.
•j
 Includes 13 metals, cyanide, dioxin, volatiles (purgeables), base/neutral and acids, pesticides and PCBs, and
asbestos.
128 - 6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions                                   Chapter 7

If simple or inexpensive indicator parameters (e.g., BOD5 acts as an indicator for the
priority pollutants in the Wood and Gum Chemicals category) or alternate parameters
will produce data representative of the  pollutant present in the discharge, then the
indicators or surrogate pollutants or parameters should be considered.  Complex and
expensive sampling requirements may  not be appropriate if the permit writer cannot
justify the need for such analyses.

7.1.6 Establishing Monitoring Conditions for Unique Discharges
      There are a variety of discharges that are regulated under the NPDES permit
program that are different than traditional wastewater discharges. A permit writer
needs to account for these unique discharges in establishing monitoring requirements.
This section discusses several of these unique discharges including storm water,
combined sewer and sanitary  sewer overflows, WET, and municipal sludge.

Storm Water Monitoring Considerations

      Monitoring requirements vary according  to the type of permit  regulating the
storm water discharge and the activity.  Storm  water discharges may be regulated by
State programs, provided the State is authorized to administer the NPDES Storm
Water Program, or EPA Regions.  At the Federal level, several permitting options are
available; depending on the type of activity, industrial facilities may seek coverage
under an individual permit, the Baseline Industrial General Permit, or the Multi-sector
General Permit. In addition, construction activities that disturb 5 or more acres of land
are regulated under the Baseline Construction  General Permit. Municipalities serving
over 100,000 people are also  regulated, but on an individual permit  basis. Each of
these permitting mechanisms establishes different monitoring programs. Several
States have used the Federal  permits as models for their permit conditions.

      Specific monitoring conditions for the  Federal general permits are detailed in the
following documents:

      •   "F/na/ NPDES General Permits for Storm Water Discharges Associated
          With Industrial Activity" Federal Register, September 9, 1992.  (Baseline
          Industrial General Permit).
                                         &B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -129

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions                                  Chapter 7

      •   "Final NPDES General Permits for Storm Water Discharges from
          Construction Sites," Federal Register, September 9, 1992.  (Baseline
          Construction General Permit).
      •   "Final NPDES Storm Water Multi-Sector General Permit for Industrial
          Activities," Federal Register, September 9, 1992. (Multi-Sector General
          Permit).

Monitoring Combined Sewer Overflows and Sanitary Sewer Overflows

      EPA's CSO Control Policy (59 FR 18688) requires monitoring to characterize
the combined sewer system, assist in developing the Long-Term Control Plan (LTCP),
and illustrate compliance with permit requirements.  Monitoring as part of the nine
minimum controls (NMC) is done to develop an initial system characterization and
includes analyzing existing data on precipitation events, on the combined sewer
system and CSOs,  on water quality, and conducting field inspections. As part of the
LTCP, a permittee is required to develop a more complete characterization of the
sewer system through monitoring and modeling.  Finally, to illustrate compliance with
the permit requirements, the permittee is required to conduct a post-construction
compliance monitoring program. Specific monitoring requirements of this post-
construction compliance monitoring program will be unique to each permittee's LTCP
and should be established as specific monitoring conditions in the individual NPDES
permit. These monitoring conditions should require monitoring of a representative
number of CSOs for a representative number of wet weather events for certain key
parameters along with ambient water quality monitoring to ascertain attainment with
water quality standards.  EPA  is currently preparing  eight guidance manuals on
various aspects of the CSO  Control Policy, including one on monitoring, Combined
Sewer Overflows:  Guidance for Monitoring and Modeling (draft).37

      A facility's permit may also contain monitoring requirements for sanitary sewer
overflows (SSOs).  These would be developed on a case-by-case basis.
   37USEPA (1995).  Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Monitoring and Modeling. (DRAFT).
EPA-832/R-95-005.
130 - &B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions                                    Chapter 7

Whole Effluent Toxicity Monitoring

      The use of whole effluent toxicity (WET) testing to evaluate the toxicity in a
receiving stream was discussed in Chapter 6. The biomonitoring test procedures were
promulgated in 40 CFR Part 136 on October 16, 1995 (60 FR 53529).  WET
monitoring conditions included in permits should specify the particular biomonitoring
test to be used, the test species, required test endpoint, and QA/QC procedures. EPA
has published recommended toxicity test protocols in four manuals:

      •   Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving
           Waters  to Freshwater and Marine Organisms.38
      •   Short-Term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and
          Receiving Waters to Marine and Estuarine Organisms.39
      •   Short-Term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and
          Receiving Waters to Freshwater Organisms.40
      •   NPDES Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training:  Biomonitoring.41

      Samples for WET may be composite or grab samples.  Twenty-four hour
composite samples are suggested except when (1) the  effluent is expected to be
more toxic at a certain time of day;  (2) toxicity may be diluted during compositing; and
(3) the size of the sample needed exceeds the composite sampler volume (e.g., 5
gallons).

      WET tests are relatively expensive (see Exhibit 7-3 on costs). Therefore the
test frequency should be related to the probability of any discharger having whole
   ^USEPA (1991).  Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to
Freshwater and Marine Organisms

   39USEPA (1991).  Short-Term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and
Receiving Waters to Marine and Estuarine Organisms. EPA-600/4-91-003.  Environmental Monitoring
and Support Laboratory.

   40USEPA (1991).  Short-Term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and
Receiving Waters to Freshwater Organisms, Third Edition.  EPA-600/4-91-002.  Environmental
Monitoring and Support Laboratory.

   41USEPA (1990).  NPDES Compliance Monitoring Inspector Training: Biomonitoring. Office of
Water.

                                           *EFA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 131

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions                                  Chapter 7

effluent toxicity. Samples should be evenly spaced throughout the year so that
seasonal variability can be ascertained.

Municipal Sludge Monitoring

      The purpose of monitoring municipal sludge is to ensure safe use or disposal.
The 40 CFR Part 503 sludge regulations require monitoring of sewage sludge that is
applied to land, placed on a surface disposal site, or incinerated.  The frequency of
monitoring is based on the annual amount of sludge that is used or disposed by these
methods. POTWs that provide the sewage sludge to another party for further
treatment (such as composting) must provide that party with the information necessary
to comply with 40 CFR Part 503. Sewage sludge disposed of in a municipal solid
waste landfill unit must meet the requirements in 40 CFR Part 258, which is the
criteria for municipal solid waste landfills.

      Exhibit 7-4 shows the minimum monitoring requirements for sewage sludge
prior to use and disposal established in 40 CFR Part 503. More frequent monitoring
for any of the required or recommended parameters is appropriate when the POTW:

      •  Influent load of toxics or organic solids is highly variable
      •  Has a significant industrial load
      •  Has a history of process upsets due to toxics, or of adverse environmental
         impacts due to sludge use or disposal activities.

      The sampling and analysis methods specified in 40 CFR §503.8 should be
followed for monitoring the required parameters.  In the absence of any specific
methods in  40 CFR Part 503, guidance on appropriate methods is contained in
Part 503 Implementation Guidance,*2 Control of Pathogens and Vector Attraction in
Sewage Sludge,43 and POTW Sludge Sampling and Analysis Guidance
Document.44
   42USEPA (1995). Part 503 Implementation Guidance.  EPA 833-R-95-001. Office of Water.

   43USEPA (1992). Control of Pathogens and Vector Attraction in Sewage Sludge. EPA-625/R-92-
013.  Office of Research and Development.

   "USEPA (1989). POTW Sludge Sampling and Analysis Guidance Document.  Office of Water,
Permits Division.

132 - ABK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Monitoring and Reporting Conditions
                                                              Chapter 7
                                    EXHIBIT 7-4
          Minimum Requirements for Sewage Sludge  Monitoring,
                 Based  on  Method of Sludge Use or Disposal
    Method
  Monitoring Requirements
         Frequency
  Citation
 Land
 Application
(1) Sludge weight and % total
   solids
   Metals: As, Cd, Cu, Pb,
   Hg, Mo, Ni, Se, and Zn
   Pathogen Reduction
   Vector Attraction Reduction
(1) 0< and < 290*, annually
   290< and < 1,500,
   quarterly
   1,500< and< 15,000.
   bimonthly
   15,000 = or <, monthly
40 CFR
Part 503.16
 Co-disposal
 in Municipal
 Solid Waste
 Landfill
(1) Sludge weight and % total
   solids
(2) Passes Paint-Filter Liquid
   Test
(3) Suitability of sludge used as
   cover
(4) Characterize in accordance
   with hazardous waste rules
(1), (2), (3), and (4)
Monitoring requirements or
frequency not specified by 40
CFR Part 503. Determined by
local health authority or
landfill owner/operator
40 CFR
Part 258.28
 Surface
 Disposal:
 Lined Sites
 with leachate
 collection and
 Unlined Sites
(1) Sludge weight and % total
   solids
   Pathogen Reduction
   Vector Attraction Reduction
   Metals: As, Cr, Ni (Unlined
   Sites Only)
(2) Methane gas
(1) Based on sludge quantity
   (as above)
(2) Continuously
40 CFR
Part 503.26
 Incineration
(1) Sludge weight and % total
   solids
   Metals:  As. Cd, Cr. Pb. and
   Ni
(2) Be and Hg (Nat. Emissions
   Standards)
(3) THC or CO, O2, moisture,
   combustion temperatures
(4) Air pollution control device
   operating parameters
(1) Based on sludge quantity
   (as above)
(2) As required by subparts C
   and E of 40 CFR Part 61
   as may be specified by
   permitting authority (local
   air authority)
(3) Continuously
(4) Daily
40 CFR
Part 503.46
Notes:  1.  Monitoring frequencies required under 40 CFR Part 503 may he reduced after 2 years of monitoring,
          hut in no case shall he less than once per year.

       2.  A successful land application program may necessitate sampling for other constituents of concern
          (such as nitrogen) in determining appropriate agronomic rates.  This will be determined hy the
          permit writer.

       *Dry weight of sludge in metric tons per year.
                                                     NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -133

-------
 Chapter 7                                  Monitoring and Reporting Conditions
7.2   Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements
      The NPDES regulations at 40 CFR §§122.41 (l)(4)(j) and (I) require the
permittee to keep  records and periodically report on monitoring activities.  Discharge
Monitoring Reports (DMRs) (see form in Exhibit 7-5) must be used by permittees to
report self-monitoring data. Data reported include both data required by the permit
and any additional data the permittee has collected consistent with permit
requirements.  All  facilities are required to submit reports (on discharges and sludge
use or disposal) at least annually per 40 CFR §122.44(i)(2).   POTWs with
pretreatment programs are required to submit a pretreatment report at least annually
per Section 403.12(i).  However, the NPDES regulation states that monitoring
frequency and reporting should be dependent on the nature and effect of the
discharge/sludge use or disposal.  Thus, the permit writer can require more frequent
than annual reporting.

      Records must be kept  by the permittee for at least 3 years and this time may
be extended by the Director upon request.  An exception is for sewage sludge records
which must be kept 5 years or longer if required by 40 CFR Part 503. The permit
writer should designate where records should be located. Monitoring records include:

      •  Date, place, time
      •  Name of sampler
      •  Date of analysis
      •  Name of analyst
      •  Analytical methods used
      •  Analytical results.

      According to 40 CFR §122.41(j), monitoring records must be representative of
the discharge. Records which must be retained include continuous strip chart record-
ings, calibration data, copies  of all reports for the permit, and copies of all data used
to compile reports and applications. Sludge regulations under 40 CFR  §§ 503.17,
503.27, and 503.47 establish recordkeeping requirements that vary depending on the
use and disposal  method for  the sludge.  The same recordkeeping requirements
should be applied to other sludge monitoring parameters not regulated  by the 40  CFR
Part 503 rule.
134 - &Bft NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
                                                EXHIBIT 7-5.



                                 Discharge Monitoring Report  (DMR)


                                            WAT»ONAL,PIHI UIANTOISCMAMUE t IIMINA I HIM SYb T t M /*M>iV
                                                 DISCHARGE MONITOMNG REPORT ,,,M»I
                                                   11 IV              II'IfI
IACILITV


LOCAIIOM
FRC

PCUM1 NUMBER
JU



CMStHAHLit NUMBER


MONITORING PERIOD
YEAR MO

DAY | | YEAR | MO
1 -I 1
DAY

                                                    1211)1 l»'-lit
                                                                        IUUII
                                                                              NOTE: Read InaUuctkw* balor* compMting Itiit term
PAIUUMIE*
Hi i'l







X
SAMPLE
MEASUREMENT
rEMm
REOUMCMCNI
SAMPLE
MEASUREMENT
rtMtn
HEgUMEMENT
iAMPlE
UtASUMMCNT
PERMIT
NCQUMEMENT
SAMPlt
MEASURE MEN 1
PERMIT
MOUMtMEN!
SAHKE
ME^SUWfKt
PERMIT
WOUMtUENT
SAMPLE
MEASUOEMtNT
PCRMIT
KOWiliMtHT
SAMPLE
MEASUREMENT
PERMIT
RtOUMEMtHI
NMAtMllLE I^IHCIPU tUtCUTIVt Of FtCEB

TlfPtDOflPBIHrtO
(ICfnKMft QUANTITY OB IOADINC
I«JI| tMtll
AVEFLAGE














MAXIMUM














UNITS







1 CERUFY UHOtH PEHALTV Of LAW THAI t HAVI: PERVM4ALiV
ANOAMf AMUiAH WITH THE INfOHMAIKm &UOM»TTED HEREIN A
ON MY W4OLNRV Of THOSE rNOIVfOUALS IMMEDIATE! V Rf SPOMS
OBIAMMG THE INfORMATION I >EL*VF THE SU6MIIIFO INFC
IS IRUE. ACCUAATE ANO COMn.trC 1 AM AWARE THAT THERE
NIFICANr PENALTIES FOR SLWMlTTmC FALSE INFORMATION It
THF. POSsmilTV Of FINE AND IMPRISONMENT SEC 1C U SC 1
M U S C | !}!• fl OIIALlTYOflCONCENIHAIION
iM-iV lb
IMOSl
















TiAA

SAMPLE
TYPE
lit lui














DATE

MO OAT

 EPAF
-------
 Chapter  8
Special  Conditions

     Special conditions in NPDES permits are designed to provide an additional
measure of control (beyond numeric effluent limits) for the reduction of discharges of
pollutants to waters of the United States. They are not included in the effluent
limitations section of a permit because they do not contain specific numeric limits.
The purpose of special conditions is to encourage the permittee to undertake activities
designed to reduce the overall quantity of pollutants being discharged, or to reduce
the potential for discharges of pollutants.

     There are many different reasons to  incorporate special conditions into a permit
including the following:

     •  To address unique situations, such as facilities discharging pollutants for
        which data are absent or limited  such that derivation of technology- or water
        quality-based effluent limits (WQBELs) is difficult or impossible
     •  To incorporate preventative requirements, such as requirements to install
        process control alarms, containment structures, good housekeeping
        practices, etc.
     •  To address foreseeable changes to discharges, such as  planned changes
        to process, products, or raw materials that may affect discharge
        characteristics
     •  To incorporate compliance schedules to provide the time necessary to
        comply with permit conditions
                                    AffA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -137

-------
 Special Conditions                                                  Chapter 8

      •   To incorporate other NPDES Programmatic requirements (e.g.,
          pretreatment,  municipal sewage sludge)
      •   To impose additional monitoring activities that provide the permit writer data
          to evaluate the need for changes in permit limitations
      •   To increase or decrease monitoring requirements, depending on the
          monitoring results or certain changes in processes or products, etc.
      •   To impose requirements to conduct special studies such as ambient stream
          surveys, toxicity reduction evaluations (TREs), bioaccumulation studies,
          sediment studies, mixing or mixing zone studies, pollutant reduction
          evaluations, or other such information gathering studies.

      Section 8.1 of this chapter addresses the general types of special conditions for
both municipal and non-municipal facilities.  Special conditions for storm water
discharges associated with industrial activity are explained in Section 8.2.  Finally,
special conditions unique to POTW/municipal permits are addressed in Section 8.3.

8.1   General Types  of Special Conditions
      This section discusses several general types of special conditions that could be
used in any NPDES permit  (i.e., municipal or non-municipal). The special conditions
include:

      •   Special studies/additional  monitoring
      •   Best Management Practices (BMPs)
      •   Pollution prevention
      •   Compliance schedules.

8.1.1 Special Studies  and Additional Monitoring
      Special studies and additional monitoring requirements imposed beyond those
required under the effluent limits section of the permit are useful for collecting data
that was not available to the permit writer for consideration during permit development.
Special studies and additional monitoring requirements are generally used to
supplement numeric effluent limits or support future permit development activities.
138 - &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Special Conditions                                                       Chapter 8

Examples of the types of special studies that could be required in a NPDES permit
include:


      •   Treatability studies—Applicable when treatability information is lacking for
          a pollutant or pollutants that would prohibit a permit writer from developing
          defensible technology-based effluent limits.  Treatability studies can also be
          required when the permit writer suspects that a facility may not be able to
          comply with an effluent limit.
      •   Toxicity identification evaluation/Toxicity reduction evaluation
          (TIE/TRE)—Required for facilities for which wastewater discharges are
          found to be toxic as a result of a whole effluent toxicity (WET) test.  The
          purpose of these evaluations is to identify and control the sources of toxicity
          in an effluent. Further guidance related to EPA recommended TIE/TRE
          procedures and  requirements can be found in the following guidance
          manuals:
          -   Toxicity Reduction Evaluation Protocol for Municipal Wastewater
               Treatment Plants.45
          -   Generalized Methodology for Conducting Industrial Toxicity Reduction
               Evaluations  (TREs).46
          -   Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations: Phase I Toxicity
               Characterization Procedures. Second Edition.47
          -   Sediment Toxicity Identification Evaluations: Phase I (Characterization),
               Phase II (Identification), Phase  III (Confirmation) Modifications of
               Effluent Procedures.48
          -   Toxicity Identification Evaluations:  Characterization of Chronically Toxic
               Effluents, Phase I.49
    45USEPA (1989). Toxicity Reduction Evaluation Protocol for Municipal Wastewater Treatment
Plants.  EPA-600/4-89-001A. Water Engineering Research Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.

   46USEPA (1989). Generalized Methodology for Conducting Industnal Toxicity Reduction Evaluations
(TREs).  EPA-600/2-88-070. Water Engineering Research Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.

   *7USEPA (1991). Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations: Phase I Toxicity
Characterization Procedures. Second Edition. EPA-600/6-91-003. Environmental Research
Laboratory, Duluth, Minnesota.

   48USEPA (1991). Sediment Toxicity Identification Evaluations: Phase I (Characterization), Phase II
(Identification), Phase III (Confirmation) Modifications of Effluent Procedures. EPA-600/6-91-007.
Environmental Research Laboratory, Duluth, Minnesota.

   49USEPA (1992). Toxicity Identification Evaluations: Characterization of Chronically Toxic Effluents,
Phase I. EPA-600/6-91-005F.  Environmental Research Laboratory, Duluth, Minnesota.


                                             AEFA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -139

-------
 Special Conditions                                                     Chapter 8

          -   Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations: Phase II
              Toxicity Identification Procedures for Samples Exhibiting Acute and
              Chronic Toxicity.50
          -   Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations: Phase III
              Confirmation Procedures for Samples Exhibiting Acute and Chronic
              Toxicity.5*
      •   Mixing or mixing zone studies—Used to assist in determining the
          allowable ambient mixing that can be applied when developing WQBELs.
      •   Sediment monitoring—Used if a permit writer suspects that pollutants
          contained in wastewater discharges accumulate  in the sediments of the
          receiving water.
      •   Bioconcentration studies—These biological monitoring studies are used
          to determine whether pollutants contained in wastewater discharges
          bioaccumulate in aquatic organisms (e.g., fish, invertebrates).  These types
          of studies are usually recommended when WQBELs for pollutants that
          bioaccumulate are established below analytical detection levels. Additional
          guidance related to evaluating the bioaccumulation potential of a pollutant
          can be found  in the EPA Great Lakes Water Quality Initiative Technical
          Support Document for the Procedure to Determine Bioaccumulation
          Factors.52


      When establishing special conditions, permit writers  must ensure that any
particular requirements related to the study (e.g., special sampling or analytical
procedures) are specified in the permit condition.  In addition, permit writers must
establish a reasonable schedule for completion and submission of the study or
monitoring program.  If the anticipated schedule is longer than 6 months to 1 year,
then it is recommended that the permit writer require that the facility provide an  interim
progress report.
   50USEPA (1993).  Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations: Phase II Toxicity
Identification Procedures for Samples Exhibiting Acute and Chronic Toxicity.  EPA-600/R-92-080.
Environmental Research Laboratory, Duluth, Minnesota.

   51USEPA (1993).  Methods for Aquatic Toxicity Identification Evaluations: Phase III Confirmation
Procedures for Samples Exhibiting Acute and Chronic Toxicity. EPA-600/R-92-081.  Environmental
Research Laboratory, Duluth, Minnesota.

   5ZUSEPA (1995).  Great Lakes Water Quality Initiative Technical Support Document for the
Procedure to Determine Bioaccumulation Factors. EPA-820/B-95-005. Office of Science and
Technology.


140 - 6ER& NPOES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Special Conditions                                                  Chapter 8

8.1.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs)
      In general, BMPs are measures to prevent or mitigate water pollution from
sources ancillary to the industrial manufacturing or treatment process.  The NPDES
regulations, at 40 CFR §122.2, define the term "best management practices" and
provide the following measures as examples of BMPs:

      •    Schedules of activities
      •    Prohibitions of practices
      •    Maintenance procedures
      •    Treatment requirements
      •    Operating procedures and practices to control
          -   Plant site runoff
          -   Spillage or leaks
          -   Sludge or waste disposal
          -   Drainage from raw material storage areas.

The NPDES regulations  at 40 CFR §122.44(k) acknowledge that BMPs shall be
included  as permit conditions (when applicable) where they are authorized under
Section 304(e) of the CWA; when numeric effluent limitations are infeasible; or when
they are  necessary to achieve limitations or carry out the purpose and intent of the
CWA. Examples  of when numeric effluent limitations are infeasible include:

      •    Regulating a pollutant for which limited treatability or aquatic impact
          information are available to allow development of technology-based or
          water quality-based effluent limits
      •    Regulating releases when the types of pollutants vary greatly over time.

Other circumstances when BMPs should be imposed as permit conditions include:

      •    When chemical analyses are  inappropriate or impossible
      •    When a history of leaks and spills exist or when housekeeping is sloppy
      •    When a complex facility lacks toxic pollutant data
      •    When other discharge control options are prohibitively expensive.

      Permit writers may include BMPs in permits in two basic ways:  require the
development  of a general BMP plan, and/or require site-, process-, or pollutant-
                                              NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -141

-------
 Special Conditions                                                  Chapter 8

specific BMPs.  How BMPs are included as a permit condition, depends on the type of
permit being developed.  In the case of an individual permit, where a permit writer is
developing permit conditions for a particular facility and has the opportunity to review
the circumstances of the facility, the development of site- or pollutant-specific BMPs
may  be appropriate. On the other hand, including site- or pollutant-specific BMPs as
conditions in a general permit may not be appropriate  since they are highly dependent
on the circumstances of individual facilities. As a result, discharges covered under a
general permit may be required to develop a general BMP plan that allows the
permittee to determine appropriate BMPs based on the circumstances of their
particular facility.

      The Guidance Manual for Developing Best Management Practices (BMPsf3
describes  the activities and materials at an industrial or municipal facility which are
best  addressed by BMP plans.  The manual also describes how BMPs work and gives
examples  of the types of BMPs that can be used.

       If a permit writer uses a general permit requirement for a BMP plan, it is the
responsibility of the facility to plan, develop and implement, and reevaluate the
success/shortfalls of its own plan.  Usually, a BMP committee (group of individuals
within the  plant organization) is responsible for developing the BMP plan  and assisting
the plant management in implementing and updating the BMP plan.  However, plant
management, not the committee, has overall responsibility and accountability for the
quality of the BMP plan.

       EPA has identified several recommended components for effective BMP plans.
The  minimum suggested components of a general BMP plan are presented below:

       •   General Requirements
          -   Name and location of facility
          -   Statement of BMP policy and objective
          -   Review by plant manager
       •   Specific Requirements
          -   BMP committee
   53USEPA (1993). Guidance Manual for Developing Best Management Practices (BMPs). EPA
833-B-93-004.  Office of Water.
142 - AEPA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Special Conditions                                                  Chapter 8

          -   Risk identification and assessment
          -   Reporting of BMP incidents
          -   Materials compatibility
          -   Good housekeeping
          -   Preventive maintenance
          -   Inspections and records
          -   Security
          -   Employee training.

      Each of these components are discussed in more detail in the Guidance
Manual for Developing Best Management Practices (BMPs).54

      Site-, process-,  and pollutant-specific BMPs are designed to address conditions
particular to a site, process, or pollutant.  The need for specific BMPs at a facility often
will be discovered in conjunction with other permit-related activities, such as
compliance inspections. Poor housekeeping or a history of spills, for example,
indicate a need for specific BMPs to supplement the quantitative effluent limits for
specific pollutants in the permit.

      To select a specific BMP, the permit writer must:

      •   Review the  industry profiles to determine the industrial processes that apply
      •   Evaluate whether the BMP would help to achieve the environmental
          objectives of the industry
      •   Use industry- or municipal-specific examples from  other permits, pollution
          prevention sources, existing permits for similar processes, or EPA guidance
          documents.

      BMP plans can be submitted for review by the regulatory agency but are
usually kept onsite and made available to the permitting authority upon request. The
normal compliance schedule is to require preparation of the BMP plan within 6
months, and implementation  of the plan within 12 months of permit issuance.

      Specific BMPs have been developed for storm water discharges and combined
sewer overflows (CSOs) and are discussed in  Sections 8.2 and 8.3, respectively.
   54USEPA (1993). Guidance Manual for Developing Best Management Practices (BMPs). EPA
833-B-93-004. Office of Water.

                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -143

-------
Special Conditions                                                               Chapter 8
 Example:

     The following is example language for requiring development and implementation of a BMP Plan in
 an NPDES permit. The language should  be crafted and changed as necessary to meet the individual
 facility's needs and State/EPA goals for the facility.  The text which is "redlined" (i.e., text between
 asterisks) needs special permit-specific consideration.

 1.  Implementation.

     If a BMP Plan does not exist:

     The permittee, shall develop and implement a Best Management Practices (BMP) Plan which
     achieves the objectives and the specific requirements listed below.  A copy of the Plan shall be
     submitted to EPA "and/or State agency.** The Plan shall be implemented as soon as possible but
     no  later than twelve months from the  effective date of the permit.

     If a BMP Plan already exists:

     The permittee shall during the term of this permit operate the facility in accordance with the BMP
     Plan "(cite existing Plan)** or in accordance with subsequent amendments to the Plan.  The
     permittee shall also amend this Plan,  to incorporate practices to achieve the objectives and specific
     requirements listed below, and a copy shall be submitted to EPA "and/or State agency** The
     amended Plan shall be implemented  as soon as possible but not later than six months from the
     effective date of the permit.

 2.  Purpose.  Through implementation of the BMP Plan the permittee shall prevent or minimize the
     generation and Ihe potential  for the release of pollutants from the facility to the waters of the United
     States through normal operations and ancillary activities.

 3.  Objectives.  The permittee shall develop and amend the BMP Plan  consistent with the following
     objectives for the control of pollutants.

     a.  The number and quantity of pollutants ana the toxicity of effluent generated, discharged or
         potentially discharged at the facility  shall be minimized by the permittee to the extent feasible by
         managing each influent waste stream in the most appropriate manner.

     b.  Under the BMP Plan, and any Standard Operating Procedures  (SOPs) included in the Plan, the
         permittee  shall ensure proper operation  and maintenance of the treatment facility.

     c.  The permittee shall  establish specific objectives for the control of  pollutants by conducting the
         following evaluations.

         (1) Each facility component or system shall be examined for its waste minimization opportunities
             and its potential for causing a release of significant amounts of pollutants to waters of the
             United States due to equipment failure, improper operation, and natural phenomena such  as
             rain or snowfall, etc.  The examination shall include all normal operations and ancillary
             activities including material storage areas,  plant site runoff, in-plant transfer, process and
             material handling areas, loading or unloading operations, spillage or leaks, sludge and waste
             disposal, or drainage from raw material storage,  "note that only  the area from the previous
             list which apply to a facility should be included**

         (2) Where experience indicates a reasonable potential for equipment failure (e.g., a tank
             overflow or leakage), natural  condition (e.g., precipitation), or other circumstances to result in
             significant amounts of pollutants reaching surface waters, the program  should include a
             prediction of the direction, rate of flow and total quantity of pollutants which could be
             discharged from the facility as a result of each condition or circumstance.
144 - 0BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Special Conditions                                                              Chapter 8
 Example (continued):

 4.  Requirements. The BMP Plan shall be consistent with the objectives in Part 3 above and the general
    guidance contained in the publication entitled Guidance Manual for Developing Best Management
    Practices (BMPs) (USEPA, 1993) or any subsequent revisions to the guidance document.  The BMP
    Plan shall:

    a.  Be documented in narrative form, shall include any necessary plot plans, drawings or maps, and
        shall be developed in accordance with good engineering practices.  The BMP Plan shall be
        organized and written with the following structure:

        (1)  Name and location of the facility.

        (2)  Statement of BMP policy.

        (3)  Structure, functions, and procedures of the BMP Committee.

        (4)  Specific management practices and standard operating procedures to achieve the above
            objectives, including, but not limited to, the following:

            (a)  modification of equipment, facilities, technology, processes, and procedures,
            (b)  reformulation or redesign of products,
            (c)  substitution of materials, and
            (d)  improvement in management, inventory control, materials handling or general
                operational phases of the facility.

        (5)  Risk identification and assessment.

        (6)  Reporting of BMP incidents.

        (7)  Materials compatibility.

        (8)  Good housekeeping.

        (9)  Preventative maintenance.

        (10)  Inspections and records.

        (11)  Security.

        (12)  Employee training.


    b.  Include the following provisions concerning BMP Plan review:

        (1)  Be reviewed by plant engineering staff and the plant manager.

        (2)  Be reviewed and endorsed by the permittee's BMP Committee.

        (3)  Include a statement that the above reviews have been completed and that the BMP Plan
            fulfills the requirements set forth in this permit. The statement shall be certified by the dated
            signatures of each BMP Committee member.

    c.  Establish specific best management  practices to meet the objectives identified in Part 3 of this
        section, addressing each component or system capable of generating or causing a release of
        significant amounts of pollutants, and identifying specific preventative or remedial measures to be
        implemented.
                                                        NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -145

-------
 Special Conditions                                                            Chapter 8
  Example (continued):

     d.  Establish specific best management practices or other measures which ensure that the following
         specific requirements are met:

         (1)  Ensure proper management of solid and hazardous waste in accordance with regulations
             promulgated under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). Management
             practices required under RCRA regulations shall be referenced in the BMP Plan.

         (2)  Reflect requirements for Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure (SPCC) plans under
             Section 311 of the Act and 40 CFR Part 112 and may incorporate any part of such plans
             into the BMP Plan by reference.

         (3)  Reflect requirements for storm water control under Section 402(p) of the Act and the
             regulations at 40 CFR 122.26 and 122.44, and otherwise eliminate to the extent practicable,
             contamination of storm water runoff.

         (4), etc.

     "Section 4.d. needs to be tailored to each facility by the permit writer.  Processes or areas of the
     facility with housekeeping problems, noncompliance, spills/leaks, or other problems which could be
     remedied through a BMP should be addressed here. If a solution to the problem is known (e.g.,
     more frequent inspections, preventive maintenance, etc.) this remedy should also be included as a
     part of  the BMP Plan requirements.  To gather ideas for such requirements, the permit writer may
     want to contact the permittee, compliance personnel, facility inspectors, operations office personnel,
     State agency counterparts. The permit writer may also want to check requirements in other permits
     and BMP Plans for similar facilities.**

  5.  Documentation.  The permittee shall maintain a copy of the BMP Plan  at the facility and shall make
     the plan available to EPA "and/or State agency** upon request. All offices of the permittee which
     are required to maintain  a copy of the NPDES permit shall also maintain a copy of the BMP Plan.

  6.  BMP Plan Modification.  The  permittee shall amend the BMP Plan whenever there is a change in the
     facility or in the operation of the facility which materially increases the generation of pollutants or their
     release or potential release to the receiving waters. The permittee shall also amend the Plan, as
     appropriate, when plant operations covered by the BMP Plan change.  Any such changes to the BMP
     Plan shall be consistent  with the objectives and specific requirements listed above.  All changes in
     the BMP Plan shall be reported to EPA "and/or State agency** in writing.

  7.  Modification for Ineffectiveness.  At any time, if the BMP Plan proves to be ineffective in achieving
     the general objective of preventing and minimizing the generation of pollutants and their release and
     potential release to the receiving waters and/or the specific requirements above, the permit and/or
     the BMP Plan shall be subject to modification to incorporate revised BMP requirements.
8.1.3  Pollution Prevention

       Pollution prevention has been shown to reduce costs as well as pollution risks
through source reduction and recycling/reuse techniques.  Under Section 6602(b) of
the Pollution Prevention Act of 1990, Congress established a national  policy for a
hierarchy of environmental management:


       •    Pollution should be prevented or reduced at the source, whenever feasible.
       •    Pollution that cannot be prevented should be  recycled in an environmentally
            safe manner, whenever feasible.


146 - «BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Special Conditions                                                  Chapter 8

      •   Pollution that cannot be prevented or recycled should be treated in an
          environmentally safe manner, whenever feasible.
      •   Disposal or other release into the environment should be employed only as
          a last resort and should be conducted in an environmentally safe manner.

      The Pollution Prevention Act emphasizes that pollution prevention means
source reduction and defines source  reduction as any practice that:

      •   Reduces the amount of any hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant
          entering any waste stream or otherwise released into the environment
          (including fugitive emissions) prior to recycling, treatment, or disposal
      •   Reduces the threats to public health and the environment associated with
          the release of hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants
      •   Increases the efficiency of using  raw materials, energy, water, or other
          resources, or protects natural resources by conservation.

      The environmental management hierarchy—prevention, recycling, treatment,
and disposal—should be viewed as establishing a set of preferences, rather than an
absolute judgment that prevention is  always the most desirable option.  The hierarchy
is applied  to many different circumstances that require good judgment.  Prevention
includes what is commonly called in-process recycling. Recycling conducted in an
environmentally sound manner shares many of the advantages of prevention (e.g.,
energy and resource conservation and reduction  of the need for end-of-pipe treatment
or waste containment).

      Within the NPDES Program, BMPs are inherently pollution prevention  practices.
Traditionally, BMPs have focused on good housekeeping measures and good
management techniques that attempt to avoid contact between pollutants and water
media as a result of leaks, spills,  and improper waste disposal. However, based on
the authority granted under the regulations, BMPs may include the universe of
pollution prevention, which encompasses production modifications, operational
changes, materials substitution, materials and water conservation, and other  such
measures.
                                         &ER& NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -147

-------
 Special Conditions                                                 Chapter 8

8.1.4 Compliance Schedules
      The NPDES regulations at 40 CFR §122.47 allow permit writers to include
schedules of compliance to allow permittees additional time to achieve compliance
with the CWA and applicable regulations.  Schedules developed under this provision
must require compliance by the permittee as soon as possible, but may not extend the
date for final compliance beyond compliance dates established by the Act.  Examples
of situations where compliance schedules may be appropriate include:

      •  Pretreatment program development
      •  Sludge use and disposal program development and/or implementation
      •  New/revised effluent guidelines application
      •  New/revised water quality standards application
      •  BMP plan development and/or implementation
      •  Storm water, CSO and/or SSO control program development and/or
         implementation.

      While compliance schedules may be appropriate for implementation  of certain
NPDES Program requirements, they are not appropriate for requirements where
statutory deadlines have passed.  In particular, compliance schedules are not
appropriate under the following scenarios:

1.    Compliance with Technology-Based Effluent Limits

      Compliance schedules are not allowed at this time because  statutory deadlines
      have passed for BPT, BAT, and BCT levels of treatment.

      •  July 1, 1977 for BPT
      •  March 31, 1989 for BAT and BCT.

      This  applies to both existing and new dischargers.  It should be noted, however,
      that 40 CFR §122.29(d)(4) allows a new source or new discharger up to 90
      days to "start-up" its pollution control equipment and achieve compliance with
      its permit conditions (i.e., provides for up to a 90-day period to achieve
      compliance).

2.    Compliance with Water Quality-Based Effluent Limits

      The determination of whether a compliance schedule to meet water  quality-
      based permit limits is permissible depends on when the applicable State water
148 - 6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
  Special Conditions                                                 Chapter 8

      quality standards were initially promulgated.  Because States were required to
      have water quality standards promulgated by July 1, 1977, and because
      facilities were supposed to have had the opportunity to comply with the
      standards, compliance schedules are not allowed if the State water quality
      standards were promulgated before July 1, 1977.

      If a State promulgates a water quality standards after July 1, 1977, and if the
      State water quality regulations allow for a compliance schedule to comply  with
      the standards, then a compliance schedule could be granted in accordance with
      40 CFR 47.

      If a State promulgates a water quality standards after July 1, 1977, and the
      State water quality regulations do not allow for a compliance schedule to
      comply with the standards, then a compliance schedule may not be granted.

      [See:  Star-Kist Caribe, Inc., NPDES Appeal No. 88-5]

      In situations where the permittee will be unable to meet permit conditions,  and
where a compliance schedule pursuant to 40 CFR §122.47 is not permitted, the
practical alternative is to initiate an Administrative Order under Section 309 of the
CWA (containing a schedule of compliance) concurrent with permit issuance.

8.2   Permit Conditions  Addressing Storm Water Discharges
      Associated With Industrial Activities
      As previously discussed in Chapter 2, all storm water discharges  associated
with  industrial activity that discharge storm water through a separate municipal storm
sewer system (MS4)  or discharge directly to waters of the  United States are required
to obtain NPDES permit coverage.  Following the promulgation of the November  16,
1990, storm water application regulations, EPA and NPDES authorized States were
faced with providing permit coverage for storm water discharges from over  100,000
industrial facilities.  Due to the nature of the discharge (i.e., storm water) and the large
number of facilities requiring permit coverage, EPA and most NPDES authorized
States chose  to use general permits as a mechanism to provide permit coverage for
facilities requiring permit coverage for their storm water discharges.

      Unlike  discharges of process wastewater where numerical effluent limitations
(technology-based and/or water quality-based) are typically used to control  the
discharge of pollutants from industrial facilities, the primary permit condition used to
                                              NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -149

-------
 Special Conditions                                                    Chapter 8

address discharges of pollutants in a facilities storm water is a pollution prevention
plan.  The development and implementation of a site-specific storm water pollution
prevention plan is considered to be the most important requirement of the EPA and
State issued storm water general permits. Site-specific storm water pollution
prevention plans allow permittees to develop and implement "best management
practices", whether structural or non-structural, that are best suited for controlling
storm water discharges  from their industrial facility.

      Each industrial facility covered under an EPA issued storm water general permit
must develop a pollution prevention plan, tailored to the site specific conditions, and
designed with the goal to control the amount of pollutants in storm water discharges
from the site.  The special conditions component of EPA's storm water general permits
identify the requirements that each facility must include in their storm water pollution
prevention plan, including:

      •   A description of potential pollutant sources at the facility, including:
          -   A map of the facility indicating the drainage areais of the site and the
              industrial activities which occur in each drainage area
          -   An inventory of materials that may be exposed to storm water

          -   A description of the likely sources of pollutants from the site and a
              prediction of the pollutants which are likely to be present in the storm
              water
          -   The history of spills and leaks of toxic and hazardous materials over the
              last three years
      •   The measures and controls that will be implemented to prevent or minimize
          pollution of storm water, including:
          -   Good housekeeping or upkeep of industrial areas exposed to storm
              water
          -   Preventative maintenance of storm water controls and other facility
              equipment
          -   Spill prevention and response procedures
          -   Testing of outfalls to ensure that there are no illicit discharges
          -   Employee training on pollution prevention measure and controls,  and
              record keeping.

      A permit writer's  best source of information for developing appropriate special
conditions for storm water controls are perhaps other storm water general permits.
Using existing general permits as the basis for special conditions is encouraged since

150 - «BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Special Conditions                                                  Chapter 8

this will reduce duplication of efforts. A listing of all general permits (storm water and
non-storm water) issued by EPA as well as authorized States, which can be used as a
permit writing resource, can be found in the EPA Point Source Information Provision
Exchange System (PIPES) accessible through EPA's World Wide Web home page
[http:/www.epa.gov].  In addition, EPA has developed the following guidance
documents to help  permit writers identify components of storm water pollution
prevention plans as well as to assist permittees  in  developing plans:

      •    Storm Water Management for Industrial Activities:  Developing Pollution
          Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices.55
      •    Storm Water Management for Construction Activities:  Developing Pollution
          Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices.56

8.3   Special  Conditions for Municipal Facilities
      This section  explains several common special conditions that are applicable
only to municipal facilities. These conditions reflect requirements for POTWs to
implement and enforce local pretreatment programs for their industrial  users; sludge
disposal requirements; CSO requirements; SSO requirements; and MS4 requirements.

8.3.1  The National Pretreatment Program
      Section 402(b)(8) of the CWA requires that  POTWs receiving pollutants from
significant industrial sources subject to section 307(b) standards establish a POTW
pretreatment program to ensure compliance with these standards.  The implementing
regulations at 40 CFR 403.8(a) state, "any POTW  (or combination of POTWs operated
by the same authority) with a total design flow greater than 5 million gallons per day
(mgd) and receiving from industrial users pollutants which pass through or interfere
with the operation of the POTW or are otherwise subject to pretreatment standards will
be required to establish a POTW pretreatment program unless the NPDES State
exercises its option to assume local responsibilities as provided in 403.10(e)."  EPA or
a NPDES  State with an approved pretreatment program may require POTWs with
   55USEPA (1992). Storm Water Management for Industrial Activities: Developing Pollution
Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices.  EPA 832-R-92-006. Office of Water.

   56USEPA (1992). Storm Water Management for Construction Activities:  Developing Pollution
Prevention Plans and Best Management Practices.  EPA 832-R-92-Q05.

                                         6EPA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -151

-------
 Special Conditions                                                  Chapter 8

design flows of 5 mgd or less to develop a POTW pretreatment program if
circumstances warrant (40 CFR 403.8(a)). The requirement to develop a pretreatment
program only applies to  POTWs or States using the option under 403.10(e), this is
primarily due to the fact  that the pretreatment regulations at 40 CFR 403 only apply to
POTWs and industrial users of POTWs, and the State or EPA offices that issue
permits to the POTWs.

      Since 1978, approximately 1,500 POTWs have been required to develop and
implement pretreatment  programs as special conditions of NPDES permits. The
pretreatment program was developed to control industrial discharges to POTWs and to
meet three objectives at the POTWs:  (1) to prevent pass through, (2) to prevent
interference, including interference with its use or disposal of municipal sludge, (3) to
improve opportunities to recycle and reclaim municipal and industrial wastewater and
sludges.

      As authorized by  the pretreatment regulations at 40 CFR 403.8(c),(d) and (e)
and the NPDES regulations at 40 CFR 122.44(j)(2), the requirements to develop and
implement a POTW pretreatment program are placed as enforceable conditions in the
POTW's NPDES permit.

      Pretreatment Program development and Program Implementation are done as
two separate steps.  Through the NPDES permit the POTW is  required to develop a
Pretreatment Program.  The POTW is required to submit an approvable program that
meets the requirements  in 40 CFR 403.9(b), specifically, these requirements are the
provisions of a program  as laid out in 40 CFR 403.8(f). 40 CFR 403.8(f) requires the
POTW to have certain legal authority (usually a municipal ordinance or set  of
regulations) and procedures to fully and effectively exercise and implement the legal
authority and procedures. The POTW  must submit a program  detailing the legal
authority to:

      1.  Deny or condition new or increased contributions of  pollutants, or changes
         in nature of pollutants, to the POTW by industrial users;

      2.  Require compliance with applicable pretreatment standards and
         requirements by industrial users;
152 - 6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Special Conditions                                                   Chapter 8

     3. Control through permit, order, or similar means the contribution to the
        POTW by each industrial user to ensure compliance with applicable
        pretreatment standards and requirements.  These control mechanisms must
        have certain conditions as laid out in 403.8(f)(1)(iii) and be enforceable;

     4. Require the development of compliance schedules where necessary by
        each industrial user for the installation of technology required to meet
        applicable pretreatment standards and requirements, and submission of all
        notices and self-monitoring reports to assess and ensure compliance;

     5. Carry out all inspection, surveillance, and monitoring procedures necessary
        to determine compliance with applicable  pretreatment standards and
        requirements independent of information submitted by the industrial user
        (this will include authority to enter the premises of the industrial user);

     6. Obtain remedies for noncompliance  (e.g., injunctive relief, penalties);

     7. Comply with confidentiality requirements.


     Further at a minimum, the POTW must have procedures to:


     1. Identify and locate all possible industrial users which might be subject to the
        POTW pretreatment  program;

     2. Identify the character and volume of pollutants contributed to the POTW by
        the industrial users;

     3. Notify industrial users of applicable pretreatment standards and applicable
        requirements under section 204(b) and 405 of the Clean Water Act and
        subtitles C and D of  RCRA;

     4. Receive and analyze self monitoring reports;

     5. Conduct sampling, inspections and other surveillance activities to determine
        compliance with applicable pretreatment standards and requirements
        independent of information supplied by the industrial user;

     6. Investigate instances of noncompliance; and

     7. Comply with public participation, including public notice annually of industrial
        users determined to  be in  significant noncompliance during the previous 12-
        month period.
                                             NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -153

-------
 Special Conditions                                                  Chapter 8

      Also, as part of the POTW pretreatment program, POTWs must have adequate
resources and funding to implement the program, evaluate the need for local limits
and develop them if the need exists, and develop an enforcement response plan.

      The permit requires the POTW to submit the program documentation which
details the authority and procedures to be implemented along with other information
about the program as laid out in 40 CFR 403.9.  The permit will allow the POTW up to
one year from the time the permitting authority determines the need for a pretreatment
program exists to develop and submit a program for approval.  Once the permitting
authority reviews and approves the program, the program is then incorporated into the
permit in order to make the requirement to implement the program an enforceable part
of the permit.

      The incorporation of the requirement to develop a pretreatment is generally
done at the time of reissuance of the permit.  However, the requirement may also be
incorporated through a modification of the permit if cause exists.  Cause exists if "...
the addition of pollutants into POTW by an industrial user or combination of industrial
users presents a substantial hazard to the functioning of the treatment works, quality
of the receiving waters, human health, or the environment," (40 CFR 403.8(e)(1)).
A permit modification to require the development of a pretreatment program is
considered a major modification  and must follow the procedures in 40 CFR 122.62.

      The incorporation of an approved program into the permit, thereby making the
implementation  of the program an enforceable part of the permit, is considered a
minor modification to the permit and must follow the procedures in 40 CFR 122.63(g).
During the life of the permit it may be necessary for the POTW to modify its approved
pretreatment program (changes to local limits, changes to the ordinance, etc.). These
changes may be brought about by the POTW's desire to change the way the program
operates, or they may be the result of changes that are necessary to address
deficiencies in the program found during inspections or audits done by the permitting
authority.  Whatever the reason for the modification, these modifications to the
approved program require review and approval by the permitting authority  (Approval
Authority)  when the modifications are considered substantial, per 40 CFR 403.18. All
approved substantial program modifications to the POTW's approved pretreatment
program require minor modifications to the permit.
154 - «BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Special Conditions                                                    Chapter 8
                                 Regulatory Update
 As of December 1996, there are two proposed regulations that may impact the permitting requirements
 for POTWs with pretreatment programs. First is the regulation that defines a substantial pretreatment
 program modification.  EPA is reconsidering the definition of what is a substantial modification.  EPA has
 proposed to shorten the list and thereby reduce the need for minor permit modifications. Second, EPA
 has proposed a new regulation for POTWs to apply for NPDES permits. The current regulations require
 POTWs to submit an evaluation of the need for local limits with their NPDES permit application.  The
 proposed regulation would require the evaluation to be submitted after the permit has been reissued.
 Therefore the permit will need to have language included that implements this requirement.
      Most of the POTWs who need pretreatment program requirements in their
permits currently have them in place. EPA Regions and approved States have
developed standard pretreatment development or implementation conditions (with
minor modifications made to tailor the conditions to the specific permittee) that are
placed in all pretreatment POTW NPDES permits in that Region or State.  The permit
writer can obtain examples of these NPDES pretreatment conditions from the EPA or
State pretreatment coordinators.  The permit writer may need to update or modify
pretreatment implementation  language or initiate corrective action related to the
pretreatment program.

      A NPDES State or an  EPA Region will often designate a pretreatment
coordinator to serve as the pretreatment expert to  review the annual report from
the POTW and recommend any action to be taken. The State or EPA Regional
pretreatment coordinator is a key resource  on pretreatment issues, particularly at the
time of NPDES permit reissuance.  EPA has prepared a number of guidance manuals
for POTWs on how to implement their local pretreatment programs.

      Pretreatment program information and monitoring data obtained through the
POTW's pretreatment program may be  useful to the permit writer in identifying
possible modifications to the  pretreatment program's local limits or procedures,  or the
need for water quality-based  controls.  Although there is currently no requirement for
chemical-specific toxics effluent monitoring to be submitted with the permit application,
most pretreatment POTWs have performed toxics  monitoring of their influent, effluent,
and  sludge.  The permit writer should obtain such  data with the aid of the pretreatment
coordinator.  These data can be used to determine the need for water quality-based
limits.
                                                NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -155

-------
 Special Conditions                                                  Chapter 8

8.3.2 Municipal Sewage Sludge
      Section 405(d) of the CWA requires that EPA regulate the use and disposal of
sewage sludge to protect public health and the environment from any reasonably
anticipated adverse effects of these practices.  In the CWA, Congress directs EPA to
develop technical standards for municipal sludge use and disposal options.  These
standards are set out in 40 CFR Part 503. Congress also enacted strict deadlines for
compliance with these standards. Within 1 year of promulgation of the standards,
compliance was required unless construction of new pollution control facilities was
necessary, in which case compliance was required within 2 years.

      EPA promulgated the 40 CFR Part 503 Standards for the Use or Disposal of
Sewage Sludge on February 19, 1993 (58 FR 9248) with amendments on February
19, 1994 (59 FR 9095) and October 25,  1995 (60 FR 54764).  These regulations
address four sludge use and disposal practices: land application, surface disposal,
incineration, and disposal in a  municipal  solid waste landfill. The standards for each
end use and disposal method consist of  general requirements, numeric pollutant
limits, operational standards, and management practices, as well as monitoring,
recordkeeping, and reporting requirements.  Unlike technology standards based on
the ability of treatment technologies to reduce the level of pollutants, EPA's sewage
sludge standards are based on health and environmental risks.

      40 CFR Part 503 imposes requirements on four groups:

      •   Persons who prepare sewage sludge or material derived from  sewage
          sludge
      •   Land appliers of sewage sludge
      •   Owners/operators of sewage sludge surface disposal sites
      •   Owners/operators of sewage sludge incinerators.

      The regulation is largely self-implementing.  This means that anyone engaged
in activities covered by the regulation must comply with the appropriate requirements
on or before the compliance deadlines.  A person who violates 40 CFR Part 503
requirements is subject to administrative, civil, and/or criminal enforcement actions.
156 - «B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
  Special Conditions                                                  Chapter 8

      Section 405(f) of the CWA requires the inclusion of sewage sludge use or
disposal requirements in any NPDES permit issued to a Treatment Works Treating
Domestic Sewage (TWTDS) and authorizes the issuance of sewage sludge permits
to non-discharging TWTDS. To provide a mechanism for this inclusion, EPA
promulgated revisions to the NPDES permit regulations at 40 CFR  Parts 122 and 124
on May 2, 1989 (54 FR 18716). These revisions expanded EPA's authority to include
sewage sludge use and disposal standards in NPDES permits and  to issue NPDES
permits to treatment works that do not have an effluent discharge to waters of the
United States, but are involved in sewage sludge use or disposal as preparers,
appliers, or owners/operators.  TWTDS includes all sewage sludge generators and
facilities that change the quality of sewage sludge such as blenders.

      EPA recognizes that implementation of 40 CFR Part 503  requirements is a
source of confusion  for permit writers and permittees who may already have NPDES
permits with sewage sludge special conditions.  The end result is that both NPDES
sludge permit conditions and 40 CFR Part 503 requirements apply.  EPA expects that
overtime, all NPDES sludge requirements will be revised to include the 40 CFR Part
503 requirements. To reduce confusion,  EPA has provided several guidance
documents to explain the requirements of 40 CFR Part 503.

      •   Part 503  Implementation Guidance.57
      •   Land Application of Sewage Sludge—A Guide for Land Appliers on the
          Recordkeeping and Reporting  Requirements of the Federal Standards for
          the Use and Disposal of Sewage Sludge Management in 40 CFR Part
          503.5S
      •   Surface Disposal of Sewage Sludge—A Guide for Owners/Operators of
          Surface Disposal Facilities on the Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and
          Reporting Requirements of the Federal Standards for the Use and Disposal
          of Sewage Sludge in 40 CFR Part 503.59
   "USEPA (1995).  Part 503 Implementation Guidance. EPA 833-R-95-001.  Office of Water.

   58USEPA (1994).  Land Application of Sewage Sludge—A Guide for Land Appliers on the
Recordkeeping and Reporting Requirements of the Federal Standards for the Use and Disposal of
Sewage Sludge Management in 40 CFR Part 503. EPA-831/B-93-002c. Office of Water.

   59USEPA (1994).  Surface Disposal of Sewage Sludge—A Guide for Owner/Operators of Surface
Disposal Facilities on the Monitoring, Record Keeping, and Reporting Requirements of the Federal
Standards for the Use and Disposal of Sewage Sludge in 40 CFR Part 503. EPA-831/B-93-002b.
Office of Water.

                                         &ER& NPDES Permit  Writers' Manual -157

-------
 Special Conditions                                                    Chapter 8

      •   Preparing Sewage Sludge for Land Application or Surface Disposal—A
          Guide for Preparers of Sewage Sludge on the Monitoring, Record Keeping,
          and Reporting Requirements of the Federal Standards for the Use or
          Disposal of Sewage Sludge in 40 CFR Part 503.™
      •   Domestic Septage Regulatory Guidance, A Guide to the EPA 503 Rule.6*
      •   Control of Pathogens and Vector Attraction in Sewage Sludge.62


      The permit writer should  refer to the Part 503 Implementation Guidance63 and
EPA Region and State guidelines or policies for instructions on how to implement the
applicable 40 CFR Part 503 standards into the permit.  The permit writer will need to
determine the type of sludge use  or disposal practice(s) used by the permittee and
apply the appropriate 40 CFR Part 503 standards. In general, conditions will need to
be established to address:

      •   Pollutant concentrations or loading rates
      •   Operational standards  (such as pathogen and vector  attraction reduction
          requirements for land application and surface disposal and total
          hydrocarbons (THC)  concentrations for incinerators)
      •   Management practices (e.g., siting restrictions, design requirements,
          operating practices)
      •   Monitoring  requirements (e.g., pollutants to be monitored, sampling
          locations, frequency, and sample collection and analytical methods)
      •   Recordkeeping requirements
      •   Reporting requirements (e.g., contents  of reports and frequency or due
          dates for submission of reports)
      •   General requirements (e.g., specific notification  requirements prior to land
          application, submission of closure and post closure plan for surface
          disposal sites).
   ^USEPA (1993). Preparing Sewage Sludge for Land Application or Surface Disposal—A Guide for
Preparers of Sewage Sludge on the Monitoring, Recordkeeping, and Reporting Requirements of the
Federal Standards for the Use or Disposal of Sewage Sludge in 40 CFR Part 503. EPA-
831/B-93-002a. Office of Water.

   61USEPA (1993). Domestic Septage Regulatory Guidance—A Guide to the EPA 503 Rule.  EPA-
832/B-92-005. Office of Water.

   82USEPA (1992). Control of Pathogens and Vector Attraction in Sewage Sludge. EPA-625/R-92-
013.  Office of Research and Development.

   "USEPA (1995). Part 503 Implementation Guidance.  EPA 833-R-95-001.  Office of Water.


158 - «BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Special Conditions                                                   Chapter 8

      In addition to any specific applicable 40 CFR Part 503 standards, three
boilerplate conditions must be written in the NPDES permit: (1) language requiring the
POTW/TWTDS to comply with all existing requirements for sludge use and disposal,
including the 40 CFR Part 503 standards, (2) a reopener clause, which authorizes
reopening a permit to include technical standards if the technical standards are more
stringent or more comprehensive than the conditions in the permit, and (3) a
notification provision requiring the permittee to give notice to the permitting authority
when a  significant change in the sludge use or disposal practice occurs (or is
planned).

      If permit conditions based on existing regulations are insufficient to protect
public health and the environment from adverse effects that may occur from toxic
pollutants in sewage sludge, permit conditions should be developed on a case-by-case
basis using BPJ to fulfill the statutory requirement.  EPA's Part 503 Implementation
Guidance64 contains information to assist permit writers in developing pollutant limits
and management practice requirements on a case-by-case basis to protect public
health and the environment from adverse effects that may occur from toxic pollutants
in sewage sludge.

8.3.3 Combined  Sewer Overflows (CSOs)
      Combined sewer systems are designed to collect both sanitary and industrial
wastewater and storm water runoff.  During dry weather, combined sewers carry
sanitary wastes and industrial discharges to a treatment plant.  In periods of heavy
rainfall, however, the combined storm water runoff and untreated sanitary sewage,
including industrial wastewater, can overflow and discharge this untreated wastewater
directly to a  water body. These overflows are called combined sewer  overflows
(CSOs).

      On April 19, 1994, EPA published a CSO Control Policy in the Federal Register
(59 FR 18688) which represents a comprehensive national strategy to ensure that
municipalities,  permitting authorities, water quality standards authorities, and the public
engage  in a comprehensive and coordinated planning effort to achieve cost effective
CSO controls that ultimately meet appropriate health and environmental objectives.
   MUSEPA (1995). Part 503 Implementation Guidance.  EPA 833-R-95-001. Office of Water.
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -159

-------
 Special Conditions                                                   Chapter B

      CSOs are point source discharges subject to both the technology-based
requirements of the CWA and to applicable State water quality standards.  Under the
CWA, CSOs must comply with the BAT for nonconventional and toxic pollutants and
BCT for conventional pollutants. However, there are no promulgated BAT/BCT
effluent guidelines and limitations for CSOs. As a result, permit writers must use BPJ
in developing technology-based permit requirements for controlling CSOs.  In addition,
permit conditions must achieve compliance with applicable water quality standards.

      The 1994 CSO Control Policy contains the recommended approach for
developing and issuing NPDES permits to control CSOs.  In addition, EPA has
developed the following guidance documents to help permit writers and permittees
implement the CSO Control Policy:

      •    Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Long-Term Control Plan.65
      •    Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Nine Minimum Controls.66
      •    Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Screening and Ranking.67
      •    Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Monitoring and Modeling68
      •    Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Financial Capability Assessment
          and Schedule Development69
      •    Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Funding Options.70
      •    Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Permit Writers.7*
   65USEPA (1995). Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Long-Term Control Plan.  EPA-
832/B-95-002.

   ^USEPA (1995). Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Nine Minimum Controls. EPA-
832/B-95-003.

   67USEPA (1995). Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Screening and Ranking. EPA-832/B-
95-004.

   ^USEPA (1995). Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Monitoring and Modeling.  (DRAFT).
EPA-832/B-95-005.

   69USEPA (1995). Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Financial Capability Assessment and
Schedule Development (DRAFT).  EPA-832/B-95-006.

   70USEPA (1995). Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Funding Options.  EPA-832/B-95-007.

   71USEPA (1995). Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Permit Writers. EPA-832/B-95-008.

160 - *Bft NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Special Conditions                                                 Chapter 8

      Combined Sewer Overflows-Guidance for Permit Writers contains guidance,
and example permit language that the permit writer can use.  Because the control of
CSOs typically requires substantial long-term planning, construction, financing and
continuous reassessment, the implementation of CSO controls will probably occur over
several permit cycles.  The Combined Sewer Overflows—Guidance for Permit Writers
explains a phased permitting approach to CSOs. Exhibit 8-1 depicts this phased
permitting approach and the types of permitting conditions that should be developed
for each phase. Depending on the particular permittee's situation, a permit may
contain both Phase I and Phase II elements. The initial permit conditions for CSOs,
called Phase I permit requirements, should address:

      •    Implementation of technology-based CSO controls as soon as possible but
          no later than January 1, 1997. The  policy describes nine CSO control
          measures that may be considered minimum BAT/BCT, based on the permit
          writer's BPJ. Exhibit 8-2 shows the nine minimum controls (NMC).
      •    Development of a CSO Long-Term Control Plan  (LTCP) generally within 2
          years of  permit issuance.  The policy describes the minimum elements
          which the LTCP should address.  Exhibit 8-3 shows those minimum
          elements.
      The second round of NPDES permits to control CSOs, called Phase II, will
contain specific permit conditions addressing continued implementation of the NMC
and implementation of the selected long-term CSO control measures identified in the
LTCP.  The permit writer will need to review the permittee's LTCP and consult with
other staff involved in the CSO control process and the permittee to determine the
appropriate permit conditions. Water quality-based controls will be expressed as
narrative requirements and performance standards for the combined sewer system.
Finally, post Phase II permit conditions would address continued implementation of the
NMC, long-term CSO controls, and post-construction compliance monitoring.  There
may also be numeric water quality-based effluent limits when sufficient data exists to
support their development.
                                        6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -161

-------
                                                   EXHIBIT 8-1
                                  Categories of CSO Permitting Conditions
                                   Time (yrs)  0	,
                        ,.5	10	>
       NPDES Permit
      Phase I
       Phase II
    Post Phase II
A. Technology-Based
NMC, at a minimum
NMC, at a minimum
NMC, at a minimum
B. Water Quality-Based
Narrative
Narrative + performance-
based standards
Narrative + performance-
based standards +
numeric water quality-
based effluent limits (as
appropriate)
C. Monitoring
Characterization,
monitoring, and modeling
of CSS
Monitoring to evaluate
water quality impacts
Monitoring to determine
effectiveness of CSO
controls.
Post-construction
compliance monitoring
D. Reporting
Documentation of NMC
implementation

Interim LTCP
deliverables.
Implementation of CSO
controls (both NMC and
long-term controls)
Report results of post-
construction compliance
monitoring
E. Special Conditions
Prohibition of dry
weather overflows
(DWO)

Development of LTCP.
Prohibition of DWO

Implementation of LTCP

Reopener clause for water
quality standards
violations

Sensitive area
reassessment.
Prohibition of DWO

Reopener clause for
water quality standards
violations.
            162 - &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Special Conditions                                                     Chapter 8

                                 EXHIBIT 8-2
                        Nine Minimum CSO Controls
 1.   Proper operation and regular maintenance programs for the sewer system and the CSOs
 2.   Maximum use of the collection system for storage
 3.   Review and modification of pretreatment requirements to ensure that CSO impacts are
     minimized
 4.   Maximization of flow to the POTW for treatment
 5.   Prohibition of CSOs during dry weather
 6.   Control of solid and floatable materials in CSOs
 7.   Establishment of pollution prevention programs
 8.   Public notification to ensure that the  public receives adequate notification of CSO
     occurrences and CSO impacts
 9.   Monitoring to effectively characterize CSO impacts and the efficacy of CSO controls.
                                 EXHIBIT 8-3
              Elements of the Long-Term CSO Control Plan
  1.   Characterization, monitoring, and modeling of the combined sewer system
 2.   Public participation
 3.   Consideration of sensitive areas
 4.   Evaluation of alternatives
 5.   Cost/performance considerations
 6.   Operational plan
 7.   Maximizing treatment at the existing POTW treatment plant
 8.   Implementation schedule
 9.   Post-construction compliance monitoring program.
      In developing permit requirements to meet technology-based requirements and
applicable State water quality standards, the permit writer in conjunction with staff
involved in water quality standards and the permittee, should identify the appropriate
site-specific considerations that will determine the CSO conditions to be established in
the permit.  EPA believes that the following information will be particularly relevant in
developing the appropriate conditions:
                                           &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 163

-------
 Special Conditions                                                  Chapter 8

      •   CSO Discharge
          -  Flow,  frequency, and duration of the CSO discharge
          -  Available effluent characterization data on the CSO discharge
          -  Available information and data on the impacts of the CSO discharge(s)
             (e.g.,  305(b) reports, ambient survey data, fish kills, 304(1) lists of
             impaired waters)
          -  Compliance history of the CSO owner, including performance and
             reliability of any existing CSO controls
          -  Current NPDES permit and NPDES permit application
          -  Facility planning information from the permittee  which addresses CSOs


      •   Technologies
          -  Performance data (either from the manufacturer or from other
             applications) for various CSO technologies that  may be employed,
             including equipment efficiency and reliability
          -  Cost information associated with both the installation, operation and
             maintenance of CSO technologies
          -  Reference materials on various types of CSO technologies (e.g., Water
             Environment Federation Manual of Practice, American Society of
             Chemical Engineers publications).


8.3.4 Sanitary Sewer Overflows

(RESERVED)


8.3.5 Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems (MS4)

      The November 16, 1990 (55 FR 47990) storm water application regulations
established requirements for a two-part permit application that allows local
governments to assist in defining priority pollutant sources within the municipality and
to develop and implement appropriate controls for such discharges to MS4.  Part II  of
the application required municipal applicants to propose municipal storm water
management programs to control pollutants to the "maximum extent practicable"
(MEP) and to effectively prohibit non-storm water discharges to the municipal system.
Municipal  storm water management programs are a combination of source controls
and management practices that address targeted sources within the boundaries of the
municipal  system. For example, a municipality that expects significant new
development may focus more on proposing requirements for new development and
construction.  On the other hand, a municipality that does not  expect significant new
development may focus more on municipal activities that affect storm water quality


164 - ABft NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Special Conditions                                                  Chapter 8

such as: maintenance of leaking sanitary sewers, road de-icing and maintenance,
operation of municipal landfills, flood control efforts, and control of industrial
contributions of storm water.

      As with  any NPDES permit, MS4 permits must assure compliance with
applicable technology-based requirements (in this case, the MEP) as well as
applicable water quality standards.  However, unlike POTWs where technology-based
requirements are defined by secondary treatment standards, and most industrial
sources that have promulgated ELGs, there are no promulgated technology-based
standards that define MEP.  Therefore, permit writers must rely on application
requirements specified in the regulations and  the applicants proposed management
program when developing appropriate permit  conditions. EPA has developed the
following guidance document to assist permit  writers as well as permittees to
implement the  Municipal Storm Water Program:

      •   Guidance Manual for the Preparation of Part 2 of the NPDES Permit
          Applications For Discharge From Municipal Separate Storm Sewer
          Systems.72
   72USEPA (1992). Guidance Manual for the Preparation of Part 2 of the NPDES Permit Application
for Discharges from Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems.  EPA-833/B-92-002.  Office of Water.

                                         AEFA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -165

-------
Chapter  9
Standard  Conditions  of

NPDES  Permits

     This chapter describes standard conditions, sometimes called "boilerplate"
conditions, that consist of pre-established conditions that must be incorporated into
every permit.  The standard conditions set out in 40 CFR §§122.41 and 122.42 play
an important supporting role to the numeric permit limits because these conditions
delineate the legal, administrative, and procedural requirements of the permit.
Standard conditions may be inserted verbatim from the regulations or incorporated into
the permit by specific reference to the regulations.  Standard conditions cover various
topics, including definitions, testing procedures, records retention, notification
requirements, penalties for noncompliance, and permittee responsibilities.

     The use of standard conditions helps errsure uniformity and consistency of all
NPDES  permits issued by authorized States or EPA Regional offices.  The permit
writer needs to be aware of the contents of the standard conditions because it may
often be necessary to explain portions of these conditions to a permittee. The permit
writer should also keep abreast of any changes in EPA's standard conditions set out in
40 CFR  §122.41 as statutes or regulations are revised periodically.
                                 6BA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -167

-------
 Standard Conditions of NPDES Permits                                Chapter 9

9.1   Types of Standard Conditions

      A brief discussion of each of EPA's standard conditions for NPDES permits
follows:


      •    Duty to Comply [40 CFR §122.41 (a)]—The permittee must comply with all
          conditions of the permit.  Noncompliance is a violation of the CWA and is
          grounds for injunctive relief, substantial monetary penalties, incarceration,
          changes or terminations to the permit, or denial of permit renewal.
      •    Duty to Reapply [40 CFR §122.41 (b)]—If a permittee, after the expiration
          of its permit, desires to continue its activities, it must reapply for and obtain
          a new permit.
      •    Need to Halt or Reduce Activity not a Defense [40 CFR §122.41 (c)]—
          The permittee may not use as  a defense the reasoning that compliance
          could only be achieved by halting or reducing the permitted activity.
      •    Duty to Mitigate [40 CFR §122.41 (d)]—The permittee is required to take
          all  reasonable steps  to prevent any discharge or sludge use or disposal in
          violation of this permit that has a reasonable likelihood of adversely
          affecting human health or the environment.
      •    Proper Operation and Maintenance [40 CFR §122.41 (e)]—The permittee
          must properly operate and maintain all equipment and treatment systems
          used by the permittee for compliance with the terms of the permit. The
          permittee must provide appropriate laboratory controls and quality
          assurance procedures.  Backup systems are required when  needed to
          ensure compliance.  However,  each main line unit treatment process must
          be operated as a minimum.
      •    Permit Actions [40 CFR §122.41 (f)]—The permit may be modified,
          revoked, reissued, or terminated for cause.  The filing of a request by the
          permittee for a modification,  revocation, reissuance, termination, or
          notification of planned changes or anticipated noncompliance does not halt
          any permit condition.
      •    Property Rights [40 CFR §122.41 (g)]—The permit does not convey any
          property rights of any sort, or any exclusive privilege.
      •    Duty to Provide Information [40 CFR §122.41 (h)]—The permittee must
          transmit any information needed to determine compliance with the permit or
          to modify the  permit.
      •    Inspection and Entry [40 CFR §122.41 (i)]—The permittee must, upon
          presentation of valid credentials by the Director or his representative, allow
          entry into the  premises where the regulated activity and/or records are
          present. The Director must have access to and be able to make copies of
          any required records, inspect facilities, practices, operations, and
          equipment, and sample or monitor at reasonable times.
168 - 6EBV NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Standard Conditions of NPDES Permits                                Chapter 9

     •   Monitoring and Records [40 CFR §122.41 (j)]—Samples must be
         representative of the monitored activity. Records must be retained for 3
         years (5 years for sludge activities) subject to extension by the Director.
         Monitoring records must identify the sampling dates and personnel, the
         sample location and time, and the analytical techniques used and
         corresponding results.  Wastewater and sludge measurements must be
         conducted in accordance with 40 CFR Parts 136 or 503 or other specified
         procedures.  Falsification of results is a violation.
     •   Signatory and Certification Requirements [40 CFR §122.41 (k)]—
         Applications, reports, or information submitted to the Director must be
         signed and certified.  Knowingly making false statements,  representations,
         or certifications is subject to penalties.
     •   Planned Changes [40 CFR §122.41 (l)(1)]—Notice must be given to the
         Director as soon as possible of any planned physical alterations and/or
         additions to the facility.  This.notice is required if the facility changes to
         meet the criteria for a new source or the nature and concentration of
         pollutants are affected.
     •   Anticipated Noncompliance [40 CFR §122.41 (l)(2)]—The permittee must
         give advance notice of any conditions that may result in noncompliance.
     •   Permit Transfers [40 CFR §122.41 (l)(3)]—The permit is not transferable
         except after written notice to the Director.  The Director may require
         modification or revocation and reissuance, as necessary.
     •   Monitoring Reports [40 CFR §122.41 (l)(4)]—Reports must be submitted
         on  a DMR or on a Director-specified form for sludge use/disposal practices.
         In addition, more frequent monitoring must be reported. Calculations
         requiring averaging must use an arithmetic mean, except for fecal coliform.
         Monitoring results must be reported at the frequency specified in the permit.
     •   Compliance Schedules [40 CFR §122.41 (l)(5)]—Reports required by a
         compliance schedule in the permit must be submitted within 14 days of the
         due date.
     •   Twenty-Four Hour Reporting [40 CFR §122.41 (l)(6)]—The permittee must
         report any noncompliance that may endanger human health or the
         environment within 24 hours after becoming aware  of the circumstance.
         Within 5 days, the permittee must provide a written submission containing
         the information outlined in 40 CFR §122.41 (l)(6)(ii)  unless the requirement
         is waived by the permitting authority.
     •   Other Noncompliance [40 CFR §122.41 (l)(7)]—The permittee must report
         all instances of noncompliance not reported under other specific  reporting
         requirements at the time monitoring reports are submitted.
     •   Other Information [40 CFR §122.41 (l)(8)]—Where the permittee becomes
         aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts in its application, or
         submitted incorrect information in its application or  other reports, it must
         promptly submit such  information.


                                        4EFA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -169

-------
 Standard Conditions of NPDES Permits                                Chapter 9

      •   Bypass [40 CFR §122.41 (m)]—Intentional diversions of untreated waste
          streams from any portion of a treatment facility are prohibited unless (1) the
          bypass does not cause effluent to exceed limits, and (2) the bypass was
          unavoidable to prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe property
          damage, and there was no feasible alternatives, and the proper notification
          was submitted.
      •   Upset [40 CFR §122.41 (n)]—An  upset can be used as an affirmative
          defense in actions brought to the  permittee for noncompliance.  The
          permittee (who has the burden of proof) must have operational logs or other
          evidence that shows (1) when the upset occurred and its causes, (2) that
          the facility was being operated properly, (3) proper notification was made,
          and (4) remedial measures were taken.

9.2   Other Standard Conditions

      In addition to  standard conditions specified in 40 CFR §122.41, 40 CFR
§122.42 sets forth additional conditions applicable to specified categories of NPDES
permits. These conditions include:

      •   Existing manufacturing, commercial, mining, and silvicultural dischargers
          must notify EPA as soon as they  know or have reason to believe that the
          discharge has or will exceed notification levels set forth in
          40 CFR §122.42(a).
      •   POTWs must provide adequate notice to  EPA for new introduction of
          pollutants into the POTW, for substantial  changes in the volume or
          character of pollutants, and related  information specified in
          40 CFR §122.42(b).
      •   Large, medium or EPA-designated municipal separate storm sewer systems
          must submit an annual report addressing  the status, and changes to, the
          storm water management program, water quality data and other information
          specified in 40 CFR §122.42(c).
170 - ABft NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Chapter  10
Variances to  Permit

Requirements and Other

Regulatory Considerations

    To address unique permitting situations, the CWA and NPDES regulations allow
permit writers to grant variances under certain prescribed conditions. These variances
may apply to either technology-based or water quality-based regulatory requirements.
The variances available under the NPDES Program are described below.

    The NPDES Program has also established certain requirements to ensure that
NPDES permits address the statutory and regulatory requirements of other
environmental programs. The permit writer should be aware of these other programs
in developing permit conditions, and work with the regulatory agencies that oversee
these programs.  Section 10.3 describes these considerations.

10.1 Variances to Technology-Based Permit Requirements
    In addition to specifying national goals for water pollution control, the CWA
provides a mechanism for modification of the technology-based requirements of the
CWA for exceptional cases. These modifications are called variances. Very specific
data requirements must be met by an applicant before a variance may be granted. As

                                 NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -171

-------
                                            Variances to Permit Requirements and
 Chapter 10                                      Other Regulatory Considerations

the term implies, a variance is the unusual situation, and the permit writer should not
expect to routinely receive variance requests.  Nevertheless, the permit writer should
be aware of the major types of variances and the basic requirements for each,
because the permit writer will most likely be the person to  conduct the initial reviews of
such requests before submitting them for review to the State Director (if applicable),
the EPA Regional office, and EPA Headquarters. The permit writer should consult 40
CFR §124.62 for the procedures for decisions on the various types of variances.

      With one exception  (fundamentally different factors variance), a variance
request must be submitted before the close  of the public comment period of the
permit.  The following paragraphs discuss variances and the factors that  should be
considered in a technical review of the variance request.

10.1.1    Economic Variances
      Section 301 (c) of the CWA provides for a variance for nonconventional
pollutants from BAT-based effluent limitations due to economic factors. Note that
there are no implementing regulations for §301 (c); rather, variance requests must be
made and reviewed based on the statutory language in CWA §301 (c). The variance
may also apply to non-guideline limits in accordance with 40 CFR §122.21 (m)(2)(ii).
The request for the variance from effluent limitations developed from BAT guidelines is
normally filed by the discharger during the public  notice period for the draft permit.
Other filing time periods may apply, as specified in 40 CFR §122.21 (m)(2). The
application must show that the modified requirements:

      •   Represent the maximum use of technology within the economic capability of
          the owner or operator; and
      •   Will result in further progress toward the no discharge  goal.

      The methodologies  for determining economic capability for utilities is different
than that used for other industries. Utilities should perform two financial calculations.
Generally, EPA will only grant a variance if both tests indicate that the pollution control
equipment is not economically achievable and the applicant can demonstrate
"reasonable further progress."  Other industry categories must calculate three financial
tests to determine  if they are eligible on economic grounds for a 301 (c) variance.
172 - dBK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Variances to Permit Requirements and
Other Regulatory Considerations                                       Chapter 10

Guidance for conducting these financial tests is available from EPA's Office of
Wastewater Management.  Generally, EPA will only grant a variance if all three tests
indicate that the required pollution control is not economically achievable and the
applicant makes the requisite demonstration about "reasonable further progress."

      With respect to the second requirement for a 301 (c) modification (reasonable
further progress toward the no-discharge goal), the applicant must, at a minimum,
demonstrate compliance with all applicable BPT limitations and pertinent water quality
standards. In addition, the  proposed alternative must provide for a reasonable degree
of improvement in the applicant's discharge.

10.1.2    Variances Based on Localized Environmental Factors
      Section 301 (g) of the CWA provides for a variance for certain nonconventional
pollutants from BAT effluent guidelines due to  localized environmental factors.  These
pollutants include ammonia, chlorine, color, iron, and total phenols.  The discharger
must file a variance application that meets the following requirements:

      •   The modified requirements must result in compliance with BPT and water
          quality standards of the receiving stream.
      •   No additional treatment will be  required of other point or nonpoint  source
          dischargers as a result of the variance  approval.
      •   The modified requirements will  not interfere with attainment or maintenance
          of water quality to protect public water supplies, or with protection and
          propagation of a balanced population of shellfish, fish, and wildfowl, and will
          allow recreational activities in and on the water. Also, the modified
          requirements will not result in quantities of  pollutants that may reasonably
          be anticipated  to pose an unacceptable risk to human health or the
          environment, cause acute or chronic toxicity, or promote synergistic
          properties.

      The permit writer should review the request to ensure that it complies  with each
of the requirements for this type of variance.  This variance request involves  a great
deal of water quality assessment, including aquatic toxicity, mixing zone and dilution
model analysis, and possible site-specific  criterion development.  In addition, many
complex human health effects must be assessed, including carcinogenicity,
teratogenicity, mutagenicity, bioaccumulation, and synergistic  propensities. All permit
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -173

-------
                                           Variances to Permit Requirements and
 Chapter 10                                     Other Regulatory Considerations

writers should use the EPA draft 301 (g) technical guidance manual to assess a
completed variance request.  Typical industries that have applied for 301 (g) variances
include Iron and Steel Manufacturing, Steam Electric Power Generating, Inorganic
Chemicals Manufacturing, Nonferrous Metals Manufacturing, Aluminum Forming, and
Pesticides Manufacturing facilities.

10.1.3    Marine Discharge Variances
      Section 301 (h) of the CWA provides for variances from secondary treatment
standards for POTWs that  discharge into marine waters if the modified requirements
do not interfere with the attainment or maintenance of water quality. EPA has
promulgated specific regulations pertaining to CWA §301 (h) that are provided in 40
CFR Part 125, Subpart G.

      All 301 (h) modified permits must contain the following specific permit conditions:

      •   Effluent limitations and mass loadings that will assure compliance with  40
          CFR Part 125, Subpart G
      •   Compliance schedules for pretreatment program development, a
          nonindustrial toxics control program, and control of combined sewer
          overflows
      •   Monitoring program requirements that include biomonitoring, water quality,
          and effluent monitoring
      •   Reporting  requirements that  include the results of the monitoring programs.

Also,  no new or substantially increased discharges from the point source of the
affected pollutant can be released above that volume of discharge specified in the
permit.

      EPA has developed several guidance manuals related to 301 (h) variances,
including the Revised Section 301 (h) Technical Support Document.73
   73USEPA (1982). Revised Section 301 (h) Technical Support Document. EPA-430/9-82-011.  Office
of Water.
174 - *BA NPOES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Variances to Permit Requirements and
 Other Regulatory Considerations                                      Chapter 10

10.1.4    Fundamentally Different Factors Variances
      Section 301 (n) of the CWA provides for variances based upon fundamentally
different factors (PDF) for BAT and BCT pollutants while 40 CFR Part 125, Subpart D
provides the regulatory authority for BPT variances.  PDF variances for direct
dischargers are available from effluent  limitations guidelines for toxic, conventional,
and nonconventional pollutants if the individual facility is found to be fundamentally
different from the factors considered in establishing the  effluent guidelines. There is
no PDF variance allowed from NSPS.  The PDF variance for BPT must be filed by the
close of the public comment period under 40 CFR §124.10. The PDF variance for
BAT or BCT must be requested by the discharger within 180 days of the guideline
promulgation.  Where a PDF variance request is approved, calculated alternative limits
cannot be any less stringent than justified by the fundamental difference and cannot
cause violations of water quality standards.

      Factors needed to justify a BPT  PDF variance must be related to a discharger's
facilities, equipment, processes, and compliance cost that are different from those
considered in the development of the guidelines.  Factors for BAT and BCT variance
requests are similar except that cost cannot be considered.  Additional factors that
cannot be considered for any PDF variance request include the feasibility of installing
the necessary treatment within the given time frame, a claim that the limits cannot be
achieved with the given technology (unless supported with  data), the discharger's
ability to pay, or the impact on local receiving water quality. The review or proposal of
an PDF variance is completed on a case-by-case basis. The burden of proof lies with
the entity requesting the variance.

10.1.5    Thermal Discharge Variances
      Section 316(a) of the CWA provides for variances from effluent limitations for
the thermal component of a discharge. Regulations for submitting and reviewing
thermal discharge variance requests are promulgated at 40 CFR Part 125, Subpart H.
Less stringent alternative thermal effluent limits may be included in permits if the
discharger demonstrates that such effluent limits are more stringent than necessary to
assure the protection and propagation of a balanced, indigenous community of
shellfish, fish and wildlife in and on the body of water into which the discharge is
                                         AffA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -175

-------
                                            Variances to Permit Requirements and
  Chapter 10                                      Other Regulatory Considerations

made, taking into account the cumulative impact of its thermal discharge together with
all other significant impacts on the species affected.

10.1.6    Net Credits
      In some cases, solely as a result of the level of pollutants in the intake water,
facilities are faced with situations in which technology-based limits are difficult or
impossible to meet with BAT/BCT technology. Under certain circumstances, the
NPDES regulations allow credit for pollutants in intake water.  The following
requirements have been established in 40 CFR §122.45(g) for establishing net
limitations:

      •   Credit for generic pollutants, such as BOD5 or TSS, are only authorized
          where the constituents resulting in the effluent BOD5 and the TSS are
          similar between the intake water and the discharge.
      •   Credit is only authorized up to the extent necessary to meet the applicable
          limitation or standard, with a maximum value equal to the  influent
          concentration.
      •   Intake water must be taken from the same body of water into which the
          discharge is made.
      •   Net credits do not apply to the discharge of raw water clarifier sludge
          generated during the treatment of intake water.

      Permit writers are authorized to grant net credits for the quantity of  pollutants in
the intake water where the applicable effluent guidelines specify that the guidelines are
to be applied on a net basis or where the pollution control technology would, if
properly installed and operated, meet applicable effluent guidelines iimitations and
standards in the absence of the pollutants in the intake waters.

10.2 Variances to Water Quality-Based  Permit Requirements
      Several types of variances exist that may change the fundamental basis  of
water quality-based effluent limitations, specifically:

      •   Site-specific water quality criteria modification,
      •   Designated use reclassification, and
      •   Water quality standard variance.

Each of these variances are described below.
176 - «B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Variances to Permit Requirements and
Other Regulatory Considerations                                       Chapter 10

10.2.1    Site-Specific Water Quality Criteria Modification
      Section 304(a) of the CWA recommends procedures for States to develop
water quality criteria.  The State does have the option of modifying water quality
criteria on a site-specific basis.  Setting site-specific criteria may be appropriate where
background water quality parameters, such as pH, hardness, temperature, and color
appear to differ significantly from the laboratory water used to develop the CWA
§304(a) criteria; or the types of local aquatic organisms differ significantly from those
actually tested in  developing the CWA §304(a) criteria. Modifications change water
quality criteria permanently, while maintaining the existing designated uses.

10.2.2    Designated Use Reclassification
      Once a use has been designated for a particular water body or segment, the
water body or water body segment cannot be reclassified for a different use except
under specific conditions.  To remove a designated use, as specified  in  Section
101(a)(2) of the CWA, the State must perform a use attainability analysis pursuant to
40 CFR §131.10(j). The Water Quality Standards Handbook: Second Edition7*
discusses use attainability analyses in greater detail.   Reclassifying a water body
causes a permanent change in the water quality standard for that water body.

10.2.3    Water Quality Standard Variance
      Water quality standard variances require similar substantive and procedural
requirements  as removing a designated use, but unlike use removal, variances are
both discharger and pollutant specific, are time-limited, and do not forego the currently
designated use of a water body.  A variance is appropriate  where the State believes
that the standard  can be ultimately attained. By maintaining the standard rather than
changing it, the State will assure that further progress is made in improving the water
quality and attaining the standard.  State-adopted variances have been approved by
EPA where, among other things, the State demonstrates, consistent with 40 CFR Part
131, that meeting the standard is unattainable based on one or more of the grounds
outlined in 40 CFR §131.10(g).  The variance is granted for a specified period of time
   7*USEPA (1994). Water Quality Standards Handbook: Second Edition. EPA 823-B-94-005a.
Office of Water.

                                          AEPA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -177

-------
                                            Variances to Permit Requirements and
 Chapter 10                                      Other Regulatory Considerations

and rejustified at least every 3 years as reasonable progress is made toward meeting
the standards.

      Modifications of or variances to water quality standards have several effects on
permit limits.  Specifically, these variances change the fundamental basis of water
quality-based effluent limits, potentially impacting the reasonable potential
determination and possibly resulting in more or less stringent limitations.  It is the
permit writer's responsibility to ensure that the variance is properly reflected in the
NPDES permit.

10.3 Additional Programmatic  Considerations and
      Requirements
      This section addresses additional programmatic requirements that must be
considered during permit development.  These requirements include anti-backsliding
and compliance with other Federal laws.

10.3.1    Anti-Backsliding
      In general, the term "anti-backsliding" refers to a statutory provision that
prohibits the renewal, reissuance, or modification of an existing NPDES permit that
contains effluents limits, permit conditions, or standards that are less stringent than
those established in the previous permit.  There are, however, exceptions to the
prohibition—determining the applicability and circumstances of the exceptions requires
a familiarity with both the statutory and regulatory language that addresses the issue
of "anti-backsliding."

      Section 402(o) of the Clean Water  Act establishes express  statutory language
prohibiting the backsliding of effluent limitations. Section 402(o)- consists of three main
parts.  First, section 402(o)(1) prohibits (subject to exceptions in sections 303(d){4)
and/or 402(o)(2)) the relaxation of effluent limitations for two situations:

      (1)     When a permittee seeks to revise a technology-based effluent limitation
              based on best professional judgment to reflect a subsequently
              promulgated effluent guideline which is less stringent, and
178 - &Bft NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Variances to Permit Requirements and
 Other Regulatory Considerations                                       Chapter 10

      (2)     When a permittee seeks relaxation of an effluent limitation which is
              based upon a State treatment standard or water quality standard.


      Second, Section 402(o)(2) outlines specific exceptions to the general
prohibition against establishment of less stringent effluent limitations. Codified in the
NPDES regulations at 40 CFR 122.44(1), Section 402(o)(2) provided that the
establishment of less stringent limits may be allowed where:


      (1)     There have been  material and substantial alternations or additions to
              the permitted facility which justify this relaxation.

      (2)     New information (other than revised regulations, guidance, or test
              methods) is available that was not available at the time of permit
              issuance which would have justified a  less stringent effluent limitation.

      (3)     Technical mistakes or mistaken  interpretations of the  law were  made in
              issuing the permit under Section 402(a)(1)(b).

      (4)     Good cause exists due to events beyond the permittee's control (e.g.,
              acts of God) and for which there is no reasonably available remedy.

      (5)     The permit has been modified under 40 CFR §122.62, or a variance
              has been granted.

      (6)     The permittee has installed and properly operated and maintained
              required treatment facilities but still has been unable to meet the permit
              limitations (relaxation may only be allowed to the treatment levels
              actually achieved).


      Although the statute identified six exceptions where effluent limitations may be
relaxed, the language specifically stated that exceptions 3 and 5 (as listed above) do
not apply to water quality-based  effluent limitations.  Thus, exceptions 3 and 5 would
only apply to technology-based effluent limitations derived using best professional
judgment.


      Third, Section 402(o)(3) prohibits the relaxation of effluent limitations in all
cases if a revised effluent limitation would result in a  violation of applicable effluent
limitation guidelines or water quality standards, including antidegradation requirements.
Thus, even if any of the backsliding exceptions outlined in either the statute or
                                          6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -179

-------
Variances to Permit Requirements and
 Other Regulatory Considerations                                       Chapter 10

regulations are applicable and met, Section 402(o)(3) acts as a floor and restricts the
extent to which effluent limitations may be relaxed. This requirement affirms existing
provisions of the CWA that require permit limits, standards, and conditions to ensure
compliance with applicable technology-based limits and water quality standards.

      EPA's current regulations which  address the issue of anti-backsliding reflect the
prohibition imposed by Section 402(o) for the first situation; revision of  existing BPJ-
based permit limitations to reflect subsequently issued effluent guidelines (40 CFR
122.44(l)(2)).  However, the regulations have not been revised to reflect the prohibition
of backsliding  for the second  situation:  relaxation of effluent limitations established on
the basis of Sections 301(b)(1)(C) or 303(d) or (3). EPA believes the water quality
provisions must be implemented based upon interpretation of the CWA in the
meantime.  As such, the  remainder of the discussion on anti-backsliding provisions will
focus on clarifying the intent of the statute as it relates to relaxation of  water quality-
based effluent limitations. In  addition, Exhibit  10-1 provides a graphical interpretation
of the backsliding provisions as they  related to the relaxation of WQBELs.

      EPA has consistently interpreted Section 402(o)(1) of the CWA to allow
relaxation of water quality-based effluent limitations (WQBELs) if  either the
requirements of Section 402(o)(2) or section 303(d)(4) are met.  These two provisions
constitute independent exceptions to the prohibition against relaxation of permit limits.
If either is met, relaxation is permissible.

      Section 303(d)(4)  has two parts: paragraph (A) which applies to "non-
attainment waters" and paragraph (B) which applies to "attainment waters."

      •   Non-attainment water—Section 303(d)(4)(A) allows establishment of less
          stringent WQBEL when the receiving water has been identified as  not
          meeting applicable water quality standards (i.e., a "nonattainment water"), if
          the permittee meets two conditions.  First, the existing WQBEL must have
          been based on a total maximum daily load (TMDL) or  other wasteload
          allocation (WLA) established under Section 303.  Second, relaxation of a
          WQBEL is only allowed if  attainment of water quality standards must be
          ensured.
      •   Attainment water—Section 303(d)(4)(B) applies to waters where the water
          quality equals  or exceeds  levels necessary to protect the  designated use,  or
          to otherwise meet  applicable water quality standards (i.e., an "attainment

180 - 6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Variances to Permit Requirements and
 Other Regulatory Considerations
                                                                     Chapter 10
                                        EXHIBIT 10-1
Anti-Backsliding Rules Relating to Water Quality-Based  Effluent Limitations
                 Is effluent limit based on a State water quality standard?
                                       Yes
                                     or
402(o)(1 )/303(d)(4) |
Are water quality standards attained? 1
YeS>
No 1
    303(d)(4)(B)
  Attainment waters
 Is revision consistent
 with antidegadation?

  Yes
                         303(d)(4)(A)
                     Non-Attainment waters
                        Is limit based on
                         aTMDLWLA?
                                         Yes
No
                                  Is attainment of water
                                quality standards assured?
                               (including antidegradation?)
          Revision
            not
          Allowed
                   T
                   •No
u Yes
                                      402(o)(3)
                                Does revision comply with
                                 effluent guidelines and
                                 water quality standard?
                                                100D-03
                                                                                     -»~No
. 402(o)(2) |
Is a listed exception met? I


i
r

See exis
                                                                Yes
                                                                     40C.F.R. 122.44(1)
                                                            J
                                                     L— No
                 Revision allowed
                                          Revision not allowed
                                                     NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -181

-------
                                            Variances to Permit Requirements and
 Chapter 10                                      Other Regulatory Considerations

          water")- Under Section 303(d)(4)(B), WQBELs may only be relaxed where
          the action is consistent with State's anti-degradation policy.

      As previously mentioned, Section 402(o)(2) outlines specific exceptions to the
general prohibition against backsliding from WQBELs.  These exceptions are
independent of the Section 303(d)(4) exception discussed above and are also
applicable to the backsliding of BPJ limits to reflect subsequently promulgated less
stringent guidelines.

      Finally, all other types of backsliding [for example, backsliding from effluent
guideline-derived  limits, from new source performance standards, from existing BPJ
limits to new BPJ limits, or from water quality-related standards or conditions (except
for effluent limitations)] remain unaffected by the  1987 WQA amendments and EPA's
existing regulations at 40 CFR 122.44(l)(1) will continue to govern them.  This is
because Section 402(o) only prohibits the backsliding of "effluent limits," not other
standards or conditions such as monitoring frequency or changes in species or
protocol for whole effluent toxicity (WET) testing.  The relaxation of all other types of
standards or conditions contained in a permit are, however, subject to EPA's existing
backsliding regulations at 40 CFR 122.41 (l)(1). Under these  regulations, a permittee
must meet a cause for modification in order to allow relaxation.
182 - 6EFK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Variances to Permit Requirements and
Other Regulatory Considerations                                                Chapter 10
                                            Example 1
  Scenario:

  •   A POTW seeks to relax its WQBEL for pollutant X.

  •   Current permit limitation is based on the TMDL and WLA for the POTW developed in accordance
     with 40CFR 130.7.

  •   The POTW is in compliance with its existing limitation and the applicable water quality standards for
     pollutant X is attained.

  •   The POTW has developed new models with new river flow information, which indicate that the water
     quality standards for pollutant X would be maintained with a  relaxed permit limitation.

  •   May the effluent limitation for pollutant X be relaxed?

  Answer:

  Possibly.  Under the interpretation discussed above, WQBELs may be relaxed where one of the
  exceptions in §402(o)(1) or 40 CFR 122.44(l)(2) are met. In this  case, although new information is being
  relied on to request the modification, §402(o)(2) will not justify the request unless the State reduces the
  pollutant loadings from other point sources or non-point sources of pollution.  This is because, as
  discussed above, paragraph §402(o)(2) restricts the use of new information to cases where there is a
  decrease in the amount of pollutants being discharged.

  The §402(o)(1) exceptions, on the other hand, may justify the request.  In this case, the paragraph (o)(1)
  exception that is relevant is the reference to §303(d)(4)(B),  It provides that for receiving waters that
  where water quality standards are attained, permit limitations based on  a TMDL/WLA or other permit
  standard may be relaxed  only if a State's antidegradation policy are met.
                                            Example 2
 Scenario:

 •   The State has established a technology-based treatment standard for fecal coliform pursuant to
     §301(b)(1)(C).

 •   The State later relaxes this standard.

 •   A POTW, which has been in violation of this limit, requests a revision of its permit limit for fecal
     coliform to reflect the new standard.

 •   Water quality standards for fecal coliform are not being attained.

 •   Models show that attainment of water quality standards will be assured if the POTW complies with a
     revised, relaxed permit limitation for fecal coliform.

 •   There was no TMDL or WLA performed because the standard was a State technology-based
     standard.

 •   May the  permit limitation be relaxed?

 Answer:

 No.  Under §402(o)(1), the applicable provision is  §303(d)(4)(A).  This subsection does not authorize
 backsliding in this case because it only applies to  permit limitations based on a TMDL/WLA.  Here, the
 limitation in question is based on a type of State treatment standard.

 Furthermore, if the permit sought to apply the §402(o)(2) exceptions,  the new information provision would
 not allow the revision.  New information does not include "revised regulations."
                                                          NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -183

-------
                                                        Variances to Permit Requirements and
  Chapter 10                                                Other Regulatory Considerations
                                             Example 3
 Scenario:

 •   The State has a narrative water quality criterion of "no toxics in toxic amounts."

 •   On the basis of WET testing data or other information, the State finds reasonable potential to exceed
     the narrative water quality criterion and imposes a WET limitation under 40 CFR 122.44(d)(1)(v).

 •   The permittee determines that pollutant Z is the cause of the WET in its discharge.

 •   The permittee can demonstrate through sufficient  data (including WET testing data) that an effluent
     limitation for pollutant Z will assure compliance with the narrative water quality standards as well as the
     State's numeric criteria for pollutant Z as required by 40 CFR 122.44(d)(1)(v).

 •   May the State modify the permit to delete the WET limitation and to add the  limitation for pollutant Z?

 Answer:

 §303(d)(4) may justify this action. The applicable provision of §303(d)(4) is §303(d)(4)(B) because the
 narrative water quality standards is currently attained.  (The permittee is currently complying with the
 existing WET limitation to attain and maintain the State's narrative water quality standards.) Under
 §303(d)(4)(B), the permittee may backslide so long as antidegradation requirements will be met, and the
 relaxed limitation will not cause  a violation of any effluent limitations guidelines and water quality standards
 applicable to the discharge.  In this case, this appears likely because the discharger can demonstrate that
 the new limitation for pollutant Z will assure compliance with applicable narrative  as well as numeric water
 quality standards.
                                             Example 4
  Scenario:

  •   An industrial permittee seeks to revise its WQBEL of 1000 mg/L for TSS to 6000 mg/L, its actual
     discharge level.

  •   The current permit limitation is based upon a TMDL and WLA for the permittee, which were developed
     in accordance with 40 CFR 130.7.

  •   The water quality standards for TSS are not being attained.

  •   A permit limit of 6000 mg/L is consistent with applicable effluent guidelines.

  •   New modeling information shows that the water quality standards for TSS  will be attained with a permit
     limitation of 4000 mg/L.

  •   May the permit limitation be revised from 1000 mg/L to 6000 mg/L?

  Answer:

  No. However, the permit limitation could be relaxed to 4000 mg/L under either §402(o)(1) or the §402(o)(2)
  exceptions.

  The water quality standards  for TSS is not currently being attained.  Therefore, under §402(o)(1), the
  applicable exception  is §303(d)(4)(A).  In this case, the permitting authority may allow backsliding to 4000
  mg/L because the existing effluent limitation is based upon a TMDL/WLA and the data shows that
  attainment of the water quality standards is assured with a permit limitation of 4000 mg/L (but not with a
  limitation of 6000 mg/L).

  Alternatively, under §402(o)(2), new information can be relied on to relax permit limitations where there is a
  reduction in pollutant loadings  and, pursuant to §402(o)(3), where water quality standards are complied
  with.  Again, water quality standards are being met in this case, and there also will be a reduction in actual
  pollutant loadings since the new proposed permit level of 4000 mg/L will represent a real reduction
  compared with the actual discharge levels of 6000 mg/L.
184 - dBK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Variances to Permit Requirements and
 Other Regulatory Considerations                                       Chapter 10

10.3.2    Considerations for Other Federal Laws
      This section addresses several Federal laws that impact NPDES permitting. It
is noteworthy that the requirements imposed under several of these statutes (e.g., the
NHPA, ESA, FWCA,  and NEPA, discussed below), only apply to Federal or federally
supported actions (e.g., EPA issuance of permits).  Under these particular statutes,
purely State actions are not regulated.  However, many States may have enacted
State legislation that  is modeled on Federal law and, therefore, it is prudent to review
State law in these areas prior to preparing a NPDES permit.

National  Historic Preservation Act Amendments of 1992

      The National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA) establishes Federal programs to
preserve the historical and cultural foundations of the nation.  Regulations under
Section  106 of this Act require any Federal agency, in consultation with the Advisory
Council  on Historic Preservation, to take into account the effect of proposed Federal or
Federally assisted undertakings on architectural, archeological, historic, or cultural
resources listed, or eligible for listing, on the National Register of Historic Places.  This
has been interpreted  (see EPA Memorandum dated March 15,  1994, from Steven A.
Herman, Assistant Administrator to Carol Browner, Administrator, entitled "EPA Policy
Decision of a Strategy For, and  Interim Compliance with the National Historic
Preservation Act Amendments") to mean that consultations must be made for direct
EPA actions and for individual State actions that EPA funds under  its programs.
However, for State actions not directly funded by EPA under EPA-authorized
programs, consultation would occur on a voluntary basis.

      To date, guidance  for the permit writer in considering the NHPA requirements is
not available. In general, the permit writer must ensure that the proposed discharge to
be authorized under the  NPDES permit will not  have an adverse effect on a site listed,
or eligible for listing, on the National Register of Historic Places. The permit writer
may want to require that the permittee show that sufficient research has been
conducted to identify whether a site on the Register is located within the area.
Sufficient research should include review of the National Register and information
gathering from local governments, Indian tribes, public and private  organizations, and
the State Historic Preservation Officer (36 CFR  Part 880). An evaluation of potential
effects should be documented.  Written documentation of the evaluation should be

                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -185

-------
                                           Variances to Permit Requirements and
 Chapter 10                                     Other Regulatory Considerations

submitted  to the State Historic Preservation Office and included in the permit file and
fact sheet.

Endangered Species Act of 1973

      The goal of the Endangered Species Act (ESA) of  1 973 is  to provide protection
and support in the conservation  and recovery of threatened and endangered species
and the ecosystem on which they depend.  Section 7 of the ESA requires Federal
agencies to ensure that any action authorized, funded, or carried  out by a Federal
agency not jeopardize the continued existence of a listed  or candidate species or
result in the destruction or adverse modification of its habitat.  Since the issuance of
NPDES permits by EPA is a Federal action, consideration of a permitted discharge
and its effect on any threatened and/or endangered species is appropriate. Section 9
of the ESA prohibits the "taking" of any listed endangered and/or  threatened species.

      The ESA regulations require that consultation with the National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS) and/or the  Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS), as appropriate, occur
when the  Federal activity is one which may effect an endangered and/or threatened
species or habitat.  Effect is defined as both detrimental and beneficial.  Consultations
may be either informal or formal. An informal consultation determines if an action is,
or is not, likely to adversely effect the species. A formal consultation is  required if the
findings show that there is a likelihood for adverse impacts and evaluates if the
proposed  action is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of  the species.  It is
EPA's responsibility to ensure that consultation occurs, however,  a non-Federal
representative may be designated for the informal consultation (i.e., the  permittee).

      To  date, EPA has not yet entered  into a national agreement with  NMFS or FWS
on the scope of consultation requirements for NPDES permits. Until then, EPA permit
writers should  review the ESA consultation  regulations (50 CFR §402) and coordinate
with the Region's ESA coordinator (if such a position has  been established in a
particular  Region) and the  FWS/NMFS office(s) located nearest the site.  In evaluating
the effects of a discharge upon endangered or threatened species, the study should
identify the listed and  candidate species  and their habitats which  occur in the area of
the discharge. This information  can be obtained from discussions with local FWS/
NMFS biologists.  The proposed permit limits can then be compared to any existing
186 - dBK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Variances to Permit Requirements and
Other Regulatory Considerations	Chapter 10

lexicological data and/or impacts data available for the species. Cumulative,
combined, and independent effects should be evaluated.  Additional species-specific
information can be obtained through discussions with the local wildlife and aquatic
biologists  who are experts on a particular species (e.g., EPA,  FWS/NMFS, State
Conservation, universities).

      It is EPA's position that permits issued under State law are not subject to ESA
consultation because they are not Federal Actions.  However, State NPDES Programs
should have some  process in place to consider potential effects on  endangered and
threatened species and their habitat if they are known to occur in the area of the
discharge to ensure those discharges do not result in takes of listed species.

      Biological Evaluations (informal) or Biological Assessments (formal) should be
submitted to the FWS/NMFS for review and  approval. This documentation and any
decisions  from the  FWS/NMFS would become part of the permit documentation.

Wild and Scenic  Rivers Act

      The 1968 Wild and Scenic Rivers Act protected selected rivers from
construction of dams and excessive commercial development. It declared that "the
established national policy of dam and other construction at appropriate section of the
rivers of the United States needs to  be complemented by a policy that would preserve
other selected rivers or section thereof in their free-flowing condition" [Section (1)(b)].
The Act defines three classes of protected river (wild river; scenic river;  recreational
river) and spells out in considerable detail the management restrictions to be
established for these rivers.  A corridor of land on each side of a protected river is
also protected.  The corridor is to average no more than 320 acres per linear mile of
river through the protected stretch.  The  rights of landowners within this corridor are
maintained, subject to restrictions on the type of development allowed.  Rivers are
"studied" and may be protected for up to three years during the study period during
which a river has the status of a protected river.
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -187

-------
                                           Variances to Permit Requirements and
 Chapter 10                                     Other Regulatory Considerations

Coastal Zone Management Act

      The 1972  Coastal Zone Management Act (CZMA) and amendments require and
encourage the coastal states of the United States to adopt and enforce land-use plans
for the lands and water adjacent to their coasts.  "Coastal states," according to the
Act, include those adjacent to the Atlantic, Pacific or Arctic oceans, the Gulf of Mexico,
or one or more of the Great Lakes. These States are required to adopt coastal
management plans which designate boundaries,  identify areas of particular concern,
and establish an inventory of permitted uses and an enforcement mechanism.  Beach
access, emergency planning and erosion control  also must be addressed in the plans.
EPA and other Federal agencies must coordinate their activities on coastal lands with
State CZMA plans.

Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act
      The Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act (FWCA) of 1934 requires mitigation for
the loss of wildlife habitat due to the construction of Federal water resources projects.
It requires designers of Federal dams, reservoirs, and irrigation works to include the
costs and benefits to fish and wildlife  when determining the benefit/cost ratio of a
project.  It requires EPA and other Federal agencies to consult with State and Federal
wildlife and fisheries agencies in order to minimize  the impacts of the activity on fish
and wildlife. The Act specifically calls for ongoing studies by the United States
Department of the Interior on the effects of waterborne sewage and industrial wastes
on fish and wildlife.

National Environmental Policy Act

      The 1967 National Environmental Policy Act established a Federal framework
for policy decisions regarding Federal actions that will have a significant effect on the
environment.  "Federal" actions generally include projects undertaken by the Federal
government, as well as non-Federal actions eligible for Federal assistance and non-
Federal actions that require Federal permits or approvals. Thus, NEPA requirements
apply to NPDES permits issued by EPA to new sources in non-delegated States. The
Act's most important provision is Section 102(2)(c), requiring Federal agencies such
as EPA to file an Environmental Impact Statement  (EIS) on  all "proposals for
legislation and other major Federal actions significantly affecting the quality of the

188 - &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Variances to Permit Requirements and
Other Regulatory Considerations	Chapter 10
 human environment."  The definition of what constitutes such actions is an ongoing
 discussion.  The Act establishes a framework for cooperation between the United
 States government at all levels, and other countries on environmental matters.  It also
 established the Council on Environmental Quality.
                                          6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -189

-------
 Chapter  11
Administrative  Process

     Previous discussions in this manual focused on the process of developing
NPDES permit conditions and effluent limits. This chapter describes the administrative
process that is associated with the issuance of a NPDES permit. Exhibit 11-1
provides a flow diagram of the NPDES permit administrative process.  In general, the
administrative process includes:

     •  Documenting all permit decisions
     •  Coordinating EPA and State review of the draft permit
     •  Providing public notice, conducting hearings (if appropriate), and responding
        to comments
     •  Defending the permit and modifying it (if necessary) after issuance.

Note that Exhibit 11-1 provides the general framework for both EPA and State NPDES
permit administration. State requirements need not be identical to Federal regulatory
requirements, provided they are as stringent. Therefore, some delegated States may
have slightly different processes for developing and issuing NPDES permits.  In
addition, the evidentiary hearing and appeal process presented depicts EPA
procedure. State procedures for NPDES permit hearings and appeals may vary
according to State law.
                                      NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -191

-------
Chapter 11
                                     Administrative Process
                                       EXHIBIT 11-1
                 NPDES Permitting Administrative  Process
                   Significant EPA
                   Comments/
                   No State 401
                   certification
                                       Develop draft permit
                                       limits and conditions
    Prepare fact sheet
  (or statement of basis)
                                       Prepare administrative
                                         record (EPA only)
                                      EPA/State review of draft
                                       permit and fact sheet
                                       (or statement of basis)
                               No EPA Comment/
                               State 401 Certification
                                      Public notice (opportunity
                                        for public comment)
                                      Prepare final permit, fact
                                      sheet, and admin, record
                        Significant,
                        Widespread,
                        Public Interest
                                                                    Public Hearing
                                         Issue final permit
                   Denied
            Opportunity for Informal
                appeal to the
          Environmental Appeals Board I
           No Appeal
                                           Request for
                                        Evidentiary Hearing
                                                                Hold
                                                               Hearing
                                                      Granted
                           Opportunity for Informal
                               appeal to the
                         Environmental Appeals Board I
    Formal appeal to     I
Environmental Appeals Board I
                                     Environmental Appeals Board!
                                            Decision        I
                                        Final Agency Action
                                                                           No Appeal
192 - £BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Administrative Process                                             Chapter 11

11.1 Documentation For Development of the Draft Permit
      When the permit is issued, the fact sheet and supporting documentation
(administrative record) are the primary support for defending the permit in
administrative appeals and evidentiary hearings.  The process of documenting the
permit requires the permit writer to be organized and logical throughout the permit
development process. Some of the content of the fact sheet and administrative record
is directed by Federal and State regulation and the rest is dictated by good project
management.  Permit writers should recognize the importance of:

      •   Ensuring development of a thorough permit in a logical fashion
      •   Meeting legal requirements for preparation of an administrative record, fact
          sheet, and statement of basis
      •   Helping to substantiate permit decisions and provide a sound basis in case
          challenges are  made to the derivation of permit terms, conditions, and
          limitations
      •   Establishing a permanent record of the basis of the permit for  use in future
          permit actions.

      The following sections describe the requirements pertaining to the development
of permit documentation, particularly the administrative record and the fact sheet.

11.1.1    Administrative Record
      The administrative record is the foundation for issuing permits. If EPA is the
issuer, the contents of the administrative record are prescribed by  regulation (see 40
CFR §§124.9 and 124.18). All  supporting materials must be made available to the
public, whether a State, Territory,  Tribe or EPA issues the permit.  The importance of
maintaining the permit records in a neat, orderly, complete, and retrievable form
cannot be over emphasized.  The record allows personnel from the permitting agency
to reconstruct the justification for a given permit.  It also must be made available to the
public at any time and may be examined during the public comment period and any
subsequent public hearing.

      The administrative record for a draft permit consists, at a minimum, of certain
specific documents as shown in Exhibit 11-2. Materials that are readily  available in
the  permit issuing office or published material that is generally available,  does not
                                              NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 193

-------
 Chapter 11                                              Administrative Process

                               EXHIBIT  11-2
   Elements of the Draft NPDES Permit Administrative Record
   Application and supporting data
   Draft permit
   Statement of basis or fact sheet
   All items cited in the statement of basis or fact sheet, including calculations used to
   derive the permit  limits
   All other items in the supporting file
   For new sources,  any environmental assessment, the draft/final environmental impact
   statement (EIS), or other such background information, such as a Findings of No
   Significant Impact (only applies if EPA issues the permit).
need to be physically included with the record as long as it is specifically referred to in
the fact sheet or statement of basis. If EPA issues new source draft permits, the
administrative record should  include any EIS or environmental assessment performed
in accordance with 40 CFR §122.29(c).

      The administrative record should include all meeting reports and
correspondence with the applicant and correspondence with  other regulatory agency
personnel. In addition, trip reports and telephone memos should be included in the
record.  All correspondence,  notes, and calculations should indicate the date and the
name of the writer, as well as all other persons involved.  Since correspondence is
subject to public scrutiny, references or comments that do not serve an objective
purpose should be avoided.  Finally, presentation of calculations and documentation of
decisions should be organized in such a way that they can be reconstructed and the
logic supporting the calculation or decisions can easily be found. The  administrative
record for the final permit consists of the items in Exhibit 11-3.

11.1.2    Fact Sheets and Statements of Basis
      A fact sheet is a document that briefly sets forth the principle facts and the
significant factual, legal, methodological, and policy questions considered in preparing
the draft permit. When the permit is in the draft stage, the fact sheet and supporting
documentation  serve to explain to the permittee and the general public the rationale
and assumptions used in deriving the limits.
194 - «BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Administrative Process                                              Chapter 11

                               EXHIBIT 11-3
    Elements of the  Administrative Records for a Final Permit
    All elements for the draft permit administrative record (see Exhibit 11-2)
    All comments received during the comment period
    The tape or transcript of any public hearing
    Any materials submitted at a hearing
    Responses to comments
    For NPDES new source permits, the draft or final EIS
    The final  permit.
      The NPDES regulations set forth in 40 CFR §124.8(a) require that every EPA
and State-issued permit must be accompanied by a fact sheet if the permit:

      •   Involves a major facility or activity
      •   Incorporates a variance or requires an explanation under 40 CFR
          §124.56(b) (toxic pollutants, internal waste stream, and indicator pollutants
          and for privately owned waste treatment facilities)
      •   Is a NPDES general permit
      •   Is subject to widespread public interest (see 40 CFR §124.8)
      •   Is a Class 1  sludge management facility
      •   Includes a sewage sludge land application plan.

      EPA permit writers are required to prepare a statement of basis for all permits
that do not merit the  detail of a fact sheet.  Such statements briefly describe the
derivation of the effluent limits and the reasons for special conditions (see 40 CFR
§124.7).  However, a prudent permit writer will develop  a fact sheet for any permit that
required complex calculations or special conditions.  This will be particularly true for
permit conditions based on BPJ.

      With a well-documented rationale for all decisions, much of the work in
reissuing a permit in the future will be done.  This will avoid any conjecture and
guessing concerning the development of any conditions that are being carried forward
from the expired permit to the next permit.  This is also true if a modification is
initiated during the life of the permit.  A permit rationale can be as short as two to
three pages for a relatively simple permit or as long as  20 to 100 pages for an

                                          6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -195

-------
 Chapter 11                                                 Administrative Process

extremely complicated permit (e.g., several discharge points, many BPJ
determinations).  The required contents of a fact sheet, as specified in 40 CFR
§§124.8 and 124.56, include the items listed in Exhibit 11-4.

                                  EXHIBIT 11-4
                      Required  Contents of a Fact Sheet
 •  A brief description of the type of facility or activity that is being regulated by the
    NPDES permit
 •  The type and quantity of pollutants discharged
 •  A brief summary of the basis for the draft permit conditions, including references to the
    applicable statutory or regulatory provisions
 •  Name and telephone  number of person to contact for additional information
 •  Provisions satisfying the requirements of 40 CFR §124.56:
    - Explanation of derivation of effluent limitations
    - Explanation of any conditions applicable to toxic, internal waste streams, or indicator
      pollutants
    - A sketch or detailed description of the location of the discharge
    - For EPA issued permits, the requirements of any State certification
 •  For every permit to be issued to a treatment works  owned by a person other than a State
    or municipality, an explanation of the decision to regulate the users under a separate
    permit
 •  For every permit that includes a sewage sludge land application plan, a brief description
    of how each of the required elements of the land application plan are addressed in the
    permit
 •  If applicable, reasons why any requested variances do not appear justified
 •  A description of the procedures for reaching a final decision on the draft permit,
    including:
    - The dates of the public comment period  and the  address
    - Procedures for requesting a hearing
    - Other procedures for  public participation.
       A detailed discussion of the development of permit limits for each pollutant
should be included in the fact sheet.  For some permits, a considerable amount of
time is spent within the permitting agency debating a permit issue that then becomes
an assumption upon which the permit conditions are based.  Documenting the
196 - OB* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Administrative Process                                             Chapter 11

decision process may prevent a repeat of the debate in 5 years when the permit is up
for reissuance.  For each pollutant the following information is necessary:

      •   Calculations and assumptions
          -  Production
          -  Flow
      •   Type of limitations (i.e., effluent guideline-, water quality-, or BPJ-based)
      •   Whether the effluent guidelines used were BPT, BCT, or BAT
      •   The water quality standards or criteria used
      •   Whether any pollutants were  indicators for other pollutants
      •   Citations to appropriate wasteload allocation studies, guidance documents,
          other references.

      Often, it is as important to keep a record of items that were not included in the
draft permit, such as the following:

      •   Why was BPJ or effluent guidelines used instead of water quality-based
          limitations (i.e., were the limitations checked to see that water quality
          considerations did not govern the setting of permit limits)?
      •   Why was biomonitoring not included?
      •   Why were pollutants that were reported as present in the permit application
          not specifically limited in the permit?
      •   Why is a previously limited pollutant no longer limited in the draft permit?

      Finally, the fact sheet should address the logistics of the permit issuance
process including the comment period begin and end dates, procedures for requesting
a hearing, and the public involvement in the final decision.

11.2 Items to Address Prior to Issuance of a Final Permit
      This section describes the public  participation activities that must be conducted
in the permit issuance process.  These include providing public notices, collecting and
responding to public  comments, and holding public hearings as necessary.
                                         &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -197

-------
 Chapter 11                                               Administrative Process

11.2.1    Public Notice
      The public notice is the vehicle for informing all interested parties and members
of the general public of the contents of a draft NPDES permit or of other significant
actions with respect to a NPDES permit or permit application.  The basic intent of this
requirement is to ensure that all interested parties have an opportunity to comment on
significant actions of the permitting agency with respect to a permit application or a
permit.  The exact scope, required contents, and methods for effecting public notices
may be found in 40 CFR §124.10.

      The NPDES permit-related actions that must receive public notice are shown in
Exhibit 11 -5.
                                EXHIBIT 11-5
                 Actions That Must Receive Public Notice
    Tentative denial of an NPDES permit application (not necessarily applicable to State
    programs)
    Preparation of a draft NPDES permit, including a proposal to terminate a permit
    Scheduling of a public hearing
    Granting of an evidentiary appeal of an EPA-issued permit under 40 CFR §124.74
    Formal appeal of permit
    New Source Determinations (EPA only)
      The permit writer should be primarily concerned with the first three items in
Exhibit 11-5. It is important to note that no public notice is required when a request
for a permit modification, revocation,  reissuance, or termination is denied.

      Public notice of the various NPDES-related activities is provided by the
following methods:

      •   For major permits, publication of a notice in daily or weekly newspaper
          within the area affected by the facility or activity. In addition, for general
          permits issued by EPA, publication in the Federal Register is required.
198 - 6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
  Administrative Process                                               Chapter 11

      •   Direct mailing to various interested parties. This mailing list should include
          the following:
          -   The applicant
          -   Any interested parties on the mailing list
          -   Any other agency that is required to issue a Resource Conservation
              and Recovery Act, Underground Injection Control, Corps of Engineers,
              or PSD permit for the same facility
          -   All appropriate government authorities (e.g., United States Fish and
              Wildlife Services, National Marine Fisheries Service, neighboring
              States)
          -   Users identified in the permit application of a POTW.

      A public notice must contain the information shown in Exhibit 11-6.

                                EXHIBIT 11-6
                        Contents  of the Public Notice
    Name and address of the office processing the permit action
    Name and address of the permittee or applicant and, if different, of the facility regulated
    by the permit
    A brief description of the business conducted at the facility
    Name, address, and telephone number of a contact from whom interested persons can
    obtain additional information
    A brief description of the comment procedures required
    For EPA-issued permits, the location and availability of the administrative record
    Any additional information considered necessary.
      Public notice of the preparation of the draft permit (including a notice of intent to
deny a permit application) must allow at least 30 days for public comment.  The draft
permit is usually submitted for public notice after it has undergone internal review by
the regulatory agency that is issuing the permit.  State/Tribal issued permits will
typically undergo public notice after EPA has reviewed and commented on the draft
permit.  In the special case of those EPA-issued permits that require an environmental
impact statement (EIS), public notice is not given until after a draft EIS is issued.

11.2.2    Public Comments
      Public notice of a draft permit elicits comments from concerned individuals or
agencies. Frequently, such comments are simply requests for additional  information.
However, some comments are of a substantive nature and suggest  modifications to

                                          &ER& NPDES Permit Writers' Manual -199

-------
 Chapter 11                                               Administrative Process

the draft permit or indicate that the draft permit is inappropriate for various reasons.  In
such cases, those parties providing comments must submit all reasonable arguments
and factual material in support of their positions.  If the approach is technically correct
and clearly stated in the fact sheet, it will be difficult for commenters to find fault with
the permit. Commenters may always suggest alternatives, however.  In addition, an
interested party may also request a public hearing.

      To the extent possible, it is desirable to respond to all public comments as
quickly as possible. In some cases it may be possible to diffuse a potentially
controversial situation by providing further explanation of permit terms and conditions.
It is also good public practice to inform parties who provide public comments that their
comments have been received and are being considered.

      The permitting agency is obliged to respond to all significant comments (in
accordance with 40 CFR §124.17) at the time a final permit decision is reached  (in the
case of EPA-issued permits) or at the same time a final permit is actually issued (in
the case of State-issued permits). The response should incorporate the following
elements:

      •   Changes in any of the provisions of the draft permit and  the reasons for the
          changes
      •   Description and response to all significant comments on  the draft permit
          raised during the public comment period or during any hearing.

      In the event that any information submitted during the public comment period
raises substantial new questions about the draft permit, one of the following actions
may occur:

      •   A new draft permit with revised fact sheet or statement of basis is prepared.
      •   A final permit with necessary changes explained is issued.
      •   The comment period is reopened but is limited only to new findings.

If any of these actions are taken, a new public  notice, as described earlier, must be
given.
200 - «B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Administrative Process                                              Chapter 11

11.2.3    Public Hearing
      A public hearing may be requested in writing by any interested party. The
request should state the nature of the issues proposed to be raised during the
hearing. However, a request for a hearing does not automatically necessitate that a
hearing be held. A  public hearing should be  held when there is a significant amount
of interest expressed during the 30-day public comment period or when it is necessary
to clarify the issues  involved in the permit decision.

      Thus, the decision of whether or not to hold a public hearing is actually a
judgment call. Such decisions are usually made by someone other than the permit
writer.  However, the permit writer will be responsible for ensuring that all of the
factual information in support of the draft permit is  well documented.

      Public notice  of a public hearing must be given  at least 30 days prior to the
public meeting (public notice of the hearing may be given at the same time as public
notice of the draft permit and the two notices may  be combined).  Scheduling a
hearing automatically extends the  comment period until at least the close of the
hearing [40 CFR §124.12(c)].

      The public notice of the hearing should contain  the following information:

      •   Brief description of the nature and purpose  of the hearing, including the
          applicable rules and procedures
      •   Reference to the dates  of any other public notices relating to the  permit
      •   Date, time, and place of the hearing.

      A presiding officer is responsible for the hearing's scheduling and orderly
conduct. Anyone may submit written or oral comments concerning the draft permit at
the hearing.  The presiding officer should set reasonable time limits for oral
statements.  The public comment  period may be extended by so stating during  the
hearing. It should be noted that a transcript or recording  of the hearing must be
available to interested persons.
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 201

-------
 Chapter 11                                              Administrative Process

11.2.4    State/Tribal Roles in Reviewing Draft Permit
      State/Tribal issued draft permits must be submitted to EPA for review if they
relate to:

      •   Discharges into the territorial seas
      •   Discharges that may affect waters of a State other than the one in which
          the discharge originates
      •   General permits
      •   Discharges from a POTW with a daily average discharge exceeding 1
          million gallons per day
      •   Discharges of uncontaminated cooling water with a daily average discharge
          exceeding 500 million gallons per day
      •   Discharges from any major discharger or from any NPDES primary
          industrial category
      •   Discharges of from other sources with a daily average discharge exceeding
          500,000 gallons per day (however, EPA may waive review for non-process
          wastewater), and
      •   Class I sludge management facilities.

      Permits issued by EPA require State/Tribal review and certification under
Section 401  of the CWA. Such certification ensures that the permit will comply with
applicable Federal CWA standards as well as with State or Tribal water quality
standards.  This State/Tribal certification also ensures that State and Tribal initiatives
or policies are addressed in EPA-issued NPDES permits, and functions to promote
consistency  between State- and EPA-issued permits.

      Under CWA Section 401(a)(1), EPA may not issue a permit until a certification
is granted or waived.  If EPA is preparing the draft permit, State certification is usually
accomplished by allowing States to review and certify the application prior to draft
permit preparation.  Regulations in 40 CFR §124.53 [State Certification] and §124.54
[Special provisions for State certification and concurrence on applications for section
CWA 301 (h) variances] describe procedures a permit writer should follow to obtain
State or Tribal certification.  Under 40 CFR §124.53, when a draft  permit is prepared
by EPA, but State certification has not yet been granted, EPA must send the State a
copy of the draft permit along with a notice requesting State certification.  If the State
does not respond within 60 days, the State is deemed to  have waived its right to
202 - «Bft NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Administrative Process                                             Chapter 11

certify.  If the State chooses to certify the draft permit, the State may only require
changes to the draft permit to incorporate more stringent State  laws. If the State
requires such changes, the State must send EPA a letter justifying the changes and
citing State regulations that support the changes. When a permit applicant requests a
CWA Section 301 (h) variance, the State certification process is very similar to the
process just described for permit applications and draft permits (refer to Section 40
CFR §124.54).

11.2.5    Schedule for Final Permit Issuance
      The final permit may be issued after the close of the public notice period and
after State/Tribal certification has been received (for permits issued by EPA).  The
public notice period includes:

      •   A 30-day period that gives notice of intent to issue or deny the permit
      •   A 30-day period advertising a public hearing (if applicable)
      •   Any extensions or reopening of the comment period.

      Final EPA permit decisions are effective immediately upon issuance unless
comments request changes in the draft permit, in which case the effective date of  the
permit is 30 days after issuance (or a later date if specified in the permit).  As
discussed earlier, any  comments that are received must be answered at the time of
final permit issuance (in the case of NPDES States or Tribes) or after a final decision
is reached (in the case of EPA).

11.3 Administrative Actions After Final Permit Issuance
      Once the final permit has been issued, the issuing authority should integrate the
permit limitations and  any special conditions into the NPDES tracking system  (i.e., the
permit compliance system  (PCS)). This will ensure that the facility's performance will
be tracked and the permitting agency will be alerted to the need for corrective action
in the event of violations of permit limitations, terms, or conditions.

      After final permit issuance, interested parties have other opportunities to change
the permit thorough permit appeals, major/minor permit modifications, permit
termination or permit transfer. These administrative procedures are described below.


                                         &EB\ NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 203

-------
 Chapter 11                                               Administrative Process

11.3.1    Permit Appeals
      In the process of developing a draft permit and during the public notice period,
the permit writer should carefully consider the legitimate concerns of the permittee as
well as the concerns of any third party who may have an interest in the permit terms
and conditions.  However, there will inevitably be situations in which a permit is issued
in spite  of the  objections of the permittee or a third party.  In such instances, the
permittee or an interested party may choose to legally contest or appeal the NPDES
permit.

      Various mechanisms are available to resolve legal challenges to NPDES
permits.  In the case of EPA-issued permits,  the administrative procedure involved is
called an evidentiary hearing. Many NPDES States and Tribes have similar
administrative  procedures designed to resolve challenges to the conditions of a permit.
These procedures involve hearings presided over by an administrative law judge.  For
the sake of convenience, these  hearings will hereafter be referred to as evidentiary
hearings.  They will naturally be known by different names in  different State or Tribe
jurisdictions.  However, permit writers will, from time-to-time, be involved in permit
appeals and will need to address the types of issues discussed below.

      Aside from preparation of the administrative record and notices, the permit
writer may not be concerned with procedural matters relating  to evidentiary hearings.
All requests for evidentiary hearings are coordinated through the office of the EPA
Regional Counsel or the appropriate State legal personnel. The permit writer's first
involvement with the hearing process will come as a result of designation of the trial
staff and his/her role will be limited to that of a witness and technical advisor to legal
counsel.

      A permit writer may be required to give a deposition during which the appellant
attorney conducts the questioning that would otherwise occur in the hearing. The
deposition is transcribed and presented as evidence.  The appellant attorney may ask
some of the same questions at the hearing.

      To prepare for a deposition and testimony, the permit writer should be familiar
with those laws, regulations, and policies that may affect the permit.  The permit writer
should be thoroughly familiar with the technical basis for the permit conditions. For

204 - &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Administrative Process                                              Chapter 1 1

example, if the effluent limits are based on water quality requirements, the permit
writer should thoroughly study any applicable basin plan or water quality simulation
used to develop the effluent limits and be prepared to defend any assumptions
inherent in the plan or simulation. If BPJ limits are based on proposed effluent
guidelines, it will be necessary to carefully review not only the guidelines themselves
but all applicable data,  including the development document for the specific guidelines.
The technical defense of other BPJ requirements is much more difficult.  The permit
writer should be sure that (1) the information on  which BPJ limits are based are
unimpeachable, (2) the limits were derived from  the data in a logical manner, in
accordance with established procedures, and (3) the  BPJ limits so derived are
technically sound and meet BCT or BAT standards for economic  reasonableness.

      As technical advisor to legal counsel, the  permit writer's most important function
is to develop direct testimony in support of contested permit conditions.  No attempt
should be made to support technically indefensible conditions. Contested permit
conditions that are not technically defensible and are not based on any legal
requirement should be  brought to counsel's attention, with advice that EPA or the
State  agency withdraw  those conditions.

      The second most important advisory function of the permit writer is assisting
counsel in the development of questions for cross-examination of the opposing
witnesses. Questions should be restricted to the subject material covered by the
witness' direct testimony and should be designed to elicit an  affirmative or negative
response, rather than an essay-type response. If a question must be phrased in such
a way that the witness  could attempt lengthy explanations, counsel should be
forewarned.

      Finally, the permit writer should remember that in requesting an evidentiary
hearing, the permittee has declared an adversary relationship with the regulatory
agency, and the permit writer must therefore refrain from discussions about the case
without  prior consultation with legal counsel. In the role of witness and/or te  'inical
advisor, the permit writer should:

      •   Cultivate credibility
      •   Never imply  or admit weakness in his or her area  of expertise
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 205

-------
 Chapter 11                                               Administrative Process

      •   Never attempt to testify about subjects outside his or her area of expertise
      •   Always maintain good communication with counsel.

      Where the permitee is granted relief at the evidentiary hearing, the
Administrative Law Judge generally will order appropriate relief. Where a request for
an evidentiary hearing is denied, the permittee may file a notice of appeal and petition
for review with the Environmental Appeals Board (EAB), which may or may not grant
an evidentiary hearing based on the factual and legal issues alleged.  Similarly, where
a permittee is denied relief at an evidentiary hearing, the permittee may appeal to the
EAB to overturn the hearing decision.  Finally, under certain circumstances decisions
of the EAB against the permittee may be appealed in Federal court.

11.3.2    Permit Modification, Revocation, Termination, and Transfer
      After the final permit is issued, the permit may still need to be modified or
revoked prior to the expiration date.  Modifications differ from revocations and
reissuance.  In a permit modification, only the conditions subject to change are
reconsidered while all other permit conditions remain in  effect.  Conversely, the entire
permit may be reconsidered when it is revoked and reissued. A permit modification
may be triggered in several ways. For example, a representative of the regulatory
agency  may conduct an inspection of the facility that indicated  a need for the
modification (i.e., the improper classification of an industry), or information submitted
by the permittee may suggest the need for a change.  Of course, any interested
person may request that a permit modification be made.

      There are two classifications of modifications: major and minor.  From  a
procedural standpoint, they differ primarily with  respect to the public notice
requirement. Major modifications require public notice; minor modifications do not.

      Virtually all modifications that result in less stringent conditions must be treated
as major modifications, with provisions for public notice and comment. Generally
speaking, a permit will not need to be modified during the term of the permit if the
facility can fully comply with permit conditions.  Conditions that would necessitate a
major modification of a permit are described in  40 CFR §122.62 and shown in
Exhibit 11-7.
206 - 6B% NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Administrative Process                                                   Chapter 11

                                    EXHIBIT 11-7
                   Conditions Requiring Major Modification
    Reopener—Conditions in the permit that required it to be reopened under certain
    circumstances.
    Technical Mistakes—To correct technical mistakes or mistaken interpretations of law made
    in developing the permit conditions.
    Failure to Notify—Upon failure of an approved State to notify another State whose waters
    may be affected by a discharge from the approved State.
    Alterations—When alterations or changes in operations occur that justify new conditions that
    are different from the existing permit.
    New Information—When information is received that was not available at the time of permit
    issuance.
    New Regulations—When standards or regulations on which the permit was  based have been
    changed by promulgation of amended standards or regulations or by judicial decision.
    Compliance Schedules for Innovative or Alternative Facilities—To modify the compliance
    schedule  in light of the additional time that may be required to construct this type of
    facility; or when good cause for modification of a compliance schedule exists, such as an
    Act of God, strike, or flood.
    Pretreatment—To require that an approved program be implemented or to change the
    schedule  for program development.
    Failed BPJ Compliance—When BPJ technology is installed and properly operated and
    maintained but the permittee is unable to meet its limits, the limits may be reduced to reflect
    actual removal; but in no case may they be less than the guideline limits. If BPJ operation
    and maintenance costs are totally disproportionate to the costs considered in a subsequent
    guideline, the permittee may be allowed to backslide to the guideline limits.
    Non-Limited Pollutants—When the level of discharge of any pollutant that is not limited in
    the permit exceeds the level that can be achieved by the technology-based treatment
    requirements appropriate to the permit.
    Variance Requests—When requests for variances, net effluent limitations, pretreatment, etc.,
    are filed within the specified time but not granted until after permit issuance.
    Adjust limits to reflect net pollutant treatment—Upon request of a permittee who qualifies
    for effluent limitations on a net basis under 40 CFR §§122.45(g) and (h).
    Insert CWA §307(a) toxic or 40 CFR Part 503 sludge  use/disposal requirements.
    Notification Levels—To establish notification levels for toxic pollutants that are not limited
    in the permit but must be reported if concentrations in the discharge exceed these levels.
       Minor modifications are generally non-substantive changes (e.g., typographical
errors that require more stringent permit conditions).  The conditions for minor
modifications, described in 40 CFR §122.63, are shown in Exhibit 11-8.
                                               ABA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 207

-------
Chapter 11                                                Administrative Process

                                EXHIBIT 11-8
                 Conditions Requiring Minor Modification
    Typographical errors must be corrected.
    More frequent monitoring or reporting  is necessary.
    An interim compliance date in the schedule of compliance needs revision, provided the
    new date is not more than 120 days after the date specified in the permit and does not
    interfere with attainment of the final compliance date requirement.
    Ownership has changed but no other change is necessary.
    The construction schedule for a new source discharger needs  revision.
    A point source outfall that does not result in the discharge of pollutants from other
    outfalls must be deleted from the permit.
    An approved local pretreatment program must be incorporated into the permit.
11.3.3    Termination of Permits
      Situations may arise during the life of the permit that are cause for termination
(i.e., cancellation, revocation) of the permit.  Such circumstances include the following
(see 40 CFR §122.62(b)):

      •   Noncompliance by the permittee with any condition of the permit
      •   Misrepresentation or omission of relevant facts by the permittee
      •   A determination that the permitted activity endangers human health or the
          environment, either in an emergency or other situation
      •   A temporary or permanent reduction or elimination of a discharge (e.g.,
          plant closure).

      Once the permit is terminated, it can be  placed into effect again only by the
reissuance process, which requires a new permit application. All of the above
situations may also be addressed through the permit modification process on a
case-by-case determination.
208 - *B¥V NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Administrative Process                                             Chapter 11

11.3.4    Transfer of Permits

      Regulatory agencies will occasionally receive notification of a change in
ownership of a facility covered by a NPDES permit. Such changes require that a
permit be transferred by one of two provisions:


      •    Transfer by  Modification or Revocation—The transfer may be made
          during the process of modification, either major or minor.  It may also be
          addressed by revoking and subsequently reissuing the permit.
      •    Automatic Transfer—A permit may be automatically transferred to a new
          permittee if three conditions are met:
          -  The current permittee notifies the Director 30 days in advance of the
             transfer date.
          -  The notice includes a written agreement between the old and new
             owner on the terms of the transfer.
          -  The Director of the regulatory agency does not indicate that the subject
             permit will be modified or revoked.
                                         6EK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 209

-------
 Chapter  12
Permit  Compliance  and

Enforcement

12.1 Overview
     Achieving and maintaining a high level of compliance with environmental laws
and regulations are two of the most important goals of Federal and State
environmental agencies. Enforcement provides a powerful incentive for NPDES
permittees to comply. How an NPDES permit is written directly affects its
enforceability. Each permit must be written clearly and without ambiguities so that
compliance with the permit can be tracked effectively and the permit can be enforced
in the event that violations occur.

     The permit writer may or may not become actively involved with the compliance
monitoring and enforcement of the terms and conditions of the NPDES permits that he
or she has written. The extent of the permit writer's involvement will usually depend
upon the organizational structure of the regulatory agency. Larger, centrally organized
agencies will typically have specialized personnel responsible for enforcing the terms
of NPDES permits.  In other organizations, the  individual who writes the permit will
also be responsible for such enforcement activities as Discharge Monitoring Report
(DMR) tracking, facility inspections, and enforcement recommendations.  In the event
                                AERA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 211

-------
 Chapter 12                                   Permit Compliance and Enforcement

of a judicial enforcement action, the permit writer may be called upon to testify
regarding the specific requirements of the permit or its basis.

      Regardless of the type of organizational structure within a regulatory agency,
the permit writer should have an appreciation for the various aspects of a meaningful
NPDES compliance enforcement program. The compliance monitoring reviews and
inspections, and resulting data entered into the Quarterly Noncompliance Report
database which provide the basis for evaluating compliance are addressed in the
following section.  The chapter concludes with a brief description of the enforcement
actions available to facilitate permit compliance.

12.2 Compliance Monitoring
      Compliance monitoring is a generic term that includes all activities undertaken
by Federal or State regulatory agencies to ascertain a permittee's adherence to a
NPDES permit. Compliance monitoring data collected as part of the NPDES Program
are used in compliance evaluation and in support of enforcement.  The process
includes receiving data, reviewing data, entering data into the Permit Compliance
System (PCS) data base, identifying violators, and determining an appropriate
response.

      A primary function of the compliance monitoring program is the  verification of
compliance with permit conditions, including effluent limitations and compliance
schedules. Compliance monitoring may be described as comprising two elements:

      •   Compliance Review—The review of all written reports and other material
          relating to the status of a permittee's compliance.
      •   Compliance Inspections—Field-related regulatory activities, including
          sampling, conducted to determine compliance.

12.2.1    Compliance Review
      Compliance and enforcement personnel use two primary sources of information
to carry out their compliance review responsibilities:

      •   Permit/Compliance Files—These files include compliance  schedule
          reports, compliance inspection reports, DMRs, enforcement actions, and

212 - 6B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
  Permit Compliance and Enforcement                                   Chapter 12

          any other correspondence (e.g., summaries of telephone calls, copies of
          warning letters).  Compliance personnel periodically review this information
          and use it to determine if enforcement is necessary and what level of
          enforcement is appropriate.
      •   PCS—PCS is a data management system used to compile all relevant facts
          about a facility's permit conditions, self-monitoring data, the inspections
          performed, and any enforcement actions taken.  PCS is the national data
          base for the NPDES Program.  As such, PCS promotes national
          consistency and uniformity in permit and compliance evaluations. To
          accomplish this goal, all required data are entered into and maintained
          regularly  in  PCS.

      NPDES permits must be written so that compliance data are capable of being
tracked by PCS. There may be situations where permit limits and monitoring
conditions are not initially compatible with PCS entry and tracking.  In these cases,
States should ensure that appropriate steps are taken by the permit writer to identify
difficult permits to the person responsible for entering PCS codes (either in the State
or the Region) and to mutually resolve any coding  issues.  To assist PCS coders in
accurately interpreting and coding the permit into PCS and to assist enforcement
personnel in reviewing permittee self-monitoring data and reports in a timely manner,
permit writers should apply the compliance inspection procedures discussed in the
next section (Section 12.2.2).

12.2.2    Compliance Inspections
      Compliance inspections refer to all field-related regulatory activities conducted
to determine  permit compliance.  Such field activities may include evaluation
inspections (nonsampling), sampling inspections, other specialized inspections, and
remote sensing.  Certain inspections, such asjdiagnostic inspections and performance
audit inspections, aid the regulatory agency in evaluating the facility's problems in
addition to providing information to support enforcement action.  Biomonitoring
inspections are specifically targeted at facilities with effluent suspected or identified as
causing toxicity problems that threaten the ecological balance of the receiving waters.
                                         6EFK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 213

-------
Chapter 12                                   Permit Compliance and Enforcement

      Compliance inspections are undertaken for one or more of the following
purposes:

      •   To establish a regulatory presence to defer violations
      •   To ensure that permit requirements are being met or to determine if permit
          conditions are adequate
      •   To check the completeness and accuracy of a permittee's performance and
          compliance records
      •   To assess the adequacy of the permittee's self-monitoring and reporting
          program
      •   To determine the progress or completion of corrective action
      •   To obtain independent compliance data on a facility's discharge
      •   To evaluate the permittee's operation and maintenance activities
      •   To observe the status of construction required by the permit.

12.3 Quarterly Noncompliance  Reports
      EPA Regional Offices and States that have been approved to administer the
NPDES Program are required by regulation to report quarterly on major facilities that
are not in compliance with the terms and conditions of their permit (i.e.,  effluent
limitations meet the criteria for reportable noncompliance [RNC], schedules, and
reporting requirements).

      The regulations in 40 CFR 123.45 established requirements for listing facility
violations and resulting regulatory enforcement action or quarterly noncompliance
reports (QNCRs). This regulation established reporting requirements for violations that
meet specific, quantifiable reporting criteria, as well  as for violations that are more
difficult to quantify but are of sufficient concern to be considered reportable.  The
regulation also specifies the format that the reports must follow and the  schedule for
their submission.

      Only major facilities that meet RNC  criteria must be reported on the QNCR.
RNC consists of five general types of violations:

      •   Violation of Monthly Average  Effluent Limits—Data that exceeds or
          equals the limit times the Technical Review Criteria (TRC) for 2 months
          during a 6-month period, where the TRC is 1.4 for Group I pollutants and

214 - «BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Permit Compliance and Enforcement                                  Chapter 12

          1.2 for Group II pollutants (Appendix A to 40 CFR Part 123 contains a list of
          Group I and II pollutants); and data that exceeds  the limit for 4 months
          during a 6-month period.
      •   Interim Effluent Limits Set Forth in a Formal Enforcement Action — Any
          violation of any magnitude.
      •   Schedule — Missing a compliance schedule milestone date by 90 days.
      •   Reporting — Missing a report due date by 30 days.
      •   Single Event — A violation of any magnitude considered to have an adverse
          effect on water quality or public health (e.g., unauthorized  bypass,
          unpermitted discharge, frequent discharges of a variety of  pollutants).

      A subset of instances of RNC that appear on the QNCR may be noted as
significant noncompliance (SNC). This distinction is used solely for management
accountability purposes as a means of tracking trends in compliance  and evaluating
relative timeliness of appropriate enforcement response toward priority violations. The
definition of SNC is not regulatory and may change as the NPDES Program changes
to encompass new initiatives.  Generally, the designation of  SNC indicates a violation
is of sufficient magnitude and/or duration to be considered among the Agency's
priorities for regulatory review and/or response.  The categories of  SNC are:

      •   Violation of enforcement action requirements (i.e., administrative effluent
          limits, key compliance schedule milestones, and key reports)
      •   Violation of permit effluent limits
      •   Violation of key compliance schedule milestones contained in a permit
      •   Violation of key reporting requirements in a permit
      •   Any unauthorized discharge or bypass considered significant by the NPDES
          Program director
      •   Violations associated with water quality or health  impacts.

      The Regions and NPDES States are expected to prioritize rapid enforcement
action against all SNC violations by the time they appear on the first  QNCR.  Prior to
a permittee appearing on the subsequent QNCR for the same instance of SNC, the
permittee  should either be in compliance or the administering agency should have
initiated an appropriate formal enforcement action to achieve final compliance.  If the
facility is still considered SNC after two quarters and no formal enforcement action has
been taken, the facility is  placed on the Exceptions List.  Although  there are some
legitimate  justifications for facilities appearing on  the Exception List, the Exceptions
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 215

-------
 Chapter 12                                     Permit Compliance and Enforcement

List generally indicates facilities for which the administering agency failed to handle
enforcement in a timely and appropriate manner.
                                  Regulatory Update
 In September 1995, EPA revised the definition of SNC to include violations of non-monthly average
 permit limits by major facilities.  A large percentage of NPDES majors are lacking the required monthly
 average limits in their permit thus escaping detection as SNC and scrutiny for formal enforcement action.
 The new definition was effective on October 1, 1996 and is expected to result in better targeting of limited
 enforcement resources to violations posing the greatest risk to the environment and public health.
12.4 Enforcement
      Specific enforcement actions are focused on a small subset of the total number
of violators—violators at sites where frequent or serious violations have occurred.
However, these actions have the effect of fostering compliance by an entire industry of
facilities across the nation.  By choosing the appropriate enforcement response to
violations, EPA tries to achieve several goals:

      •   Correction of the violation as soon as possible
      •   Deterrence of future violations by the same permittee or other permittees
      •   Equal treatment of the regulated community through use of a uniform
          approach to selecting enforcement responses (i.e., similar violations are
          treated similarly)
      •   Punishment of serious violations
      •   Effective use of enforcement resources by achieving protection of human
          health and the environment with the least amount of staff time and funds.

      Once  a facility has been identified as  having apparent permit violations, the
EPA or the NPDES State or Tribal organization will review the facility's compliance
history. Such a review includes an assessment of the magnitude, frequency, and
duration of violations.  Significant permit violations are identified and a determination of
the appropriate enforcement response is made.

      Section  309 of the Act authorizes the Agency to bring civil or criminal action
against facilities which violate their NPDES permit conditions. EPA Regions and
authorized States have specific procedures for reviewing self-monitoring and
inspection data and for deciding what type of enforcement action is warranted.  EPA
216 - «B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Permit Compliance and Enforcement                                  Chapter 12

recommends an escalating response to continuing noncompliance.  Typical types of
enforcement actions include:

      •   Inspection debriefing, calling attention to deficiencies
      •   Telephone call
      •   Letter of violation
      •   Notice of violation
      •   Administrative order
      •   Administrative fine of up to $125,000 per proceeding
      •   Civil lawsuit
      •   Criminal prosecution.

      Considerations when making determinations on the level of the enforcement
response include (1) the severity of the permit violation, (2) the degree of economic
benefit obtained through the violation, (3) previous enforcement actions taken against
the violator,  and (4) the deterrent effect of the response on similarly situated
permittees.  Equally important are considerations of fairness and equity, national
consistency, and the integrity of the NPDES Program.

12.5 Public Participation
      Citizens can participate in the enforcement process in a number of ways.
Under the Freedom of Information Act, citizens have the right to request certain
facility-specific compliance information from EPA's PCS database. Interested citizens
can intervene in any Federal civil action to enjoin any threatened or continuing
violation of any program requirement or permit conditions, and to recover civil
penalties in court.  Citizens also have the  opportunity to review and comment on any
proposed consent decree to resolve a State of Federal civil judicial enforcement
action.

      Section 505 of the Clean Water Act allows any citizen to commence a civil
judicial enforcement action on his own behalf against:  (1) any person (including the
United States or any government agency) who is alleged  to be in violation of an
effluent standard or limitation or an enforcement order issued by EPA or a State, or
(2) against EPA or the State where the regulatory authority is alleged to have failed to
take appropriate action.  Citizens may not commence suit if EPA or the State is
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 217

-------
 Chapter 12                                   Permit Compliance and Enforcement

diligently prosecuting a civil or criminal action.  Citizens must also give EPA, the State,
and the alleged violator sixty days' notice of the alleged violation prior to commencing
a citizen suit.

12.6 Compliance Assistance  and Voluntary Compliance Policies
      On June 8, 1994, EPA established a new Office of Enforcement and
Compliance  Assurance (OECA), consolidating a number of functions formerly shared
among different programs at EPA. One of several new offices in OECA is the Office
of Compliance (OC). The overriding mission of the Office of Compliance is to improve
compliance with environmental  laws.  To do this, OC sets national compliance
assurance and enforcement priorities through strategic planning and targeting; collects
and integrates compliance data; develops effective compliance monitoring programs to
support inspections  and self-reporting; builds the capacity for more effective
compliance assistance to the regulated community; works with Regions,  States,
municipalities, citizens groups and industry, and supports enforcement activity.  Three
of the divisions  in OC are organized by economic sector (SIC Code).

      As part of President Clinton's 1995 regulatory form initiative, EPA's Office of
Enforcement and Compliance Assurance issued three policies to provide incentives for
voluntary compliance. The first is "Incentives for Self-Policing:  Disclosure, Correction
and Prevention of Violations" (hereafter referred to as the "self-audit policy"), which
was issued on December 22, 1995. This policy officers incentives in the form of
elimination of gravity-based penalties to companies that find violations through an
environmental audit or efforts that reflect due diligence, and promptly disclose and
correct those violations.  It also offers a 75% reduction in gravity-based penalties for
violations that are voluntarily discovered and disclosed even if not found through an
audit or the exercise of due diligence.  The self-audit policy contains important
safeguards to protect public health such as: excluding violations which may present
an imminent and substantial endangerment or have resulted in serious actual harm;
retaining the  right to recover any significant economic benefit gained by the violator;
requiring the company to remedy any environmental harm; and, excluding  repeat
violations.

      The second policy is EPA's "Policy on Compliance Incentives for Small
Businesses" (hereafter referred to as the "small business policy") which became
218 - £BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Permit Compliance and Enforcement                                  Chapter 12

effective on June 10, 1996. The purpose of this policy is to promote compliance
among small businesses by providing them with special incentives to participate in
compliance assistance programs or to conduct environmental audits, and then to
promptly correct violations.  Under the small business policy, a "small business" is a
person, corporation, partnership, or other entity who employs 100 or fewer individuals
across all  its facilities and operations. EPA will eliminate the entire civil penalty if a
small business satisfies all four of the following criteria: (1) the business has made a
good faith effort to comply as demonstrated by either receiving on-site governmental
compliance assistance or conducting a voluntary environmental audit and promptly
disclosing in writing  all violations discovered as part of the audit; (2) in past three
years, the business  was not subject to an action for the current violation and in the
past five years the small business has not been subject to two or more enforcement
actions for environmental violations; (3) the business corrects the violation and
remedies any harm  associated with the violation within six months of discovery; and
(4) the violation has not caused or does not pose actual serious harm and has not
involved criminal conduct.

      If the small business meets all  of the above criteria except that it  needs a
longer corrections period or if it has obtained a significant economic benefit from the
violations, EPA  will waive up to 100% of the gravity component of the penalty but  may
seek the full amount of any economic benefit associated with the violations.

      The third new policy is the "Policy  on Flexible State Enforcement Responses to
Small Community Violations," which was  issued on November 22, 1995 (hereinafter
referred to as the "small community policy"). The small community policy assures
States that they have, within appropriate  limits, the flexibility to design and use multi-
media compliance assistance and compliance prioritization measures as alternatives to
traditional  enforcement responses when addressing a small community's
environmental violations.  Under the small community policy, State small community
environmental compliance assistance programs provide (1) an adequate process to
return a small community to environmental compliance; and (2) an opportunity to
correct violations. States electing to provide small community environmental
compliance assistance should establish and follow an adequate process for
determining which communities can participate, assessing a community's good faith
and environmental compliance status, determining a community's administrative,
                                               NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - 219

-------
 Chapter 12                                   Permit Compliance and Enforcement

technical, and financial capacity to comply, weighting the comparative risks associated
with competing environmental mandates, and entering into an enforceable agreement
establishing a risk-prioritized schedule that requires compliance with all environmental
mandates as quickly as is reasonable.

      A State can waive part or all of the noncompliance penalty if the community is
working diligently and in good faith to achieve compliance.  The small community
policy does not apply to criminal violations.  EPA also reserves the right to take
immediate action where the community's actions create an  imminent and substantial
endangerment to public health and the environment.
220 - 6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Appendix A
Index to NPDES Regulations

-------
 Index to NPDES Regulations
                       Appendix A
CLEAN WATER ACT
40 CFR SECTION NUMBER

301 (b)
301 (h)
301 (k)
303(c)
304(e)
316(a)

SUBJECT A

Administrative Procedures Act
-    Permit Continuation 122.6

Administrative Record
     Draft Permit
     Final Permit

Anti-Backsliding (Reissued Permits)
Application
-    Completeness
     Existing Facilities
-    State Program
     Time to Apply
-    Duty to Reapply

Aquaculture
Aquatic Animal Production Facilities
-    Application
     Definition

Appendix A
Average Monthly
-    Non-POTW
-    POTW
Average Weekly Limits (POTW)

SUBJECT B
BAT Compliance Deadline
Best Management Practices (BMP)
Best Professional Judgment (BPJ)
Boilerplate Permit Conditions
Bypass
122.21 (m)(1), 125 Subparts A and D
125 Subpart G
125 Subpart J
125 Subpart C (Reserved)
131 Subparts A,B,and C
125 Subpart K
124.66, 125 Subpart H
124.9
124.18

122.44(1), 122.62(a)(16)

122.21 (e)
122.21(g)
124.3
122.21 (c)
122.21 (d)

122.2, 125.10

122.21 (h)(2)
122.24

122

122.45(d)(1)
122.45(d)(2)
122.45(d)(2)
125.3(a)(2)(IH)(A)(v)(2)
122.44(k), 125.100-102
125.3
122.41-44
122.41 (m)
                               AEFA. NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix A-1

-------
 Appendix A
        Index to NPDES Regulations
SUBJECT C
Calculating NPDES Permit Conditions
Case-by-Case Limitations (See BPJ also)
Case-by-Case Permits (See BPJ also)
Coast Guard
Coastal Zone Management
Comments During Public Notice
Compliance Schedules

Computation of Time
Concentrated Animal Feeding Operations
Concentrated Aquatic Animal Production
Confidentiality of Information
Consolidation of Permit Processing
Continuation of Expiring Permits
Conventional Pollutants

SUBJECT D
Definitions and General Requirements
Denial of Permit
Design Flow (POTWs)
Dilution Prohibition
Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR)
Discharge of a Pollutant (definition)
Draft Permit
Duration of Permits
Duty to Comply
Duty to Mitigate
Duty to Provide Information
Duty to Reapply

SUBJECT E
Effective Date
Endangered Species Act
Environmental Impact Statement
-    Final
-    New Source
-    NEPA
Evidentiary Hearing Procedures
Ex Parte Communication
Exclusions
Existing Source Definition
Expiration Dates (Duration  of Permits)
Extension of Public Comment Period
122.45
122.44(a), 125.3
124.52
122.44(p)
122.49(d)
124.13
122.41(0(5), 122.47,
122.62(a)(13)
124.20
122.21 (h)(l), 122.23
122.21 (h)(2), 122.24
122.7
124.4
122.6
401.16
122.1
122.6(b)
122.45(b)
122.2
124.6
122.46
122.41 (a)
1 22.41 (d)
1 22.41 (h)
1 22.41 (b)
124.15
122.49(c)

124.61
122.29(c),
6
124.71-91
124.78
122.3
122.29(a)(3)
122.46, 124.2
124.12(c)
Appendix A-2 - 4BK NPOES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Index to NPDES Regulations
                       Appendix A
SUBJECT F
Fact Sheets
Filter Backwash
Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act
Fundamentally Different Factors (FDF)
SUBJECT G - H
General Permits
-    Public Notice
     Special Procedures

SUBJECT I -L
Innovative Technology (See 301 (k))
Inspection and Entry
Internal Waste Streams
Introduction of New Pollutants - POTW
Issuance and Effective Dates

SUBJECT M
Mass Limitation
Maximum Daily
Metals
Minor Modifications
Modifications
Monitoring
-    Recording
-    Recordkeeping
     Records
     Reports (DMRs)
-    Representative

SUBJECT N
NPDES (Definition)
National Environmental Policy Act
National Historic Preservation Act
Navigation
Need to Halt or Reduce Activity
-    Not a Defense
Net/Gross
New Discharger (Definition)
New Source
-    Application
     Criteria
-    Definition
124.8, 124.56
125.3(g)
122.49(e)
122.21(m)(1), 122.44(d)(8),
125.30-32
122.28
124.10
124.58
122.45(h)
122.42(b)
124.15, 124.20, 124.60
122.45(f)
122.45(d)(l)
122.45(c)
122.63
122.62, 124.5

122.48
122.48(p)
122.41Q)(2)
1 22.
122.2
122.49(g)
122.49(b)
122.44(q)

122.41 (c)
122.45(g)
122.2

122.21 (j)
122.29
122.2
                                &BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix A-3

-------
 Appendix A
        Index to NPDES Regulations
-    Prohibited Discharges
     Public Notice
Non-Advisory Panel Procedures
Non-Continuous Discharges
Non-Compliance
     Anticipated
     Other
Notification Levels

SUBJECT 0
Offshore Oil and Gas Facilities
On-Site Construction (New Source)
Operations and  Maintenance

SUBJECT P-Q
pH Limits with Continuous Monitoring
Planned Changes
Pollutant (Definition)
Pollutants  in Intake Water (Net/Gross)
POTW (Definition)
Pretreatment
Primary Industry
Privately Owned Treatment Works
Production-Based Limits
Prohibitions
Proper Operation and Maintenance
Property Rights
Public Hearings
Public Notice of Permits
-    Contents
     Public Hearings

SUBJECT R
Reapplication
Recordkeeping
Reopener  Clause
Reopening of Public Comment Period
Request for Evidentiary Hearing
Response to Comments
Revocation and Reissuance

SUBJECT S
Secondary Treatment Requirements
Secondary Treatment Variance
Sewage Sludge
Signatory Requirements
122.4(i)
124.111-128
122.45(e)

1 22.41 (l)(2)
122.41(l)(7)
122.42(a), 122.44(f)
122.28(c)
122.29(c)(4)
122.41(e)
401.17
122.2
122.45(g)
122.2
122.440), 403
1 22 - Appendix A
122.44(m)
122.45(b)
122.4
122.41(e)
1 22.41 (g)
124.12
124.10
124.10(d), 124.57
124.10(b)(2), 124.10(d)(2)
122.21 (d)
22.21 (p), 122.41 Q)(2)
T22.44(c)
124.14
124.74
124.17
122.62, 124.5
133
(See 301 (h) of the CWA)
122.44 (o), 503
122.22, 122.27
Appendix A-4 - «B* NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
 Index to NPDES Regulations
                       Appendix A
Small Business Exemption
State Certification
Statement of Basis
Statutory Deadlines
-    POTW
-    Non-POTW
Statutory Variances and Extension
Stays of Contested Permit Conditions
Storm Water
-    Application Deadline
     Group II Dischargers
-    Group II Dischargers

SUBJECT T
Technology Based Effluent Limits
Ten Year Protection Period
     for New Sources and Dischargers
Termination of  Permit
Thermal Dischargers
Toxic Pollutants
Toxic Pollutants List
Transfer of Permit
Twenty Four Hour Reporting

SUBJECT U
Upset

SUBJECT V
Variances
-    Non-POTWs
     POTWs
-    Appeals
-    Decisions
-    Expedited procedures
-    Procedures

SUBJECT W,X,Y,Z
Water Quality Standards
Waters of the U.S. (Definition)
Wetlands (See "Waters of the U.S." Definition)
Wild and Scenic Rivers Act
122.21(g)(8)
124.53, 124.54, 124.55, 122.44(d)(3)
124.7

125.3(a)(l)
125.3(a)(2)
125.3(b)
124.16, 124.60
122.26
122.21(f)(9)
1 22.21 (g)(10)
122.44(a)

122.29(d)
122.64
(See316(a)of the CWA)
122.44(e)
401.15
122.41(l)(3), 122.61
122.41(0(6), 122.44(g)
122.41(n)
122.21(1)
122.21 (m)
124.64
124.62
122.21(n)
124.63
122.44(d)
122.2

122.49(a)
                                     NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix A-5

-------
Appendix B
Effluent Guidelines and
Standards

-------
Effluent Guidelines and Standards
Appendix B
                                                  Protection  of
                                                  Environment
                                                  40
                                                  PARTS 400 TO 424

                                                  Revised as of July 1, 1995

                                                  CONTAINIM
                                                  A CODIFICATION OF DOCUMENTS
                                                  OF GENERAL AmiCABHJlY
                                                  AND FUTURE EFFECT

                                                  AS OF JULY 1, INS

                                                  With And/lanes

                                                  Published by
                                                  the Office of the Federal Register
                                                  Notional Archives and Records
                                                  Administration

                                                  as a Special Edfflon of
                                                  the Federal Register
                                     NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix B-1

-------
 Appendix B                                  Effluent Guidelines and Standards
Appendix B-2 - «BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Effluent Guidelines and Stattdaids                                    Appendix B
           CHAPTER I—ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION
                       AGENCY—(Continued)
              SUBCHAPTER N—EFFLUENT GUIDELINES AND STANDARDS

        Part                                                    Page
        400     [Reserved]
        401     General provisions  	    4
        402     [Reserved]
        403     General pretreatment regulations for existing and
                  new sources of pollution	    8
        405     Dairy products processing point source category  ...   52
        406     Grain mills point source category	   73
        407     Canned and preserved fruits and vegetables proc-
                  essing point source category	   88
        408     Canned and preserved seafood processing  point
                  source category 	   106
        409     Sugar processing point source category	   161
        410     Textile milla point source category 	   171
        411     Cement manufacturing point source category	   189
        412     Feedlots point source category 	   194
        413     Electroplating point source category 	   198
        414     Organic chemicals, plastics, and synthetic fibers  ...   213
        415     Inorganic chemicals manufacturing point source
                  category 	   235
        416     [Reserved]
        417     Soap  and detergent manufacturing point source
                  category 	   294
        418     Fertilizer manufacturing point source category	   333
        419     Petroleum refining point source category 	   347
        420     Iron  and steel manufacturing point  source cat-
                  egory 	   384
        421     Nonferrous  metals manufacturing point source
                  category 	   448
        422     Phosphate manufacturing point source category  ...   638
        423     Steam electric power generating point source cat-
                  egory 	   648
        424     Ferroalloy manufacturing point source category  ...   656
                              6EBV NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix B-3

-------
 Appendix B                                   Effluent Guidelines and Standards
            CHAPTER I—ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION
                         AGENCY (Continued)
               SUBCHAPTBR N—EFFLUENT GUIDELINES AND STANDARDS

          Part                                                   Page
          425     Leather  tanning and finishing point source cat-
                   egory 	    5
          426     Glass manufacturing point source category 	    26
          427     Asbestos manufacturing point source category 	    47
          428     Rubber manufacturing point source category	    61
          429     Timber products processing point source category    84
          430     Pulp, paper, and paperboard point source category   102
          431     The builders' paper and board mills point source
                   category  	   184
          432     Meat products point source category 	   187
          433     Metal finishing point source category 	   213
          434     Coal mining point source category BPT, BAT, BCT
                   limitations and new  source performance stand-
                   ards 	   218
          435     Oil and gas extraction point source category  	   230
          436     Mineral mining and processing point source cat-
                   egory 	   245
          439     Pharmaceutical manufacturing point source cat-
                   egory 	   260
          440     Ore mining and dressing point source category 	   279
          443     Effluent limitations guidelines for existing sources
                   and standards of performance and pretreatment
                   standards for new sources for the paving and
                   roofing materials (tars and asphalt) point source
                   category  	   305
          446     Paint formulating point source category	   310
          447     Ink formulating point source category 	   311
          454     Gum and  wood chemicals manufacturing  point
                   source category 	   312
          455     Pesticide chemicals	   316
          457     Explosives manufacturing point source category ...   333
          458     Carbon black manufacturing point source category   334
          459     Photographic point source category  	   338
Appendix B-4 - 6BR NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
Effluent Guidelines and Standards                                     Appendix B
                                               40 CFR Ch. I (7-1-95 EdMon)

         Part                                                     Page
         460      Hospital point source category  	   339
         461      Battery manufacturing point source category	   340
         463      Plastics molding  and forming point  source  cat-
                  egory 	   373
         464      Metal molding and casting point source category ..   379
         465      Coll coating point source category 	   426
         466      Porcelain enameling point source category	   435
         467      Aluminum forming point source category  	   444
         468      Copper forming point source category 	   487
         469      Electrical and electronic  components point source
                  category	   509
         471      Nonferrous metals  forming and metal  powders
                  point source category	   516

                        SUBCHAPTER O—SEWAGE SLUDGE

         501      State sludge management program regulations 	   641
         503      Standards for the use or disposal of sewage sludge   661

                           SUBCHAPTER P  [RESERVED]

                         SUBCHAPTER Q-ENERGY POLICY

         600      Fuel economy of motor vehicles 	   693
         610      Fuel economy retrofit devices  	   770
                                     NPDES Permit Writers' Manual • Appendix B-5

-------
Appendix C
List of SIC Codes

-------
List of SIC Codes               Appendix C
       EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT
       OFFICE OF MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET
        STANDARD
       NDUSTRIAL
  CLASSIFICATION
           MANUAL
                1987
           NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix C-1

-------
Appendix C                                 List of SIC Codes
                       PartH



      Numerical List of Short Titles
                        NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix C-3

-------
Appendix C                                                          List of SIC Codes
                   Numerical List of  Short Titles

          The official SIC titles of the divisions and the two-digit major groups, three-
      digit industry groups, and four-digit industries are those shown in Part I. For vari-
      ous reasons, including  presentation of statistical tables, it is desirable to have a
      standard list of short SIC titles so that all agencies may use the same short titles
      for the same codes as long as the titles  fit the space requirements of the publica-
      tion.
          The standard short titles below have been limited to 36 spaces for four-digit in-
      dustry codes and 38 spaces for two-digit major group and  three-digit industry group
      codes. Where a two-digit major group or three-digit industry group contains only a
      single four-digit industry, the two-digit or three-digit titles are allowed 36 rather
      than 38 spaces. If the official SIC title falls within the short title space limitation
      above, it is generally used without change.
          It is understood, of course, that just as a title itself is not sufficient to define an
      industry, so too a short title may not appear to represent the same content as the
      official title. Content can only be defined by reference to the official titles and de-
      scriptions for the relevant division, major group, industry group, and industry.
                                          NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix C-5

-------
List of SIC Codes
                                  Appendix C
                                 NUMERICAL LIST OF  SHORT TITLES
             A.  AGRICULTURE,  FORESTRY,  AND  FISHING
       Code              Short Title

       01   AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION-
              CROPS
       Oil  Cash Grains
       0111  Wheat
       0112  Rice
       0115  Com
       0116  Soybeans
       0119  Cash grains, nee
       013  Field Crops, Except Cash Grains
       0131  Cotton
       0132  Tobacco
       0133  Sugarcane and sugar beets
       0134  Irish potatoes
       0139  Field crops, except cash grains, nee
       016  Vegetables and Melons
       0161  Vegetables and melons
       017  Fruits and Tree Nuts
       0171  Berry crops
       0172  Grapes
       0173  Tree nuts
       0174  Citrus fruits
       0175  Deciduous tree fruits
       0179  Fruits and tree nuts, nee
       018  Horticultural Specialties
       0181  Ornamental nursery products
       0182  Food crops grown under cover
       019  General Farms, Primarily Crop
       0191  General farms, primarily crop

       02   AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION-
              LIVESTOCK
       021  Livestock, Except Dairy and Poultry
       0211  Beef cattle feedlots
       0212  Beef cattle, except feedlots
       0213  Hogs
       0214  Sheep and goats
       0219  General livestock, nee
       024  Dairy Farms
       0241  Dairy farms
       025  Poultry and Eggs
       0251  Broiler, fryer, and roaster chickens
       0252  Chicken eggs
       0253  Turkeys and turkey eggs
       0254 Poultry hatcheries
       0259 Poultry and eggs, nee
       027  Animal Specialties
       0271  Fur-bearing animals and rabbits
       0272 Horses and other equines
       0273 Animal aquaculture
       0279 Animal specialties, nee
Code
                 Short Title
029  General Farms, Primarily Animal
0291 General farms, primarily animal

07   AGRICULTURAL SERVICES
071  Soil Preparation Services
0711 Soil preparation services
072  Crop Services
0721 Crop planting and protecting
0722 Crop harvesting
0723 Crop preparation services for market
0724 Cotton ginning
074  Veterinary Services
0741 Veterinary services for livestock
0742 Veterinary services, specialties
075  Animal Services, Except Veterinary
0751 Livestock services, exc. veterinary
0752 Animal specialty services
076  Farm Labor and Management Services
0761 Farm labor contractors
0762 Farm management services
078  Landscape and Horticultural Services
0781 Landscape counseling and planning
0782 Lawn and garden services
0783 Ornamental shrub and tree services

08   FORESTRY
081  Timber Tracts
0811 Timber tracts
083  Forest Products
0831 Forest products
086  Forestry Services
0861 Forestry services

09   FISHING, HUNTING, AND TRAPPING
091  Commercial Fishing
0912 Finfish
0913 Shellfish
0919 Miscellaneous marine products
092  Fish Hatcheries and Preserves
0921 Fish hatcheries and preserves
097  Hunting, Trapping, Gam* Propagation
0971 Hunting, trapping, game propagation
                                                NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix C-7

-------
Appendix C
                                                                                  List of SIC Codes
                             STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION
                                        B.   MINING
      Code
                      Short Title
      10    METAL BONING
      101   Iron Ore*
      1011  Iron ores
      102   Copper Ore*
      1021  Copper ores
      103   Lead and Zinc Ore*
      1031  Lead and zinc ore*
      104   Gold and Silver Ores
      1041  Gold ore*
      It44  Silver ores
      1*6   Ferroalloy Ore*, Except Vanadium
      1061  Ferroalloy ores, except vanadium
      198   Metal Mining Services
      1081  Metal mining services
      1M   Miscellaneous Metal Orel
      1W4  Uranium-radiurn-vanadium ores
      ItW  Metal ores, nee

      12     COAL MINING
      122   Bituminous Coal and Lignite Mining
      1221  Bituminous coal and lignite—surface
      1222  Bituminous coal—underground
      123   Anthracite Mining
      1231  Anthracite mining
      124   Coal Mining Services
      1241  Coal mining services

      13   OIL AND GAS EXTRACTION
      131   Crude Petroleum and Natural Gas
                                                     Code              Short Title

                                                     1311  Crude petroleum and natural gas
                                                     132  Natural Gas Liquids
                                                     1321  Natural gas liquids
                                                     138  Oil and Gas Field Services
                                                     1381  Drilling oil and gas wells
                                                     1382  Oil and gas exploration services
                                                     1389  Oil and gas field services, nee

                                                     14   NONMETALJJC  MINERALS, EXCEPT
                                                             FUELS
                                                     141  Dimension Stone
                                                     1411  Dimension stone
                                                     142  Crushed and Broken Stone
                                                     1422  Crushed and broken limestone
                                                     1423  Crushed and broken granite
                                                     1429  Crushed and broken stone, nee
                                                     144  Sand and Gravel
                                                     1442  Construction sand and gravel
                                                     1446  Industrial sand
                                                     145  Clay, Ceramic, A Refractory Minerals
                                                     1455  Kaolin and ball clay
                                                     1459  Clay and related minerals, nee
                                                     147  Chemical and Fertilizer Minerals
                                                     1474 Potash, soda, and borate minerals
                                                     1475 Phosphate rock
                                                     1479 Chemical and fertilizer mining, nee
                                                     148  Nonmetallic Minerals Services
                                                     1481  Nonmetallic minerals services
                                                     149  Miscellaneous Nonmetallic Minerals
                                                     1499 Miscellaneous nonmetallic minerals
                                  C.  CONSTRUCTION
      Code


      15
      152
      1521
      1522
      153
      1531
      154
      1541
      1542


      16
                        Short Title

             GENERAL BUILDING CONTRACTORS
             Residential Building Construction
             Single-family housing construction
             Residential construction, nee
             Operative Builders
             Operative builders
             Nonresidential Building Construction
             Industrial buildings and warehouses
             Nonresidential construction, nee
             HEAVY CONSTRUCTION, EX.
               BUILDING
       161   Highway and Street Construction
Code              Short Title

1611   Highway and street construction
162   Heavy Construction, Except Highway
1622   Bridge, tunnel, & elevated highway
1623   Water, sewer, and utility lines
1629   Heavy construction, nee

17    SPECIAL TRADE CONTRACTORS
171   Plumbing, Heating, Air-Condltioning
1711   Plumbing, heating, air-conditioning
172   Painting and Paper Hanging
1721   Painting and paper hanging
173   Electrical Work
1731   Electrical work
Appendix C-8 -
                         NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
List of SIC Codes
                                                                              Appendix C
        Code


        174
        1741
        1742
        1743
        175
        1751
        1752
        176
        1761
                                   NUMERICAL LIST OF SHORT TITLES

                         Short Title                       Code              Short Title
Masonry, Stonework, and Plastering
Masonry and other stonework
Plastering, drywail, and insulation
Terrazzo, tile, marble, mosaic work
Carpentry and Floor Work
Carpentry work
Floor laying and floor work, nee
Roofing, Siding, and Sheet Metal Work
Roofing, siding, and sheet metal work
177   Concrete Work
1771  Concrete work
178   Water WeU Drilling
1781  Water well drilling
179   Misc. Special Trade Contractors
1791  Structural steel erection
1793  Glass and glazing work
1794  Excavation work
1795  Wrecking and demolition work
1796  Installing building equipment, nee
1799  Special trade contractors, nee
                                   D.  MANUFACTURING
        Code
                         Short Title
        20    FOOD AND KINDRED PRODUCTS
        201   Meat Products
        2011  Meat packing plants
        2013  Sausages and other prepared meats
        2015  Poultry slaughtering and processing
        202   Dairy Products
        2021  Creamery butter
        2022  Cheese, natural and processed
        2023  Dry, condensed, evaporated products
        2024  Ice cream and frozen desserts
        2026  Fluid milk
        203   Preserved Fruits and Vegetables
        2032  Canned specialties
        2033  Canned fruits and vegetables
        2034  Dehydrated fruits, vegetables, soups
        2035  Pickles, sauces, and salad dressings
        2037  Frozen fruits and vegetables
        2038  Frozen specialties, nee
        204   Grain Mill Products
        2041  Flour and other grain mill products
        2043  Cereal breakfast foods
        2044  Rice milling
        2045  Prepared flour mixes and doughs
        2046  Wet corn milling
        2047  Dog and cat food
        2048  Prepared feeds, nee
        205   Bakery Products
        2051  Bread, cake, and related products
        2052  Cookies and crackers
        2053  Frozen bakery products, except bread
        206   Sugar and Confectionery Products
        2061  Raw cane sugar
        2062  Cane sugar refining
        2063  Beet sugar
        2064  Candy & other confectionery products
        2066  Chocolate and cocoa products
                                           Code              Short Title

                                           2067  Chewing gum
                                           2068  Salted and roasted nuts and seeds
                                           207   Fats and Oils
                                           2074  Cottonseed oil mills
                                           2075  Soybean oil mills
                                           2076  Vegetable oil mills, nee
                                           2077  Animal and marine fats and oils
                                           2079  Edible fats and oils, nee
                                           208   Beverages
                                           2082  Malt beverages
                                           2083  Malt
                                           2084  Wines, brandy, and brandy spirits
                                           2085  Distilled and blended liquors
                                           2086  Bottled and canned soft drinks
                                           2087  Flavoring extracts and syrups, nee
                                           209   Misc. Food and Kindred Products
                                           2091  Canned and cured fish and seafoods
                                           2092  Fresh or frozen prepared fish
                                           2095  Roasted coffee
                                           2096  Potato chips and similar snacks
                                           2097  Manufactured ice
                                           2098  Macaroni and spaghetti
                                           2099  Food preparations, nee

                                           21    TOBACCO PRODUCTS
                                           211   Cigarettes
                                           2111  Cigarettes
                                           212   Cigars
                                           2121  Cigars
                                           213   Chewing and Smoking Tobacco
                                           2131  Chewing and smoking tobacco
                                           214   Tobacco Stemming and Redrying
                                           2141  Tobacco stemming and redrying

                                           22    TEXTILE MILL PRODUCTS
                                           221   Broadwoven Fabric  Mills, Cotton
                                            &EFA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix C-9

-------
 Appendix C
                                                                     List of SIC Codes
          Code

          2211
          222
          2221
          223
          2231
          224
          2241
          225
          2251
          2252
          2253
          2254
          2257
          2258
          2259
          226
          2261
          2262
          226»
          227
          2273
          228
          2281
          2282
          2284
          229
          2295
           2296
           2297
           2298
           2299

           S3

           231
           2311
           232
           2321
           2322
           2323
           2325
           2326
           2329
           233
           2331
           2335
           2337
           2339
           234
           2341
           2342
           235
           2353
                                   STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION

                            Sltort Title                       Cod*              Short Title
Broadwoven fabric mill*, cotton
Broadwoven Fabric Milli, Manmade
Broadwoven fabric mills, manmaHe
Broadwoven Fabric Milk, Wool
Broadwoven fabric mills, wool
Narrow Fabric Mills
Narrow fabric mills
Knitting Mills
Women's hosiery, except socks
Hosiery, nee
Knit outerwear mills
Knit underwear mills
Weft knit fabric mills
Lace it warp knit fabric mills
Knitting mills, nee
Textile Finishing, Except Wool
Finishing plants, cotton
Finishing plants, manmade
Finishing plants, nee
Carpets and Rugs
Carpets and rugs
Yarn and Thread Mills
Yarn 'pinning mills
Throwing and winding mills
Thread mills
Miscellaneous Textile Goods
Coated fabrics, not rubberized
Tire cord and fabrics
Nonwoven fabrics
Cordage and twine
Textile goods, nee

APPAREL AND OTHER TEXTILE
  PRODUCTS
Men's awl Boys' Salts and Coats
Men's and boys' suits and coat*
Men's and Boys' Furnishings
Men's and boys' shirts
Men's It boys' underwear it  nightwear
Men's and boys' neckwear
Men's and boys' trousers and slacks
Men's and boys' work clothing
Men's  and boys' clothing, nee
Women's and Misses' Outerwear
Women's it missns' blouses it shirts
Women's, juniors', & misses' dress as
Women's and misses' suits and coat*
Women's and missus' outerwear, nee
Women's and Children's Undergarments
Women's and children's underwear
 Bras, girdles, and allied garments
Hats, Caps, and Millinery
 Hats, caps, and millinery
236   Girls' and Children's Outerwear
2361  Girls' it children's dresses, blouses
2369  Girls' and children's outerwear, nee
237   Fur Goods
2371  Fur goods
238   Miscellaneous Apparel and Accessories
2381  Fabric dress and work gloves
2384  Robes and dressing gowns
2385  Waterproof outerwear
2386  Leather and sheep-lined clothing
2387  Apparel belts
2389  Apparel and accessories, nee
239   Misc. Fabricated Textile Products
2391  Curtains and draperies
2392  Housefumishings, nee
2393  Textile bags
2394  Canvas and related products
2395  Pleating and stitching
2396  Automotive and apparel trimmings
2397  Schiffli machine embroideries
2399  Fabricated textile products, nee

24    LUMBER AND WOOD PRODUCTS
241   Logging
2411  Logging
242   Sawmills and  Planing Mills
2421  Sawmills and  planing mills, general
2426  Hardwood dimension it flooring mills
2429  Special product sawmills, nee
243   Mfflwork, Plywood A Structural Memkm
2431  MUlwork
2434  Wood kitchen cabinets
2435  Hardwood veneer and plywood
2436  Softwood veneer and plywood
2439  Structural wood members, nee
244   Wood Containers
2441  Nailed wood boxes and shook
2448  Wood pallets and skids
2449  Wood containers, nee
245   Wood Buildings and Mobile Homes
2451  Mobile homes
2452  Prefabricated wood buildings
249   Miscellaneous Wood Products
2491  Wood preserving
2493  Reconstituted wood products
2499  Wood products, nee

25   FURNITURE AND FIXTURES
251   Household Furniture
2511  Wood household furniture
2512  Upholstered household furniture
2514  Metal household furniture
Appendix C-10 - 6Btt NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
List of SIC Codes
                                                                              Appendix C
         Code

         2515
         2517
         2519
         252
         2521
         2522
         253
         2531
         254
         2541
         2542
         259
         2591
         2599
                                     NUMERICAL LIST OF SHORT  TITLES

                           Short Title                        Code              Short Title
Mattresses and bedsprings
Wood TV and radio cabinets
Household furniture, nee
Office Furniture
Wood office furniture
Office furniture, except wood
Public Building & Related Furniture
Public building & related furniture
Partitions and Fixture*
Wood partitions and fixtures
Partitions and fixtures, except wood
Miscellaneous Furniture and Fixtures
Drapery hardware 8c blinds & shades
Furniture and fixtures, nee
          26    PAPER AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
          261   Pulp Mills
          2611  Pulp mills
          262   Paper Mills
          2621  Paper mills
          2«3   Paperboard Mills
          2631  Paperboard mills
          265   Paperboard Containers and Boxes
          2652  Setup paperboard boxes
          2653  Corrugated and solid fiber boxes
          2655  Fiber cans, drums & similar products
          2656  Sanitary food containers
          2657  Folding paperboard boxes
          267   Misc. Conrerted Paper Products
          2671  Paper coated & laminated, pnrknging
          2672  Paper coated and laminated, nee
          2673  Bags: plastics, laminated, &  coated
          2674  Bags: uncoated paper & multiwall
          2675  Die-cut paper and board
          2676  Sanitary paper products
          2677  Envelopes
          2678  Stationery products
          2679  Converted paper products, nee

          27    PRINTING AND PUBLISHING
          271   Newipapers
          2711  Newspapers
          272   Periodicals
          2721  Periodicals
          273   Books
          2731  Book publishing
          2732  Book printing
          274   Miscellaneous PubUshlng
          2741  Miscellaneous publishing
          275   Commercial Printing
          2752  Commercial printing, lithographic
          2754  Commercial printing, gravure
2759  Commercial printing, nee
276   Manifold Business Forms
2761  Manifold business forms
277   Greeting Cards
2771  Greeting cards
278   Blankbooks and Bookbinding
2782  Blankbooks and looseleaf binders
2789  Bookbinding and related work
279   Printing Trade Services
2791  Typesetting
2796  Platemaking services

28    CHEMICALS  AND ALLIED PRODUCTS
281   Industrial Inorganic Chemicals
2812  Alkalies and chlorine
2813  Industrial gases
2816  Inorganic pigments
2819  Industrial inorganic chemicals, nee
282   Plastics Materials and Synthetics
2821  Plastics materials and resins
2822  Synthetic rubber
2823  Cellulosic nnmni«H«» fibers
2824  Organic fibers, noncellulosic
283   Drugs
2833  Medicinals and botanicals
2834  Pharmaceutical preparations
2835  Diagnostic substances
2836  Biological products exc. diagnostic
284   Soap, Cleaners, and Toilet Goods
2841  Soap and other detergents
2842  Polishes and sanitation goods
2843  Surface active agents
2844  Toilet preparations
285   Paints and Allied Products
2851  Paints and allied products
286   Industrial Organic Chemicals
2861  Gum and wood chemicals
2865  Cyclic crudes and intermediates
2869  Industrial organic chemicals, nee
287   Agricultural Chemicals
2873  Nitrogenous fertilizers
2874  Phosphatic fertilizers
2875  Fertilizers, mixing only
2879  Agricultural chemicals, nee
289   Miscellaneous Chemical  Products
2891  Adherivee and sealants
2892  Explosives
2893  Printing ink
2895  Carbon black
2899  Chemical preparations, nee
                                          6ER& NPDES  Permit Writers' Manual  - Appendix C-11

-------
  Appendix C
                           List of SIC Codes
Code


29
291
2911
295
2951
2952
299
2992
2999


30


301
3011
302
3021
305
3052
3053
306
3061
3069
308
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
                                   STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION

                           Short Title                      Code             Short Title
                PETROLEUM AND COAL PRODUCTS
                Petroleum Refining
                Petroleum refining
                Asphalt Paving and Roofing Material*
                Asphalt paving mixtures and blocks
                Asphalt felts and coatings
                Misc. Petroleum and Coal Product*
                Lubricating oils and grease*
                Petroleum and coal products, nee

                RUBBER AND MISC. PLASTICS
                  PRODUCTS
                Tire* and Inner Tubes
                Tire* and inner tubes
                Rubber and Plastic* Footwear
                Rubber and plastic* footwear
                Ho*e A Betting & Gaskets & Packing
                Rubber & plastic* hoee & belting
                Gaskets, packing and sealing devices
                Fabricated Rubber Product*, NEC
                Mechanical rubber goods
                Fabricated rubber products, nee
                Miscellaneous Plaitic* Product*. NEC
                Unsupported plastics film it sheet
                Unsupported plastics profile shapes
                Laminated plastics plate & sheet
                Plastics pipe
                Plastics bottle*
                Plastics foam products
                Custom compound purchased resins
                Plastics plumbing fixtures
                Plastic* products, nee
           31    LEATHER AND LEATHER PRODUCTS
           3 1 1   Leather Tanning and FinUhing
           3111  Leather tunning and finiahing
           313   Footwear Cut Stock
           3131  Footwear cut stock
           314   Footwear,  Except Rubber
           3142  House slippers
           3143  Men's footwear, except athletic
           3144  Women's footwear, except athletic
           3149  Footwear,  except rubber, nee
           315   Leather Glove* and Mittens
           3151  Leather gloves and mittens
           316   Luggage
           3161  Luggage
           317   Handbags  and Personal Leather Goods
           3171  Women's handbags and purses
           3172  Personal leather good*, nee
           319   Leather Good*, NEC
           3199  Leather goods, nee
32    STONE, CLAY, AND GLASS PRODUCTS
321   Flat Glass
3211  Flat glass
322   Glass and Glassware, Pressed or Blown
3221  Glass containers
3229  Pressed and blown glass, nee
323   Product* of Purchased Glass
3231  Products of purchased glass
324   Cement, Hydraulic
3241  Cement, hydraulic
325   Structural Clay Product*
3251  Brick and structural clay tile
3253  Ceramic wall and floor tile
3255  Clay refractoriea
3259  Structural clay product*, nee
326   Pottery and Related Product*
3261  Vitreous plumbing fixture*
3262  Vitreous china table & kitchenware
3263  Semi vitreous table & kitchenware
3264  Porcelain electrical supplies
3269  Pottery product*, nee
327   Concrete, Gypsum, and Platter Product*
3271  Concrete block and brick
3272  Concrete products, nee
3273  Ready-mixed concrete
3274  Lime
3275  Gypsum products
328   Cut Stone and Stone Product*
3281  Cut stone and stone product*
329   Ml*c. Nonmetallic Mineral Product*
3291  Abrasive product*
3292  Asbestos product*
3295  Minerals, ground or treated
3296  Mineral wool
3297  Nonciay refractoriea
3299  Nonmetallic mineral products, nee

33    PRIMARY METAL INDUSTRIES
331   Blast Furnace and Basic Steel Product*
3312  Blast furnaoee and steel mills
3313  Electrometallurgical product*
3315  Steel wire and related product*
3316  Cold finishing of steel shape*
3317  Steel pipe and tube*
332   Iron and Steel Foundrie*
3321  Gray and ductile iron foundries
3322  Malleable iron foundries
3324  Steel investment foundriea
3325  Steel foundries, nee
333   Primary Nonferrou* Metal*
3331  Primary copper
3334  Primary aluminum
Appendix C-12 - 3ERA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
List of SIC Codes
                                                                             Appendix C
          Code

          3339
          334
          3341
          335
          3351
          3353
          3354
          3355
          3356
          3357
          336
          3363
          3364
          3365
          3366
          3369
          339
          3398
          3399
                                     NUMERICAL LIST OF SHORT TITLES

                           Short Title                       Code             Short Title
Primary nonferrous metals, nee
Secondary Nonferrous Metal*
Secondary nonferrous metals
Nonferroiu Rolling and Drawing
Copper rolling and drawing
Aluminum sheet, plate, and foil
Aluminum extruded product*
Aluminum rolling and drawing, nee
Nonferroiu rolling and drawing, nee
Nonferroiu wiredrawing it insulating
Nonferrous Foundries (Castings)
Aluminum die-castings
Nonferrous die-casting exc. aluminum
Aluminum foundries
Copper foundries
Nonferrous foundries, nee
Miscellaneous Primary Metal Products
Metal heat treating
Primary metal products, nee
          34    FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS
          341   Metal Cans and Shipping Containers
          3411  Metal cans
          3412  Metal barrels, drums, and pails
          342   Cutlery, Handtooli, and Hardware
          3421  Cutlery
          3423  Hand and edge took, nee
          3425  Saw blades and handsaws
          3429  Hardware, nee
          343   Plumbing and Heating, Except Electric
          3431  Metal sanitary ware
          3432  Plumbing fixture fittings and trim
          3433  Heating equipment, except electric
          344   Fabricated Structural Metal Products
          3441  Fabricated structural metal
          3442  Metal doors, sash, and trim
          3443  Fabricated plate work (boiler shops)
          3444  Sheet metal work
          3446  Architectural metal work
          3448  Prefabricated metal buildings
          3449  Miscellaneous metal work
          345   Screw Machine Products, Bolts, Etc.
          3451  Screw machine products
          3452  Bolts, nuts, rivets, and washers
          346   Metal Forging! and Stampings
          3462  Iron and steel forgings
          3463  Nonferrous forging*
          3465  Automotive stampings
          3466  Crowns and closures
          3469  Metal stampings, nee
          347   Metal Services, NEC
          3471  Plating and polishing
          3479  Metal coating and allied services
348   Ordnance and Accessories, NEC
3482  Small arms ammunition
3483  Ammunition, exc. for small arms, nee
3484  Small arms
3489  Ordnance and accessories, nee
349   Misc. Fabricated Metal Products
3491  Industrial valves
3492  Fluid power valves & hose fittings
3493  Steel springs, except wire
3494  Valves and pipe fittings, nee
3495  Wire springs
3496  Misc. fabricated wire products
3497  Metal foil and leaf
3498  Fabricated pipe and fittings
3499  Fabricated metal products, nee

35    INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY AND
        EQUIPMENT
351   Engines and Turbines
3511  Turbines and turbine generator sets
3519  Internal combustion engines, nee
352   Farm and Garden Machinery
3523  Farm machinery and equipment
3524  Lawn and garden equipment
353   Construction and Related Machinery
3531  Construction machinery
3532  Mining machinery
3533  Oil and gas field machinery
3534  Elevators and moving stairways
3535  Conveyors and conveying equipment
3536  Hoists, cranes, and monorails
3537  Industrial trucks and tractors
354   Metalworking Machinery
3541  Machine tools, metal cutting types
3542  Machine tools, metal forming types
3543  Industrial patterns
3544  Special dies, tools, jigs & fixtures
3545  Machine tool accessories
3546  Power-driven handtoola
3547  Rolling mill machinery
3548  Welding apparatus
3549  Metalworking machinery, nee
355   Special Industry Machinery
3552  Textile machinery
3553  Woodworking machinery
3554  Paper industries machinery
3555  Printing trades machinery
3556  Food products machinery
3559  Special industry machinery, nee
356   General Industrial Machinery
3561  Pumps and pumping equipment
3562  Ball and roller bearings
3563  Air and gas compressors
                                          *ERA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix C-13

-------
Appendix C
                                                                                     List of SIC Codes
        Code

        3564
        3565
        3566
        3567
        3568
        3569
        357
        3571
        3572
        3575
        3577
        S578
        3579
        358
        3581
        3582
        3585
        3586
        3589
        359
        3592
        3593
        3594
        3596
        3599

        36

        361
        3612
        3613
        362
        3621
        3624
        3625
        3629
        363
        3631
        3632
        3633
        3634
        3635
        3639
        364
        3641
        3643
        3644
        3645
        3646
        3647
        3648
        365
        3651
                                STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION

                         Short Title                       Code              Short Title
               Blowers and fans
               Packaging machinery
               Speed changers, drives, and gears
               Industrial furnaces and ovens
               Power transmission equipment, nee
               General industrial machinery, nee
               Computer and Office Equipment
               Electronic computers
               Computer storage devices
               Computer terminals
               Computer peripheral equipment, nee
               Calculating and accounting equipment
               Office machines, nee
               Refrigeration and Service Machinery
               Automatic vending machines
               Commercial laundry equipment
               Refrigeration and heating equipment
               Measuring and dispensing pumps
               Service industry machinery, nee
               Industrial Machinery, NEC
               Carburetors, pistons, rings, valves
               Fluid power cylinders & actuators
               Fluid power pumps and motors
               Scales and balances, exc. laboratory
               Industrial machinery, nee

               ELECTRONIC & OTHER ELECTRIC
                 EQUIPMENT
               Electric Distribution Equipment
               Transformers, except electronic
               Switchgear and switchboard apparatus
               Electrical Industrial Apparatus
               Motors and generators
               Carbon and graphite products
               Relays and industrial controls
               Electrical industrial apparatus, nee
               Household Appliances
               Household cooking equipment
               Household refrigerators and freezers
               Household laundry equipment
               Electric housewares and fans
               Household vacuum cleaners
               Household appliances, nee
               Electric Lighting and Wiring Equipment
               Electric lamps
               Current-carrying wiring devices
               Noncurrent-carrying wiring devices
               Residential lighting fixtures
               Commercial  lighting fixtures
               Vehicular lighting equipment
               Lighting  equipment, nee
               Household Audio and Video Equipment
               Household audio and video equipment
3652
366
3661
3663
3669
367
3671
3672
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
369
3691
3692
3694
3695
3699

37
371
3711
3713
3714
3715
3716
372
3721
3724
3728
373
3731
3732
374
3743
375
3751
376
3761
3764
3769
379
3792
3795
3799

38
     Prerecorded records and tapes
     Communications Equipment
     Telephone and telegraph apparatus
     Radio & TV communications equipment
     Communications equipment, nee
     Electronic Components and Accessories
     Electron tubes
     Printed circuit boards
     Semiconductors and related devices
     Electronic capacitors
     Electronic resistors
     Electronic coils and transformers
     Electronic connectors
     Electronic components, nee
     Misc. Electrical Equipment & Supplies
     Storage batteries
     Primary batteries, dry and wet
     Engine electrical equipment
     Magnetic and optical recording media
     Electrical equipment & supplies, nee

     TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT
     Motor Vehicles and Equipment
     Motor vehicles and car bodies
     Truck and bus bodies
     Motor vehicle parts and accessories
     Truck trailers
     Motor homes
     Aircraft and Parts
     Aircraft
     Aircraft engines and engine parts
     Aircraft parts and equipment, nee
     Ship and Boat Building and Repairing
     Ship building and repairing
     Boat building and repairing
     Railroad Equipment
     Railroad equipment
     Motorcycles, Bicycles,  and Parts
     Motorcycles, bicycles, and parts
     Guided Missiles, Space Vehicles, Parts
     Guided missiles and space  vehicles
     Space propulsion units and parts
     Space vehicle equipment, nee
     Miscellaneous Transportation Equipment
     Travel trailers and campers
     Tanks and tank components
     Transportation equipment, nee
      INSTRUMENTS AND RELATED
        PRODUCTS
381   Search and Navigation Equipment
3812  Search and navigation equipment
Appendix C-14 -
                          NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
List of SIC Codes
                                                                           Appendix C
       Cod*


       382
       3821
       3822
       3823
       3824
       3825
       382<
       3827
       3829
       384
       3841
       3842
       3843
       3844
       3846
       386
       3861
       386
       SMI
       $87
       3873
                     NUMERICAL LEST  OF SHORT TITLES

           Short TitU                      Cod*              Short TMe
Measuring and Controlling Deriee*
Laboratory apparatus and furniture
Environmental control*
ProceM control instruments
Fluid meten and counting device*
Instrument* to measure electricity
Analytical instruments
Optical instrument* and lenses
Measuring it controlling devices, nee
Medical Instrument* and Supplies
Surgical and medical instruments
Surgical appliances and supplies
Dental equipment and supplies
X-ray apparatus and tubes
Electromedical equipment
Ophthalmic Goods
Ophthalmic goods
Photographic Equipment and Supplies
Photographic equipment and supplies
Watches, Clocks, Watchcases ft Parts
Watches, clocks, watchcases ft parts
35    MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURING
       INDUSTRIES
391   Jewelry, Silverware, and Plated Wan
3911  Jewelry, precious metal
3914  Silverware and plated ware
3915  Jewelers' materials ft lapidary work
393   Musical Instrument*
3931  Musical instruments
394   Toys and Sporting Goods
3942  Dolls and stuffed toys
3944  Games, toys, and children's vehicles
3949  Sporting and athletic goods, nee
396   Pens, Pencils, Office, ft Art Supplies
3961  Pens and mechanical pencils
3952  Lead pencils and art goods
3963  Marking devices
3966  Carbon paper and inked ribbons
396   Costume Jewelry and Notion*
3961  Costume jewelry
39*6  Fasteners, buttons, needles, ft pins
399   Miscellaneous Manufacture*
3991  Brooms and brushes
3993  Signs and advertising specialities
3996  Burial caskets
3996  Hard surface floor coverings, nee
3999  Manufacturing industries, nee
            E.   TRANSPORTATION  AND  PUBLIC  UTILITIES
       Cod*
                        Short Till*
       40    RAILROAD TRANSPORTATION
       401   Railroad*
       4011  Railroads, line-haul operating
       4013  Switching and terminal services

       41    LOCAL AND INTERURBAN
               PASSENGER TRANSIT
       411   Local and Suburban Transportation
       4111  Local and suburban transit
       4119  Local passenger transportation, nee
       412   Tmxicabs
       4121  Tazicabs
       413   Intercity and Rural Bus Transportation
       4131  Intercity it rural bus transportation
       414   Bus Charter Service
       4141  Local bus charter service
       4142  Bus charter service, except local
       416   School Buses
       4161  School buses
       417   Bus Terminal and Service Facilities
       4171  But terminal and service facilities
                                                      Cod*
                                                          Short Titlt
                                         42    TRUCKING AND WAREHOUSING
                                         421   Trucking ft Courier Services, Ex. Air
                                         4212  Local trucking, without storage
                                         4213  Trucking, except local
                                         4214  Local trucking with storage
                                         4215  Courier services, except by air
                                         422   Public Warehousing and Storage
                                         4221  Farm product warehousing and storage
                                         4222  Refrigerated warehousing and storage
                                         4225  General warehousing and storage
                                         42M  Special warehousing and storage, nee
                                         423   Tracking Terminal Facilities
                                         4231  Trucking terminal facilities

                                         43    U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
                                         431   U.S. Postal Service
                                         4311  U.S. Postal Service

                                         44    WATER TRANSPORTATION
                                         441   Deep  Sea Foreign Trans, of Freight
                                         4412  Deep  sea foreign trans, of freight
                                        OB9V NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix C-15

-------
  Appendix C
                                                                      List of SIC Codes
         Code

         442
         4424
         443
         4432
         444
         4449
         448
         4481
         4482
         4489
         449
         4491
         4492
         4493
         4499

         45
         451
         4512
         4513
         452
         4522
         458
         4581

         46
         461
         4612
         4613
         4619

         47
         472
         4724
         4725
         4729
         473
         4731
         474
                                  STANDARD  INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION

                          Short Title                       Code             Short Title
Deep Sea Domestic Trans, of Freight
Deep sea domestic trans, of freight
Freight Trans, on the Great Lakes
Freight trans, on the Great Lakes
Water Transportation of Freight, NEC
Water transportation of freight, nee
Water Transportation of Passengers
Deep sea passenger trans., ex. ferry
Ferries
Water passenger transportation, nee
Water Transportation Services
Marine cargo handling
Towing and tugboat service
Marinas
Water transportation services, nee

TRANSPORTATION BY AIR
Air Transportation, Scheduled
Air transportation, scheduled
Air courier services
Air Transportation, Nonscheduled
Air transportation, nonscheduled
Airports, Flying Fields. & Services
Airports, flying fields, & services

PIPELINES, EXCEPT  NATURAL GAS
Pipelines, Except Natural Gas
Crude petroleum pipelines
Refined petroleum pipelines
Pipelines, nee

TRANSPORTATION SERVICES
Passenger Transportation Arrangement
Travel agencies
Tour operators
Passenger transport arrangement, nee
Freight Transportation Arrangement
Freight transportation arrangement
Rental of Railroad Cars
4741   Rental of railroad cars
478   Miscellaneous Transportation Services
4783   Packing and crating
4785   Inspection & fixed facilities
4789   Transportation services, nee

48    COMMUNICATIONS
481   Telephone Communications
4812   Radiotelephone communications
4813   Telephone communications, exc. radio
482   Telegraph & Other Communications
4822   Telegraph & other communications
483   Radio and Television Broadcasting
4832   Radio broadcasting stations
4833   Television broadcasting stations
484   Cable and Other Pay TV Services
4841   Cable and other pay TV services
489   Communications S«rvic«s,  NEC
4899   Communications services, nee

49    ELECTRIC, GAS, AND SANITARY
        SERVICES
491   Electric Services
4911   Electric services
492   Gas Production and Distribution
4922   Natural gas transmission
4923   Gas transmission and distribution
4924   Natural gas distribution
4925   Gas production and/or distribution
493   Combination Utility Services
4931   Electric and other services combined
4932   Gas and other services combined
4939   Combination  utilities, nee
494   Water Supply
4941   Water supply
495   Sanitary Services
4952   Sewerage systems
4953   Refuse systems
4959   Sanitary services, nee
496   Steam and Air-Conditioning Supply
4961   Steam and air-conditioning supply
497   Irrigation Systems
4971   Irrigation systems
                                  F.  WHOLESALE  TRADE
          Code
                           Short Title
          50   WHOLESALE TRADE—DURABLE
                 GOODS
          501   Motor Vehicles, Parts, and Supplies
                                                         Code
                                                                          Short Title
                                          5012  Automobiles and other motor vehicles
                                          5013  Motor vehicle supplies and new parts
                                          5014  Tires and tubes
                                          5015  Motor vehicle parts, used
Appendix C-16 -  &BK NPDES  Permit Writers' Manual

-------
List of SIC Codes
                                                                             Appendix C
         Cod*

         502
         5021
         5023
         503
         5031
         5032
         5033
         5039
         504
         5043
         5044
         5045
         6046
         5047
         5*48
         5049
         505
         5051
         5052
         506
         5063
         5064
         6065
         507

         5072
         5074
         5075
         5078
         508
         5082
         5083
         5084
         5086
         5087
         5088
         50>
         6091
         6092
         5093
         5094
         6099
                                    NUMERICAL LIST OP SHORT  TITLES

                          Short Title                       Code              Short Title
Furniture and Homefurnlshings
Furniture
Homefurnuhings
Lumber and Construction Material!
Lumber, plywood, and millwork
Brick, stone, * related materials
Roofing, siding, & insulation
Construction materials, nee
Professional & Commercial Equipment
Photographic equipment and supplies
Office equipment
Computers, peripherals it software
Commercial equipment, nee
Medical and hospital equipment
Ophthalmic goods
Professional equipment, nee
Metals and Minerals, Except Petroleum
Metals service centers and offices
Coal and other minerals and ores
Electrical Goods
Electrical apparatus and equipment
Electrical appliances, TV & radios
Electronic parts and equipment
Hardware,  Plumbing & Heating  Equip-
  ment
Hardware
Plumbing & hydronic heating supplies
Warm air heating & air-conditioning
Refrigeration equipment and supplies
Machinery, Equipment, and Supplies
Construction and mining machinery
Farm and garden machinery
Industrial machinery and equipment
Industrial supplies
Service establishment equipment
Transportation equipment & supplies
Miscellaneous Durable Goods
Sporting & recreational goods
Toys and bobby goods and supplies
Scrap and waste materials
Jewelry it precious stones
Durable goods, nee
51    WHOLESALE TRADE—NONDURABLE
        GOODS
511   Paper and Paper Products
5111  Printing and writing paper
5112  Stationery and office supplies
5113  Industrial & personal service paper
512   Drugs, Proprietaries, and  Sundries
5122  Drugs, proprietaries, and sundries
513   Apparel, Piece Goods, and Nations
5131  Piece goods & notions
5136  Men's and boys' clothing
5137  Women's and children's clothing
5139  Footwear
514   Groceries and Related Products
5141  Groceries, general line
5142  Packaged frozen foods
5143  Dairy products, exc. dried  or canned
5144  Poultry and poultry products
5145  Confectionery
5146  Fish and seafoods
5147  Meats and meat products
5148  Fresh fruits and vegetables
5149  Groceries and related products, nee
515   Farm-Product Raw Materials
5153  Grain and field beans
5164  Livestock
5159  Farm-product raw materials, nee
516   Chemicals and Allied Products
5162  Plastics materials ft basic shapes
5169  Chemicals ft allied products, nee
517   Petroleum and Petroleum Products
5171  Petroleum bulk stations & terminals
5172  Petroleum products, nee
518   Beer, Wine, and Distilled  Beverages
5181  Beer and ale
5182  Wine and distilled beverages
519   Misc. Nondurable Goods
5191  Farm supplies
5192  Books, periodicals, ft newspapers
5193  Flowers ft florists' supplies
5194  Tobacco and tobacco products
5198  Paints, varnishes, and supplies
5199  Nondurable goods, nee
         Code


         52

         621
         5211
                                      G.   RETAIL   TRADE

                          Short Title                       Code             Short Title
 BUILDING MATERIALS ft GARDEN
   SUPPLIES
 Lumber and Other Building Materials
 Lumber and other building materials
523   Paint, Glass, and Wallpaper Stores
5231  Paint, glass, and wallpaper stores
525   Hardware Stores
5251  Hardware stores
526   Retail Nurseries and Garden Stores
                                          OB* NPDES Permit Writers'  Manual - Appendix C-17

-------
 Appendix C
                                                        List of SIC Codes
         Code
       STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION

Short Titlt                      Cod*              Short Tttlt
         5241 Retail nurseries and garden store*
         527  Mobile Home Demlen
         5271 Mobile home dealers

         53   GENERAL MERCHANDISE STORES
         531  Department Store*
         5311 Department store*
         533  Variety Store*
         5331 Variety store*
         539  Mi*c. General Merchandise Store*
         5399 Misc. general merchandise store*

         54   FOOD STORES
         541  Grocery Store*
         5411 Grocery store*
         542  Meat and Pish Market*
         5421 Meat and fish market*
         543  Fruit and Vegetable Market*
         5431 Fruit and vegetable market*
         544  Candy, Nut, and Confectionery Store*
         5441 Candy, nut, and confectionery store*
         546  Dairy Products Stores
         5451 Dairy product* store*
         54«  Retail Bakeries
         54«1 Retail bakerie*
         549  Miscellaneous Food Store*
         5499 Miscellaneous food store*

         55   AUTOMOTIVE DEALERS * SERVICE
                STATIONS
         551  New and Used Car Dealer*
         5511 New and used car dealer*
         5S2  Used Car Dealer*
         5621 Uaed car dealer*
         553  Auto and Home Supply Store*
         5531 Auto and home supply store*
         554  Gasoline Service Station*
         5541 Gasoline service station*
         555  Boat Dealer*
         5551 Boat dealers
         554  Recreational Vehicle Dealer*
         5M1 Recreational vehicle dealer*
         557  Motorcycle Dealers
         5571 Motorcycle dealers
         559  Automotive Dealer*, NEC
         5599 Automotive dealer*, nee

         5<   APPAREL AND ACCESSORY STORES
         5*1  Men's A Boys' Clothing Stores
         Mil Men's * boys'clothing store*
         542  Women'* Clothing Store*
                              5421  Women'* clothing stores
                              543  Women's Accessory A Specialty Store*
                              5432  Women'* accessory A specialty store*
                              544  Children'* and Intent*' Wear Store*
                              5441  Children'* and infant*' wear stores
                              545  Family Clothing Stores
                              5451  Family clothing store*
                              544  Shoe Store*
                              5441  Shoe store*
                              549  Misc. Apparel * Accessory Store*
                              5499  Miac. apparel A acoiasory store*

                              57   FURNITURE AND HOMEFURNISHINGB
                                     STORES
                              571  Furniture  and Homefornlshing* Store*
                              5712  Furniture store*
                              571S  Floor covering stores
                              5714  Drapery and upholstery store*
                              5719  Miac. homefurnkhing* store*
                              572  Household Appliance Store*
                              5722  Household appliance store*
                              57S  Radio, Television, A Computer Stores
                              5731  Radio, TV, A electronic store*
                              5734  Computer and software store*
                              5735  Record A prerecorded tape store*
                              5734  Musical instrument store*

                              58   EATING AND DRINKING PLACES
                              581  Eating and Drinking Place*
                              5812  Eating place*
                              5813  Drinking place*

                              59   MISCELLANEOUS RETAIL
                              591  Drug Store* and Proprietary Store*
                              5912  Drug store* and proprietary store*
                              592  Liquor Store*
                              5921  Liquor store*
                              593  Used Merchandise Store*
                              5932  Used merchandise stores
                              594  Miscellaneous Shopping Good* Store*
                              5941  Sporting good* and bicycle shop*
                              5942  Bookstore*
                              5943  Stationery store*
                              5944  Jewelry store*
                              5945  Hobby, toy, and game shop*
                              5944  Camera A photographic supply (ton*
                              5947  Gift, novelty, and souvenir shop*
                              5948  Luggage and leather good* store*
                              5949  Sewing, needlework, and piece good*
                              S94  Nonstore Retailer*
                              5N1  Catalog and mail-order houses
                              5942  Merchandising machine operator*
Appendix C-18 - 6BFA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
List of SIC Codes
                                                                Appendix C
        Code
         NUMERICAL LIST OF SHORT TITLES

Short Title                      Code             Short Title
        5963  Direct selling establishment*
        598  Fuel Dealers
        5983  Fuel oil dealer*
        5984  Liquefied petroleum gas dealer*
        5989  Fuel dealers, nee
                              599   Retail Stores, NEC
                              5992  Florists
                              5993  Tobacco stores and stands
                              5994  News dealer* and newsstands
                              5995  Optical goods stores
                              5999  Miscellaneous retail stores, nee
            H.  FINANCE,  INSURANCE,  AND  REAL  ESTATE
        Code             Short Title

        M   DEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS
        Ml   Central Reserve Depositories
        Mil  Federal reserve banks
        M19  Central reserve depository, nee
        M2   Commercial Banks
        M21  National commercial banks
        M22  State commercial banks
        M29  Commercial banks, nee
        M3   Savings Institutions
        M35  Federal savings institution*
        M36  Savings institutions, except federal
        606   Credit Union*
        6061  Federal credit unions
        6062  State credit union*
        M8   Foreign Bank * Branches * Agencies
        6081  Foreign bank ft branches & agencies
        6082  Foreign trade & international banks
        609   Functions Closely Related to Banking
        6091  Nondeposit trust facilities
        6099  Functions related to deposit banking

        61   NONDEPOSITORY INSTITUTIONS
        611   Federal * Fed.-Sponsored Credit
        6111  Federal ft fed-sponsored credit
        614   Personal  Credit Institution*
        6141  Personal credit institution*
        615   Business  Credit Institution*
        6153  Short-term business credit
        6159  Misc. business credit institutions
        616   Mortgage Banker* and Broker*
        6162  Mortgage banker* and correspondent*
        6163  Loan brokers

        62   SECURITY AND COMMODITY
               BROKERS
        621   Security Brokers and Dealer*
        6211  Security broker* and dealer*
        622   Commodity Contracts Broken, Dealer*
        6221  Commodity contract* broken, dealer*
        623   Security and Commodity Exchange*
                              Code
                                              Short Title
                              6231  Security and commodity exchange*
                              628   Security and Commodity Service*
                              6282  Investment advice
                              6289  Security ft commodity services, nee

                              63   INSURANCE CARRIERS
                              631   Life Insurance
                              6311  Life insurance
                              632   Medical Service and Health Insurance
                              6321  Accident and health insurance
                              6324  Hospital and medical service plan*
                              633   Fire, Marine, and Casualty Insurance
                              6331  Fire, marine, and casualty insurance
                              635   Surety Insurance
                              6351  Surety insurance
                              636   Title Insurance
                              6361  Title insurance
                              637   Pension, Health, and Welfare Fund*
                              6371  Pension, health, and welfare funds
                              639   Insurance Carriers, NEC
                              6399  Insurance carriers, nee

                              64   INSURANCE AGENTS, BROKERS, ft
                                     SERVICE
                              641   Insurance Agents, Broken, * Service
                              6411  Insurance agents, brokers, ft service

                              66   REAL ESTATE
                              661   Real Estate Operators and Lesson
                              6&12  Nonresidential building operators
                              6613  Apartment building operator*
                              6614  Dwelling operators, exc. apartments
                              6615  Mobile home site operators
                              6517  Railroad property lessors
                              6619  Real property lesson, nee
                              663   Real Estate Agents and Managen
                              6631  Real estate agents and managen
                              664   Title Abstract Offices
                              6641  Title abstract offices
                              666   S«bdiTid«r* and Developer*
                                        6EFK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix C-19

-------
  Appendix C
                                                                      List of SIC Codes
         Code

         6552
         6553


         67
                                  STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION

                          Short Title                      Code             Short Title
Subdivides and developers, nee
Cemetery subdividers and developers

HOLDING AND OTHER INVESTMENT
  OFFICES
         671   Holding Offices
         6712  Bank holding companies
         6719  Holding companies, nee
         672   Investment Offices
6722  Management investment, open-end
6726  Investment offices, nee
673   Trusts
6732  Educational, religious, etc. trusts
6733  Trusts, nee
679   Miscellaneous Investing
6792  Oil royalty traders
6794  Patent owners and lessors
6798  Real estate investment trusts
6799  Investors, nee
                                            I.  SERVICES
          Cod*              Short Title

          70    HOTELS AND OTHER LODGING
                 PLACES
          701   Hotels and Motels
          7011  Hotels and motels
          702   Rooming and Boarding Houses
          7021  Rooming and boarding houses
          703   Camps and Recreational Vehicle Parks
          7032  Sporting and recreational camps
          7033  Trailer parks and campsites
          704   Membership-Basis Organization Hotels
          7041  Membership-basis organization hotels

          72    PERSONAL SERVICES
          721   Laundry, Cleaning, ft Garment Services
          7211  Power laundries, family ft commercial
          7212  Garment pressing ft cleaners' agents
          7213  Linen supply
          7215  Coin-operated laundries and cleaning
          7216  Drycleaning plants, except rug
          7217  Carpet and upholstery cleaning
          7218  Industrial launderers
          7219  Laundry and garment services, nee
          722   Photographic Studios, Portrait
          7221  Photographic studios, portrait
          723   Beauty Shops
          7231  Beauty shops
          724   Barber Shops
          7241  Barber shops
          725   Shoe Repair and Shoeshine Parlors
          7251  Shoe repair and shoeshine parlors
          726   Funeral Service and Crematories
          7261  Funeral service and crematories
          729   Miscellaneous Personal Services
          7291  Tax return preparation services
          7299  Miscellaneous personal services, nee
                                           Code
                                                                           Short Title
                                           73    BUSINESS SERVICES
                                           731   Advertising
                                           7311  Advertising agencies
                                           7312  Outdoor advertising services
                                           7313  Radio, TV, publisher representatives
                                           7319  Advertising, nee
                                           732   Credit Reporting and Collection
                                           7322  Adjustment ft collection services
                                           7323  Credit reporting services
                                           733   Mailing, Reproduction, Stenographic
                                           7331  Direct mail advertising services
                                           7334  Photocopying ft duplicating services
                                           7336  Commercial photography
                                           7336  Commercial art and graphic design
                                           7338  Secretarial ft court reporting
                                           734   Services to Buildings
                                           7342  Disinfecting ft pest control services
                                           7349  Building maintenance services, nee
                                           735   Misc. Equipment Rental ft Leasing
                                           7352  Medical equipment rental
                                           7353  Heavy construction equipment rental
                                           7359  Equipment rental ft leasing, nee
                                           736   Personnel Supply Services
                                           7361  Employment agencies
                                           7363  Help supply services
                                           737   Computer and Data Processing Services
                                           7371  Computer programming services
                                           7372  Prepackaged software
                                           7373  Computer integrated systems design
                                           7374  Data processing and preparation
                                           7375  Information retrieval services
                                           7376  Computer facilities management
                                           7377  Computer rental ft leasing
                                           7378  Computer maintenance ft repair
                                           7379  Computer related services, nee
                                           738   Miscellaneous Business Services
                                           7381  Detective ft armored car services
Appendix C-20 - <&BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
List of SIC Codes
                                                                  Appendix C
         Code
          NUMERICAL LIST OF  SHORT TITLES

Short Title                       Code              Short Title
         7382  Security systems service*
         7383  News syndicates
         7384  Photofinishing laboratories
         7389  Business services, nee

         75    AUTO REPAIR, SERVICES. AND
                 PARKING
         751   Automotive Rentals, No Driven
         7513  Truck rental and leasing, no driven
         7514  Passenger car rental
         7515  Passenger car leasing
         7519  Utility trailer rental
         752   Automobile Parking
         7521  Automobile parking
         753   Automotive Repair Shops
         7532  Top & body repair & paint shops
         7533  Auto exhaust system repair shops
         7534  Tire retreading and repair shops
         7536  Automotive glass replacement shops
         7537  Automotive transmission repair shops
         7538  General automotive repair shops
         7539  Automotive repair shops, nee
         754   Automotive Services, Except Repair
         7542  Carwashes
         7549  Automotive services, nee

         7«    MISCELLANEOUS REPAIR SERVICES
         762   Electrical Repair Shops
         7622  Radio and television repair
         7623  Refrigeration service and repair
         7629  Electrical repair shops, nee
         763   Watch, Clock, and Jewelry Repair
         7631  Watch, clock, and jewelry repair
         764   Reupholstery and Furniture Repair
         7641  Reupholstery and furniture repair
         769   Miscellaneous Repair Shops
         7692  Welding repair
         7694  Armature rewinding shops
         7699  Repair services, nee

         78    MOTION PICTURES
         781   Motion Picture Production ft Services
         7812  Motion picture & video production
         7819  Services allied to motion pictures
         782   Motion Picture Distribution * Services
         7822  Motion picture and tape distribution
         7829  Motion picture distribution services
         783   Motion Picture Theaten
         7832  Motion picture theaters, ex drive-in
         7833  Drive-in motion picture theaters
         784   Video Tape Rental
         7841  Video tape rental
                               79    AMUSEMENT * RECREATION
                                       SERVICES
                               791   Dance Studios, Schools, and Halls
                               7911  Dance studios, schools, and halls
                               792   Producers, Orchestras, Entertainers
                               7922  Theatrical producers and services
                               7929  Entertainers & entertainment groups
                               793   Bowling Centen
                               7933  Bowling centers
                               794   Commercial Sports
                               7941  Sports clubs, managers, & promoters
                               7948  Racing, including track operation
                               799   Misc. Amusement, Recreation Services
                               7991  Physical fitness facilities
                               7992  Public golf courses
                               7993  Coin-operated amusement devices
                               7996  Amusement parks
                               7997  Membership sports & recreation clubs
                               7999  Amusement and recreation, nee

                               80    HEALTH SERVICES
                               801   Offices * Clinics of Medical Docton
                               8011  Offices & clinics of medical doctors
                               802   Offices and Clinics of Dentists
                               8021  Offices and clinics of dentists
                               803   Offices of Osteopathic Physicians
                               8031  Offices of osteopathic physicians
                               804   Offices of Other Health Practitioner!
                               8041  Offices and clinics of chiropractors
                               8042  Offices and clinics of optometrists
                               8043  Offices and clinics of podiatrists
                               8049  Offices of health practitioners, nee
                               805   Nursing and Personal Care Faculties
                               8051  Skilled nursing care facilities
                               8052  Intermediate care facilities
                               8059  Nursing and personal care, nee
                               806   Hospitals
                               8062  General medical & surgical hospitals
                               8063  Psychiatric hospitals
                               8069  Specialty hospitals exc. psychiatric
                               807   Medical and Dental Laboratories
                               8071  Medical laboratories
                               8072  Dental laboratories
                               808   Home Health Care Services
                               8082  Home health care services
                               809   Health and Allied Services, NEC
                               8092  Kidney dialysis centers
                               8093  Specialty outpatient clinics, nee
                               8099  Health and allied services, nee

                               81    LEGAL SERVICES
                               811   Legal Services
                                          6BK NPDES Permit Writers'  Manual - Appendix C-21

-------
Appendix C
                                                                                 List of SIC Codes
        Cod*
                               STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION

                        Short Titlt                      Cod*             Short Title
        8111  Legal service*

        82    EDUCATIONAL SERVICES
        821   Elementary Mid Secondary Schools
        8211  Elementary and secondary school*
        822   Colle|*« and  Universities
        8221  College* and univenitiea
        8222  Junior college*
        829   Llbrarie*
        8231  Libraries
        824   Vocational School*
        8243  Data proceaaing school*
        8244  Buoinea* and secretarial school*
        8249  Vocational school*, nee
        829   School* * Educational Service*, NEC
        829*  School* ft educational service*, nee

        8>    SOCIAL SERVICES
        832   Individual and Family Service*
        8322  Individual and family service*
        833   Job Training and Related Service*
        8331  Job training and related service*
        83S   Child Day Care Service*
        8351  Child day care service*
        8M   Residential Care
        8M1  Residential care
        839   Social Service*, NEC
        8399  Social services, nee

        84    MUSEUMS, BOTANICAL, ZOOLOGICAL
               GARDENS
        841   Museum* and Art Gallerie*
        8412  Museum* and art galleriea
        842   Botanical and Zoological Garden*
        8422  Botanical and zoological garden*

        84   MEMBERSHIP ORGANIZATIONS
        Ml   Business Association*
                                                       Mil  Business association*
                                                       M2   Professional Organization*
                                                       M21  Professional organisation*
                                                       M3   Labor Organization*
                                                       8631  Labor organization*
                                                       M4   Civic and Social Association*
                                                       8641  Civic and social associations
                                                       866   Political Organizations
                                                       8661  Political organization*
                                                       866   Religious Organisation*
                                                       8661  Religious organization*
                                                       M9   Membership Organisation*, NEC
                                                       M99  Membership organizations, nee

                                                       87   ENGINEERING * MANAGEMENT
                                                              SERVICES
                                                       871   Engineering * Architectural Services
                                                       8711  Engineering services
                                                       8712  Architectural services
                                                       8713  Surveying service*
                                                       872   Accounting, Auditing, * Bookkeeping
                                                       8721  Accounting, auditing, ft bookkeeping
                                                       873   Research and Testing Services
                                                       8731  Commercial physical research
                                                       8732  Commercial nonphyaical research
                                                       8733  Noncommercial research organization*
                                                       8734  Testing laboratories
                                                       874   Management and Public Relation*
                                                       8741  Management service*
                                                       8742  Management consulting services
                                                       8743  Public relations services
                                                       8744  Facilities support services
                                                       8748  Business consulting, nee

                                                       88   PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS
                                                       881   Private Household*
                                                       8811  Private household*

                                                       89   SERVICES, NEC
                                                       899  Services, NEC
                                                       8999 Services, nee
                           J.  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION
        Cod*             Short TUl*


        91    EXECUTIVE, LEGISLATIVE, AND
                GENERAL
        911   Executive Offices
        9111  Executive offices
        912   Legislative Bodies
                                                      Codt
                                                                       Short Tit!*
                                                       9121  Legislative bodies
                                                       913   Executive and Legislative Combined
                                                       9131  Executive and legislative combined
                                                       919   General Government, NEC
                                                       9199  General government, nee
Appendix C-22 -
                          NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
List of SIC Codes
                                                                             Appendix C
       Code

       92

       921
       9211
       922
       9221
       9222
       9223
       9224
       9229

       93
                                NUMERICAL LIST OF SHORT TITLES

                       Short Title                     Code            Short Title
     JUSTICE, PUBLIC ORDER, AND
       SAFETY
     Courta
     Court*
     Public Order and Safety
     Police protection
     Legal counsel and prosecution
     Correctional institutions
     Fire protection
     Public order and safety, nee
     FINANCE, TAXATION, ft MONETARY
       POLICY
931  Finance, Taxation, ft Monetary Policy
9311  Finance, taxation, & monetary policy

94   ADMINISTRATION OF HUMAN
       RESOURCES
941  Admin, of Educational Program*
9411  Admin, of educational programs
943  Admin, of Public Health Program*
9431  Admin, of public health programs
944  Admin, of Social A Manpower  Program*
9441  Admin, of social ft manpower programs
946  Administration of Veterans' Affair*
9461  Administration of veterans' affairs
95   ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY AND
       HOUSING
951  Environmental Quality
9511  Air, water, ft solid waste management
9512  Land, mineral, wildlife conservation
953  Housing and Urban Development
9531  Housing programs
9532  Urban and community development

96   ADMINISTRATION OF ECONOMIC
       PROGRAMS
961  Admin, of General Economic Program*
9411  Admin, of general economic programs
962  Regulation, Admin, of Transportation
9621  Regulation, admin, of transportation
963  Regulation, Admin, of Utilities
9631  Regulation, admin, of utilities
964  Regulation of Agricultural Marketing
9641  Regulation of agricultural marketing
966  Regulation Mi*c. Commercial Sector*
9651  Regulation misc. commercial sector*
966  Space Research and Technology
9661  Space research and technology

97   NATIONAL SECURITY AND INTL.
       AFFAIRS
971  National Security
9711  National security
972  International Affair*
9721  International affairs
                K.  NONCLASSIFIABLE  ESTABLISHMENTS
       Code
                       Short Title
       99    NONCLASSIFIABLE
              ESTABLISHMENTS
       999   NonelassUIable Establishment*
                                            Cod*            Short Title

                                            9999  Nonclassirlable establishments
                                             NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix C-23

-------
Appendix D
How to Obtain Additional
EPA Documents

-------
How to Obtain Additional EPA Documents                            Appendix D


        HOW TO OBTAIN ADDITIONAL EPA PUBLICATIONS AND GUIDANCE

  Throughout the NPDES Permit Writers Manual, citations to supplementary guidance
  materials available from U.S. EPA are provided as footnotes. Where available, these
  documents are distributed free of charge through the EPA Office of Water Resource
  Center (WRC). The WRC distributes one free copy of each publication to each
  customer until supplies are depleted. The address and telephone number for the WRC
  are provided below (see information for the Office of Wastewater Management Catalog
  of Publications). When the WRC's supply of documents is depleted, requestors are
  referred to either the National Technical Information Service (NTIS) or the Educational
  Resources Information Center (ERIC).   Information on how to order documents from
  NTIS and ERIC is provided in the following pages.

  Another important source of information regarding  EPA publications is the National
  Center for Environmental Publications and Information (NCEPI). NCEPI is a central
  repository for all EPA documents, with over 5,500 titles in paper and/or electronic
  format available for distribution. In addition to NCEPI, EPA maintains numerous
  bulletin boards and "hotlines" which provide information on specific subjects, (e.g.,
  Radon or Pollution Prevention).

  In addition to the materials cited in the manual, EPA has developed numerous guidance
  and reference documents that may also support permit writers in developing NPDES
  permits.  Although the list of available guidance is too voluminous to include in this
  Permit Writers' Manual, a comprehensive list of  supplementary documents is available
  through  EPA. Of particular interest to NPDES permit writers, the EPA Office of
  Wastewater Management (OWM), and the Office of Science and Technology (OST)
  publish catalogs of available publications.  Information on how to obtain these catalogs
  is provided below.

  1.     Office of Wastewater Management
        Catalog of Publications
        EPA 830/B-96-001

        Copies of this catalog are available (at no cost) by writing, calling, faxing, or
        emailing:

        U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
        Office of Water Resource Center
        RC-4100
        401 M Street S.W.
        Washington, DC 20460

        (202) 260-7786     [Voice mail publication request line]
        (202) 260-0386     [Fax]
        Email:      waterpubs@epamail.epa.gov
                                   NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix D-1

-------
 Appendix D                           How to Obtain Additional EPA Document!
 2.    Office of Science and Technology
       1996 Publications Catalog

       Available on-line through EPA's Office of Water Homepage
       [http://www.epa.gov/watrhome/pubs.html]

       Or, call or write:

       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
       National Center for Environmental Publications and Information (NCEPI)
       11029 Kenwood Road, Bldg. 5
       Cincinnati, OH 45242

       Fax:(513)489-8695
       Email:       OWOW-PUBS-NCEPI@epamail.epa.gov


 Introductory information describing the OWM catalogs, as well as detailed information
 on how to go about ordering EPA documents, is provided in this appendix.


 EPA's Office of Wastewater Management also maintains an electronic bulletin board
 system (BBS) that provides immediate access to many reference materials. The Point
 Source Information Provision Exchange System (PIPES) is a free, public, BBS and
 internet site (WWW compatible) designed to facilitate the exchange of Office of Water-
 related information among EPA, States, municipalities, industry, and the public. A
 brochure describing the features of PIPES, and information on how to access the
 system, is provided in this appendix.
Appendix D-2 - 6BK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
How to Obtain Additional EPA Documents                       Appendix D
United States
Environmental Protection                              Office of Water
Agency
         OFFICE OF WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT
                CATALOG OF PUBLICATIONS
                           April 1996
                  Office of Wastewater Management
                         Office of Water
                 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                       Washington, DC 20460
                              NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix 0-3

-------
 Appendix D                                How to Obtain Additional EPA Document*
 HOW TO USE THIS CATALOG
 General Information

 Many publications in this catalog are distributed free of charge by the EPA's Office of Wastewater
 Management (0WM). The Office of Wastewater Management distributes documents through the EPA
 Office of Water Resource Center (WRC). The WRC distributes one free copy of each publication to
 each customer until supplies are depleted.

 When OWM's supply of a  publication is depleted,  requestors are referred to either the National
 Technical Information Service INTIS) or the Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC).  These
 clearinghouses provide copies of OWM publications  for a fee.
 Catalog Organization

 This catalog divides the documents into fifteen broad subject sections:  1) Treatment; 2) Finance;
 3) Operation & Maintenance; 4} Storm Water/Combined Sewer Overflows; 5) Pretreatment;
 6) Biosolids; 7) Small Communities; 8) Water Quality & Standards; 9) Permitting Issues; 10) Water
 Conservation & Efficiency; 11) Environmental Impact Statements; 12) Pollution Prevention & Control;
 13)  Needs & Assessments; 14) Construction Grants; and 15) Miscellaneous.

 The Office of Wastewater Management has assigned most documents a unique EPA number to assist
 in tracking the document. Documents without EPA numbers are tracked by title.
 Entry Format

 A sample page from the catalog appears on the next page.  Entries are explained by comments in
 italics.
Appendix D-4 - 6EFK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
How to Obtain Additional EPA Documents
                   Appendix D
WATER CONSERVATION &  EFFICIENCY
 Document Title
EPA Number
                 Source
                                                                           c* ton m a>ii ett-mt
                                                                            C*a«1S««MI KMTII
                                                                            tutttt
                                                                                  IMKKfiM*
                                                                            wi te trMMf Mho. &•
 Designing • Water emanation Program: An Amotatad BUngraphv ol Sourca
 Matariab, Saatambar 1993
        i Wit* CtoumtiHi Pngnm: An AaatttM BUognplif tf Stunt
        a tte 4Km*t tt*. /Mm* 4r 1** ^*r*rtw AM if Stfttmttf
 J393
                 WRC
                 NTO
                 ERIC
                 EM* WftC, HTK. m
m+H us*** t* tin  ERIC c*> pnvi* tto
      
-------
  Appendix D                              How to Obtain Additional EPA Documents
  ORDERING DOCUMENTS FROM WRC
  You may order EPA Office of Water documents from WRC the following ways:

         1) Call the WRC voice mail request line at (202) 260-7786 and order the document by title
           and EPA  number,

         2) Mail your request to:

               U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
               Office of Water Resource Center
               RC-4100
               401  M St., SW
               Washington, DC 20460

         3)  Place your order via Internet:  waterpubs@epamaiLepa.gov

         4)  Fax your request to WRC at (202) 260-0386.
  Please allow 3-4 weeks for delivery.




  ORDERING DOCUMENTS FROM NCEPI

  You may order EPA documents from NCEPI the following ways:

         1)  Call NCEPI at (513) 891-6561  and order documents by EPA number,

         2)  Mail your request to:

               National Center for Environmental Publications & Information
               11029 Kenwood Rd.
               Cincinnati, OH 45242

         3)  Fax your request to NCEPI at (513) 891-6685
  Please allow 2-3 weeks for delivery.  Documents may be sent by Federal Express at the requestor's
  expense.
Appendix D-6 - &EfK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

-------
How to Obtain Additional EPA Documents                              Appendix D
ORDERING DOCUMENTS FROM CERI


You may order EPA Office of Research & Development documents from CERI the following ways:


       1) Call CERI at (513) 569-7562 and order documents by EPA number,

       2) Mail your request to:

             U.S. EPA
             Center for Environmental Research Information
             26 W. Martin Luther King Dr.
             Cincinnati, OH 45268

       3)  Fax your request to CERI at (513)  569-7566.


Please allow 3-4 weeks for delivery. Documents may be sent by Federal Express at the requestor's
expense.
                                      NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix D-7

-------
                 OFFICE OF WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT

                         Publications Order Form

                       Phase Print Aff Information Clurly
Pnbiicetion Number
Title
Office Use
     You my orator up to 1 copy of each mfeMr document.  Please atow 3-4 weeks for deHnry.
Ship to:
TUK .........

Orpiihstkm: ..

Address: 	

City, Stett,  Zip:

DoynMO phone:
                   Please fax or mail this form to:

                U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                  Office of Water Resource Center
                              RC-4100
                           401 M St., SW
                       Washington, DC 20460
                    Fax number:  (202) 260-0386

-------
How to Obtain Additional EPA Documents                                Appendix D




 ORDERING DOCUMENTS FROM ERIC

 You may order documents from ERIC the following ways:

       1) Call ERIC at (800) 276-0462 and order documents by title and ERIC number,

       2) Record your order on the ERIC order form on the following page and
          mail it to:

              Educational Resources Information Center
              1929 Kenny Road
              Columbus, Ohio 43210-1080

       3) Record your order on the ERIC order form on the following page and
          fax it  to: (614) 292-0263
 Shipping and Handling
 Shipping fees range from $2.00 to  $10.00  Please call ERIC or see the ERIC order form on thi»
 following page for more details on shipping and handling fees.


 Electronic Services
 Many ERIC products, services, and directories are available electronically through the Internet. Th<»
 ERIC staff can be contacted through e-mail [ericse@osu.edu], and ERIC offers resources through a
 Gopher   server  [gopher.ericse.ohio-state.edu]   or   World   Wide  Web   (Mosaic)   server
 [http://gopher.ericse. ohio-state.edu].
                                AERA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix D-11

-------
Snip To: (CuSt. r if know,)

Name: 	
Organization:
Address.
City/State/Zip:
    ERIC/CSMEE Federal Tax iP*: 31-602-5926
                                                             ER/C/CSMEE
                                                               EPA Order
                                                                   Form
Item No.
















Qty.
















Abbreviated Title

















Unless exempt, any organization or individual
residing in Ohio must pay 5.75% tax. To clam
an exemption please provide a tax number or
certificate with the order.

Unit$
















Subtotal
Shipping
Tax (Ohio Residents)
Total Purchase
TotalS




















Order Sabwul Shipping
To order by FAX. transmit this form with Purchase Order S2.oo-sio.oo szoo
or credit card number to: (614) 292-O263. or sio.oi-S23.oo S3JO
send th,s Order Form and Check. PO. or Check to: SolisSS M'OO
ERIC/CSMEE S7S.oi-sioo.oo $10.00
1929 Kenny Road OverSioo.00 Add 10*
       1-6OO-276-O462 or 614-292-6717 (Columbus AreaA International)
|f you prefer to use your VISA or MasterCard, please provide the following information:
Credit Card Mumper: 	
        Date: 	
                                                                  InMmakonal R«*s Appty OV/CMM USA
                          Cardholder's Name:
          Signature:

-------
 How to Obtain Additional EPA Documents                                Appendix D
ORDERING DOCUMENTS FROM NTIS

Telephone Orders
Call the NTIS Sales Desk between 8:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, Monday through Friday
at (800) 553-NTIS. TDD for the hearing impaired (703) 487-4639.
FAX and TELEX Orders
Record your order on the NTIS order form on the following page.  Fax your order to (703) 321-8547
or (703) 321-9038.  For assistance call (703) 487-4679.  International Telex - 64617.
Mail or Email Orders
Record your order on the NTIS order form on the following page.  Mail your order to:

      National Technical Information Service
      U.S. Department of Commerce
      5285 Port Royal Road
      Springfield, VA 22161
      orders@ntis.fedworld.gov

Rush Service
Rush service is available for an additional fee by calling 1-800-553-NTIS; outside the U.S. call (703)
487-4650. Rush  orders are usually shipped next day by overnight courier in the U.S. or by Air Mail
outside the U.S. Do not mail rush orders.
Methods of Payment
Customers may pay for NTIS products by: 1) American Express, MasterCard, or VISA; 2) check or
money order payable to NTIS in U.S. dollars drawn on a U.S. bank; or in U.S. dollars drawn on an
international bank with a U.S. address on the check; or in U.S. dollars drawn on a Canadian bank;
(3) an NTIS Deposit Account; or (4) purchase order - add $7.50 per order if full payment does not
accompany order - U.S., Canada, and Mexico only.


Handling Fee
A $3 handling fee per total order applies to all orders except Rush Service.


Postage & Shipping
Orders are shipped First Class mail or equivalent to addresses in the U.S.  For Air Mail  service to
Canada and Mexico, add $4 per printed report and $1 per microfiche copy.
Tracing an Order
For questions about orders, write or call the Customer Service Department at  (703) 487-4660
between 8:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Eastern time.
                                  dEFA NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix D-15

-------
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE aODlftED C-T^BIUI l^^^l^^
TECHNOLOGY ADMINISTRATION \sf fl IW C tl sT Vl ttlVl SSLR-HR
• 4KMID TTrt A aT> n B ft tt ft 	 	

> CUSTOMER MASTER NUMBER (f KNOWN)
	 — . _ .
ArrEMTON/NMC
* ORQAMZAT10N
I
DATE

OMSOH / ROOM NUMSER
M STREETADDRESS
B)
j .
FRCVWCE/TERRffORY
STATE VCO
FOREIGN POSTAL CODE
COUNTRY
WONE NUMBER
FAX NUMBER
( )
CONTACT NAME
• METHOD OF PAYMENT
•BMlMMMlMlMlMll DTIC USERS ONLY •
CCCE
CONTRACT NUMBER (LAH SIX OUSTS)

ORDER BY PHONE (EUMMATC MM. nc)
Sales Desk: (703) 487-4650
Subscriptions: (703) 487-4630
ORDER BY PAX
24 hours/7 davs aweefc (703) 321-4547
To verify receipt of tar cat (703) 487-4679
7Majn.-5.-00 pjn. Eastern Tine. M- F.
ORDER BY MAIL
National Technical Wormafcn Service
5285 Port Royal Road
SpmgAald, VA 22161
RUSN SERVICE (CONOTMALKJBHOROe
1-800-553^fnS
RUSH service avaiabw tor additional fee.
FEDWORLD*
Pleaaa cal for connect infannation: (703) 4(
BILL ME
P D Check/Money Order enclosed for $ (PAYABLE §4 UJ.OOUMS) Mns^gtaly^youi'onler tor anaddtt
D NTIS Deposit Account Number
c O VISA

•J CREWT CARD NUMBER
•

ranM. «¥J tftophont numbtr ^ould t» inc
19
w)
17-4608.
mat lee of
wrehaae order
rture, fortafit
faded win Ms

requesL Kequaats may ba mated or taxsd.
D M9$tvCarrj O American Exnmss

EWIWnONOATE
j CARDHCUerSNAME
StOWTUKfOBUfV! TOWMJOATEAU ORDERS)
B^B^B^B^BMiMifTiTC¥TF.l M *1 • 1 .' f*TJ?3

*J-I 	 _J /^M^A* •• 	 *•« 	 ^ 	
VMIB of oraer nanoiing ree
finoQfifittT
$11) 01 -WO „„ 	 	 ,
$$001-$1«000 	 	

S2.00

_$6.00
unn
L¥emoo.uu 	 ______ 	 «»jifu
Add S100 to handNng kw tar orders »
•w. 1 M~4 0^~> 1-^.^4. ^UU
• PRODUCT SELECTION O ORDER CONTtWED ON REVERSE
f ITflS PRODUCT NUMBER
H ICWERMOBYTmEAlONE
_ WUOEUY YOUR ORDER)
5
i-
z
I
•
?
•RHMil CUBTBMH UNR
ROUTMforfaiuu MCI NMR IBCR
UPTOICHMACTERt COPY FCh
$
$
$
ouMrntY' iiiBtuuum.
O- MMWETC OB-ETTE OMWU OTHBt AIRMAIj.™!
c TAK* (saiaowi
J
$
$
snt outside
leioco.
TOTAL MKt
$
$
$



International Airmail Fees
Canada and Mexico add J4 per paper copy report J1 per microfiche copy. Other countries add $8 per paper copy report
$1.25 per microfiche copy. {Paper copy reports and microfiche copies are shipped surface ma« unless annail is specified.)
        •«« /M «*««
PrteM ar* »ub|*ct to chan««.

-------
    U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
    TECHNOLOGY ADMINISTRATION
                                               ORDER   FORM
    PRODUCT SELECTION
                                                                                                               SIDE 2
MTaMKOUCTMMMR
(ORDERWGiY TITLE ALONE
WU DELAY YOUR ORDER)















RCOUMMBfTI

KTHWAL CUSTOMER
*OUTMO(OmONAL)
\f TO 1 CHARACTERS















MM 1HO tat
CMTMOOE VI W
UNfT
MICC
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
S
s
QUANTTTY
PAPER
COPY















MICRO-
foe















MAGNETC
TAPE*















DISKETTE 1 CMOU















LAKUNB FORMAT
TOMMD NOMMEU9 EKOC Aid

















OTHER















NTBMAnMM.
AMULFH
(SEE REVERSE)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
SUBTOTAL
(BfW ON OTMR SQC]
TOTAL PRO
$
$
$
$
S
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
s
$
$
$
!
w
ft
J
     FREE CATALOGS AND INFORMATION
CaB (703) 487-4650 and ask for any of the following free titles or check tte appropriate boxes below and mai or fax form to NTIS.
                                                             D    PR-746    Directory of Federal Laboratory &
                                                                             Technology Resources
                                                             D    PR-758    Erwironmental DataSes and Software Catalog
                                                             D    PR-797    NTIS Alerts (formerly Abstract Newsletters) -
                                                                             customized current awareness buNetins
     D    PR-827    NTIS Catalog of Products and Services
     D    PR-186    Pubished Search* Master Catalog
     D    PR-261    Directory of U.S. Government Software for
                    MaJnframes and Microcomputers
     D    PR-360-3  NTIS Price Schedule for the U.S., Canada, and
                    Mexico
     D    PR-3604  NTIS Price Schedule for Countries Outside the
                    U.S., Canada, and Mexico
     O    PR-629    Directory of U.S. Government Datafiles for
                    Mainframes and Microcomputers
                                                              D    PR-868    Environment Highlights
                                                              D    PR-888    CD-ROMs 4 Optical Discs Available from NTIS
                                                              D    PR-936    FedWorid*- Free Access to the Electronic
                                                                             Marketplace of U.S. and Foreign Government
                                                                             Information
     40}
     Al pravout ttnm <* ta tarn tn oMeMi
     MTB* * i figam»1 nomn el mi NitonH Itonat InloMuton ttrtg.
     PutMtad StvOi* • • rffutml nnxntrt tt (it (tttonii TKMOI Mornubon Stract.
     ftiWotf * • nftmni f id«m»rt tl M NMonal IKMCK Womaon Srvct
                                                                                                          PR-OFA

-------
How to Obtain Additional EPA Documents                                Appendix D
                 United States Environmental Protection Agency
                        Office of Wastewater Management


                                    September 1996


                                     PIPES


               Point Source Information Provision Exchange System


 WHAT is PIPES

 The Point Source Information Provision Exchange System (PIPES) is a free, public, electronic Bulletin
 Board System (BBS) and internet site (WWW compatible!) designed to facilitate the exchange of Office
 of Water-related information among EPA, states, municipalities, industry, and the public.

 PIPES was created by the Office of Wastewater Management (OWM) and is intended solely to further
 the mission and goals of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and its point source permitting
 programs. PIPES operates virtually 24 hours a day (shutting down for about 10 minutes every  night
 at 3:00 a.m.  EST for maintenance activities).

 WHAT To Do ON PIPES

 PIPES allows users to:

    •   Exchange public information with hundreds of environmental professionals
    •   Select and download any file, or read text files online, including policy documents and guidance
       manuals
    •   Send  and receive E-Mail to and from PIPES and non-PIPES users NEW!
    •   Search full text by keyword or multiple words; or manually search menus and file directories
       for specific files
    •   View and add upcoming water-related conferences, meetings, etc. to a calendar of events NEW!
    •   Download computer program utilities.

 TYPES OF INFORMATION ON PIPES

 The PIPES BBS includes numerous individual forum areas containing message centers and downloadable
 files on:
                Pretreatinent                   Wet Weather
                Storm Water                   Watersheds
                NPDES                        Mining
                Combined Sewer Overflows       Federal Advisory Committees
                Sanitary Sewer Overflows         General Water Information
                Sewage Sludge                  BBS/WWW Utilities.
                                       NPDES Permit Writers' Manual - Appendix D-21

-------
Appendix D                                  How to Obtain Additional EPA Document*



  How TO CONTACT PIPES

  Modem BBS:   (703) 749-9216

  NEW! WWW address:
  http://pipes.ehsg.saic.com
  telnet: pipes.ehsg.saic.com

  WHO TO CONTACT FOR HELP:

  Technical  Support: (703) 821-4697

  NEW! Sysop E-mail: brad maguire@cpqm.saic.com
  PIPES users are strongly encouraged to download (from the Utilities directory on PIPES) and install
  "client2.exe" which provides an interface for operating PIPES in a Windows-based environment either
  through modem or the internet.  Non-internet and non-Windows users should download and install
  "riptml54.zip"  which provides a graphical interface using Riptei

  For more information on PIPES, please contact:

  Tony Smith
  U.S. EPA/OWM
  401 M Street, SW
  Washington, DC 20460
  Telephone: (202)260-1017
  Fax: (202)260-1156
  PIPES User ID: Tony Smith
  EQUIPMENT NEEDED TO CONNECT TO PIPES

  To use the PIPES BBS, users need a computer, a modem (the faster the better) and any necessary cables
  and  telephone jacks to connect  the modem to the  computer  and to the telephone system, and a
  communications software program.

  To access PIPES via the internet,  users must have access to the internet (either via a dial-up service or
  a direct connection). PIPES can be accessed via the internet through a client/server mode (e.g., telnet
  or rlogin) or WWW navigational software (e.g., Mosaic).

  The "Utilities" directory  on PIPES  contains  several freeware communication software  programs
  available for downloading that provide a user friendly  interface to the PIPES BBS and are highly
  recommended.
Appendix D-22 - dBK NPDES Permit Writers' Manual

                                                       *U.S GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1998-«23-08«93462

-------
vvEPA
 United States
 Environmental Protection Agency
 4203
 Washington, DC 20460

 Official Business
 Penalty for Private Use
 $300

-------